MSAD 60 Policy Code - Index | |
SECTION A: FOUNDATION AND BASIC COMMITMENTS | |
AB | THE PEOPLE AND THEIR SCHOOL UNIT |
AC | NONDISCRIMINATION/EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION |
ACAA | HARASSMENT AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF STUDENTS |
ACAA-R | STUDENT DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT COMPLAINT PROCEDURE |
ACAB | HARASSMENT AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF SCHOOL EMPLOYEES |
ACAB-R | EMPLOYEE DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT COMPLAINT PROCEDURE |
ACAD | HAZING |
AD | EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY/MISSION |
ADA | SCHOOL UNIT GOALS AND OBJECTIVES |
ADAA | SCHOOL SYSTEM COMMITMENT TO STANDARDS FOR ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE BEHAVIOR |
ADC | TOBACCO USE AND POSSESSION |
ADC-R | TOBACCO USE AND POSSESSION: REGULATIONS GOVERNING ENFORCEMENT |
ADF | SCHOOL UNIT COMMITMENT TO LEARNING RESULTS |
SECTION B: BOARD GOVERNANCE AND OPERATION | |
BA | BOARD OPERATIONAL GOALS |
BAA | BOARD SELF-EVALUATION |
BBA | SCHOOL BOARD POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES |
BBAA | BOARD MEMBER AUTHORITY AND DUTIES |
BCA | BOARD MEMBER CODE OF ETHICS |
BCB | BOARD MEMBER CONFLICT OF INTEREST |
BCC | NEPOTISM |
BDA | BOARD ORGANIZATIONAL MEETING |
BDD | BOARD-SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONSHIP |
BE | BOARD MEETINGS |
BEA | SCHOOL BOARD USE OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION |
BEC | EXECUTIVE SESSIONS |
BEC-E | EXECUTIVE SESSION LAW |
BED | REMOTE PARTICIPATION OF SCHOOL BOARD MEETING |
BEDA | NOTIFICATION OF BOARD MEETINGS |
BEDB | AGENDA PREPARATION AND DISSEMINATION |
BEDBA | AGENDA FORMAT |
BEDC | QUORUM |
BEDD | RULES OF ORDER |
BEDF | VOTING METHOD |
BEDG | MINUTES |
BEDH | PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AT BOARD MEETINGS |
BG | BOARD POLICY PROCESS |
BG-R | POLICY ADOPTION PROCEDURE |
BGF | SUSPENSION OF POLICY |
SECTION C: GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION | |
CA | ADMINISTRATIVE GOALS |
CB | SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT |
SECTION D: FISCAL MANAGEMENT | |
DA | FISCAL MANAGEMENT GOALS/PRIORITY OBJECTIVES |
DB | ANNUAL BUDGET |
DBG | BUDGET ADOPTION PROCESS |
DFA | REVENUES FROM INVESTMENT |
DGA | AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES |
DJH | PURCHASING AND CONTRACTING: PROCUREMENT STAFF CODE OF CONDUCT |
DN | SCHOOL PROPERTIES DISPOSITION |
SECTION E: SUPPORT SERVICES | |
EBAA | CHEMICAL HAZARDS |
EBCA | CRISIS RESPONSE PLAN |
EBCC | BOMB THREATS |
ECB | PEST MANAGEMENT IN SCHOOL FACILITIES AND ON SCHOOL GROUNDS |
ECE | TRAFFIC AND PARKING CONTROLS |
ED | MATERIAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT |
EDC | USE OF DISTRICT VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT |
EE | TRANSPORTATION SERVICES MANAGEMENT |
EEA | STUDENT TRANSPORTATION SERVICES |
EEAEAA | DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF SCHOOL BUS DRIVERS |
EEAEAA-R | DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF SCHOOL BUS DRIVERS ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
EEAF | SPECIAL USE OF SCHOOL BUSES |
EEAG | MAINE SCHOOL ADMINISTRATIVE DISTRICT #60 BUS IDLING POLICY |
EEBB | USE OF PRIVATE VEHICLES ON SCHOOL BUSINESS |
EEBB-R | USE OF PRIVATE VEHICLES ON SCHOOL BUSINESS - PROCEDURES |
EEBB-R1 | EMPLOYEE REQUEST TO TRANSPORT STUDENTS BY PERSONAL VEHICLE - FORM |
EEBB-R2 | PARENT/GUARDIAN PERMISSION FOR STUDENTS TO BE TRANSPORTED BY PERSONAL VEHICLE -FORM |
EF | MSAD 60 WELLNESS POLICY ON PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND NUTRITION |
EFE | SALES OF FOODS IN COMPETITION WITH THE SCHOOL FOOD SERVICE PROGRAM |
EHB | SCHOOL RECORDS RETENTION POLICY |
EHB-R | SCHOOL RECORD RETENTION PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES |
SECTION G: PERSONNEL | |
GBAA | NEPOTISM POLICY |
GBEB | STAFF CONDUCT WITH STUDENTS |
GBEC | DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE |
GBO | FAMILY CARE LEAVE |
GCFB | RECRUITING AND HIRING OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF |
GCFB-R | RECRUITING AND HIRING OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF PROCEDURE |
GCI | PROFESSIONAL STAFF DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES |
GCOA | SUPERVISION AND EVALUATION OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF |
GCOC | EVALUATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF |
GCSA | EMPLOYEE COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE |
GCSA-R | EMPLOYEE COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE RULES |
SECTION I: INSTRUCTION | |
IGA | CURRICULUM ADOPTION |
IHBA | INDIVIDUAL EDUCATION PLANS |
IHBAA | REFERRAL AND USE OF GENERAL EDUCATION INTERVENTIONS |
IHBAA-R | REFERRAL AND USE OF GENERAL EDUCATION INTERVENTIONS ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
IHBAC | CHILD FIND |
IHBAL | GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES |
IHBG | HOME SCHOOLING |
IHBGA | HOME SCHOOLING—PARTICIPATION IN SCHOOL PROGRAMS |
IHCDA | POST-SECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS RULE |
IHD | ADULT/COMMUNITY EDUCATION |
IJJ | INSTRUCTIONAL AND LIBRARY MATERIALS SELECTION |
IJJ-E | CITIZEN’S CHALLENGE OF EDUCATIONAL MEDIA FORM |
IJND | M.S.A.D. #60 Website |
IJND-R | SCHOOL SYSTEM WEBSITE/ WEB PAGES ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
IJNDB | STUDENT COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE POLICY |
IJNDB-R | STUDENT COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE RULES |
IJO | EXTERNAL CREDITS FOR COMMUNITY-BASED ACTIVITIES |
IJOB | OVERNIGHT TRIPS |
IJOC | SCHOOL VOLUNTEERS |
IKE | PROMOTION, RETENTION AND ACCELERATION OF STUDENTS |
IKF | GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS |
ILA | STUDENT ASSESSMENT/ LOCAL ASSESSMENT SYSTEM |
ILD | EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH: STUDENT SUBMISSION TO SURVEYS, ANALYSES, OR EVALUATIONS |
IMB-R | STUDY OF CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES GUIDELINES |
IMBB | EXEMPTION FROM REQUIRED INSTRUCTION |
IMD | PERIOD OF SILENCE |
IMDA | PATRIOTIC EXERCISES |
IMDB | FLAG DISPLAYS |
SECTION J: STUDENTS | |
JEA | COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AGES |
JFAA | ADMISSION OF RESIDENT STUDENTS |
JFABD | ADMISSION OF HOMELESS STUDENTS |
JFC | DROPOUT PREVENTION STUDENT WITHDRAWAL FROM SCHOOL |
JFCA | SCHOOL RE-ENTRY POLICY |
JFCK | STUDENT USE OF CELLULAR TELEPHONES AND OTHER ELECTRONIC DEVICES |
JFCK-R | STUDENT USE OF CELLULAR TELEPHONES AND OTHER ELECTRONIC DEVICES SCHOOL RULES |
JHB | TRUANCY |
JICC | STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES |
JICE | SCHOOL-SPONSORED STUDENT PUBLICATIONS |
JICEC | STUDENT DISTRIBUTION OF NON-SCHOOL MATERIALS |
JICFA | STUDENT HAZING |
JICH | STUDENT SUBSTANCE ABUSE |
JICH-R | STUDENT SUBSTANCE ABUSE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
JICIA | WEAPONS, VIOLENCE AND SCHOOL SAFETY |
JICK | BULLYING |
JIH | QUESTIONING AND SEARCHES OF STUDENTS |
JIH-E | STUDENT SEARCH CHECKLIST |
JIH-R | QUESTIONING AND SEARCHES OF STUDENTS - ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
JJAB | LIMITED OPEN/CLOSED FORUM |
JJE | FUNDRAISING ACTIVITIES |
JJIBC/KLA | RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER CLUBS |
JJIF | CONCUSSION POLICY |
JJJ | EXTRACURRICULAR SUBSTANCE ABUSE POLICY |
JK | STUDENT DISCIPLINE |
JKAA | USE OF PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION |
JKAA-R | PROCEDURES ON PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION |
JKD | SUSPENSION OF STUDENTS |
JKE | EXPULSION OF STUDENTS |
JKF | DISCIPLINARY REMOVAL OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES |
JKF-R | DISCIPLINARY REMOVAL OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
JL | STUDENT WELLNESS |
JLCB | IMMUNIZATION OF STUDENTS |
JLCC | COMMUNICABLE/INFECTIOUS DISEASES |
JLCCB | LIFE-THREATENING ALLERGIES |
JLCCB-R | ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE FOR STUDENTS WITH LIFE-THREATENING ALLERGIES |
JLCCC | HEAD LICE GUIDELINES |
JLCD | ADMINISTERING MEDICATION TO STUDENTS |
JLCD-R | MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION ON SCHOOL FIELD TRIPS |
JLCE | USE OF AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS |
JLDBG | REINTEGRATION OF STUDENTS FROM JUVENILE CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES |
JLF | REPORTING CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT |
JLF-A | CHILD SEXUAL ABUSE PREVENTION AND RESPONSE |
JLF-E | SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT REPORT FORM |
JLF-R | REPORTING CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT-ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
JRA | STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS AND INFORMATION |
JRA-E | ANNUAL NOTICE OF STUDENT EDUCATION RECORDS AND INFORMATION RIGHTS |
JRA-R | STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS AND INFORMATION – ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
SECTION K: SCHOOL/COMMUNITY RELATIONS | |
KA | CIVILITY POLICY |
KA-1 | DISTRICT SPORTING EVENT CIVILITY POLICY |
KBF | TITLE I PARENT INVOLVEMENT |
KE | PUBLIC CONCERNS AND COMPLAINTS |
KF | COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES |
KFB | HIGH SCHOOL FACILITIES USE |
KHB | ADVERTISING IN THE SCHOOLS |
KHC | PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION OF NON-SCHOOL MATERIALS |
KI | VISITORS TO THE SCHOOLS |
KLA/JJIBC | RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER CLUBS |
KLG | RELATIONS WITH LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES |
KLG-R | RESOURCE OFFICER/LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE |
KLGA | RELATIONS WITH SCHOOL RESOURCE OFFICERS AND LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES |
NEPN/NSBA Code: AB
THE PEOPLE AND THEIR SCHOOL UNIT
The public schools belong to the people. The people exercise their proprietorship through the elective process at the national, state and local levels. They elect state and federal representatives who establish the framework of laws within which the schools operate. The people elect a Board of Directors to represent them to determine local educational policy.
The Board is mindful that its members are accountable to the people through the elective process. The Board also believes that accountability for the effectiveness of the school unit is a responsibility shared by the Directors, the Superintendent, students, teachers, administrators, and the people.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: December 4, 2014
NEPN/NSBA Code: AC
NONDISCRIMINATION/EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION
The MSAD #60 Board is committed to maintaining a workplace and learning environment that is free from illegal discrimination and harassment.
In accordance with applicable Federal and/or State laws and regulations, MSAD #60 prohibits discrimination against and harassment of employees, candidates for employment, students and others with rights to admission or access to school programs, activities or premises on the basis of race, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, religion, ancestry or national origin, or disability.
As defined in Maine law and for the purpose of this policy, “sexual orientation” means a person's actual or perceived heterosexuality, bisexuality, homosexuality, or gender identity or expression. “Gender identity” means gender-related identity, appearance, mannerisms, or other gender-related characteristics of an individual, regardless of the individual's assigned sex at birth.
Further, in compliance with Federal law, MSAD #60 prohibits discrimination against school unit employees and candidates for employment on the basis of age, pregnancy, or genetic information.
The Board delegates to the Superintendent the responsibility for implementing this policy. The MSAD #60 Affirmative Action Plan will include designation of an Affirmative Action Officer who will be responsible for ensuring compliance with all Federal and State requirements related to nondiscrimination. The Affirmative Action Officer will be appointed by the Superintendent and will be a person with direct access to the Superintendent.
The Superintendent /Affirmative Action Officer shall be responsible for ensuring that notice of compliance with Federal and State civil rights laws is provided to all applicants for employment, employees, students, parents and others, as appropriate.
Legal Reference: Equal Employment Opportunities Act of 1972 (P.L. 92-261) amending
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. & 2000(e) et seq.)
Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.)
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (P.L. 88-352)
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq.)
Equal Pay Act of 1963 (29 U.S.C. § 206)
Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.)
Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.)
Pregnancy Discrimination Act of 1978 Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 (GINA) (42 U.S.C. § 2000ff et seq.) 5 MRSA Ş 4551, et seq. (Maine Human Rights Act); 19301-19302
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: AC
Cross Reference: Affirmative Action Plan
ACAA - Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ACAB - Harassment and Sexual Harassment of School Employees
JICK - Bullying
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: July 12, 2012
Revised: December 4, 2014
Revised: November 7, 2019
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ACAA
HARASSMENT AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF STUDENTS
MSAD #60 is committed to providing all members of the school community with a safe and supportive environment. Members of the school community are expected to treat each other with respect.
Harassment of students because of race, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, religion, ancestry or national origin, or disability is prohibited. Such conduct is a violation of Board policy and may constitute illegal discrimination under state and federal laws.
As defined in Maine law and for the purpose of this policy, "sexual orientation" means a person's actual or perceived heterosexuality, bisexuality, homosexuality, or gender identity or expression. “Gender identity” means gender-related identity, appearance, mannerisms, or other gender-related characteristics of an individual, regardless of the individual's assigned sex at birth.
Harassment
Harassment includes but is not limited to verbal abuse based on race, color, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, religion, ancestry or national origin, or disability. Under the Maine Civil Rights Act, violence or threats of violence against a person or their property based on their sexual orientation are also illegal. Harassment that rises to the level of physical assault, battery and/or abuse is also addressed in the Board policy JICIA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety.
Sexual Harassment
Sexual harassment includes but is not limited to unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors or pressure to engage in sexual activity, physical contact of a sexual nature, gestures, comments, or other physical, written or verbal conduct that is gender-based that interferes with a student's education. School employees, fellow students, volunteers and visitors to the school, and other persons with whom students may interact in order to pursue school activities are required to refrain from such conduct.
Harassment/sexual harassment of students by school employees is considered grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including discharge.
Harassment/sexual harassment of students by other students is considered grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including expulsion. The Superintendent will determine appropriate sanctions for harassment of students by persons other than school employees and students.
The Superintendent will determine appropriate sanctions for harassment of students by persons other than school employees and students.
The Superintendent or the employee designated as the Title IX Coordinator will investigate complaints of harassment in accordance with the Student Harassment Complaint Procedure (ACAA-R).
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAA
School employees, students, and parents shall be informed of this policy/procedure through handbooks and/or other means selected by the school administration.
Legal Reference: Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 USC §1681, et seq.)
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 USC § 2000(d))
5 MRSA SS 4602; 4681 et seq. 20-A MRSA Ş 6553
Cross Reference: ACAA-R - Student Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
ACAD - Hazing
JICIA - Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Adopted: November 30, 1989
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: October 21, 2010
Revised: December 4, 2014
Revised: November 7, 2019
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ACAA-R
STUDENT DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
This procedure has been adopted by the Board in order to provide a method of prompt and equitable resolution of student complaints of discrimination and harassment as described in policies AC – Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action and ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students.
Students who are unsure as to whether unlawful discrimination or harassment has occurred are encouraged to discuss their concerns with the building principal. Students will not be retaliated against for reporting suspected discrimination or harassment.
The building principal may pursue an informal resolution of the complaint with the agreement of the complainant and the person against whom the complaint is made. The informal resolution is subject to the approval of the Superintendent, who shall consider whether the informal resolution is in the best interest of M.S.A.D. #60 in light of applicable policies and law.
Page 1 of 2
Any student who believes he/she has been discriminated against or harassed is encouraged to utilize M.S.A.D. #60’s complaint procedure. However, employees are hereby notified that they also have the right to report incidents of discrimination or harassment to the Maine Human Rights Commission, State House Station 51, Augusta, ME 04333 (telephone: 207-624-6050) and/or to the federal Offices for Civil Rights, Regional Director, U.S. Department of Education, S.W. McCormack POOCH Room 222, Boston, MA 02109-4557 (telephone: 617-223-9622).
Legal Reference: Americans with Disabilities Act (28 CFR § 35.07)
Section 504 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act (34 CRF § 104.7)
Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972 (34 CRF § 106.8)
Age Discrimination in Employment Act (34 CFR § 110.25)
Cross Reference: AC – Nondiscrimination//Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: December 4, 2014
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAB
HARASSMENT AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF SCHOOL EMPLOYEES
MSAD #60 is committed to providing all members of the school community with a safe and supportive environment. Members of the school community are expected to treat each other with respect.
Harassment of school employees because of race, color, sex, sexual orientation, religion, ancestry or national origin, age, or disability is prohibited. Such conduct is a violation of Board policy and may constitute illegal discrimination under state and federal laws.
As defined in Maine law and for the purpose of this policy, “sexual orientation” means a person's actual or perceived heterosexuality, bisexuality, homosexuality, or gender identity or expression. “Gender identity” means gender-related identity, appearance, mannerisms, or other gender-related characteristics of an individual, regardless of the individual's assigned sex at birth.
Harassment
Harassment includes but is not limited to verbal abuse, threats, physical assault and/or battery based on race, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, religion, ancestry or national origin, age, or disability. Under the Maine Civil Rights Act, violence or threats of violence against a person or their property based on their sexual orientation are also illegal.
Sexual Harassment
Unwelcome sexual advances, suggestive or lewd remarks, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal and physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when:
A. Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an employee's work environment or employee benefits;
B. Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an employee is used as the basis for decisions on employment benefits; and/or
C. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an individual's work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive work environment.
Any employee who engages in harassment or sexual harassment will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including discharge.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAB
All complaints of harassment will be investigated in accordance with the School Employee Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure.
Notice and Training
Annually, each employee shall receive a copy of this policy and the School Employee Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure. This may be accomplished by including the policy/procedure with employee paychecks or by using other appropriate means to ensure that each employee receives a copy. All newly hired employees shall be provided training about sexual harassment in accordance with Maine law.
The Superintendent is responsible for ensuring that the school unit complies with all legal requirements for posting, notification and training of employees regarding harassment and sexual harassment.
Legal Reference: Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 USC § 1681 et seq.)
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 USC § 2000d)
Americans with Disabilities Act (42 USC § 12101 et seq.)
Section 504 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC § 794 et seq.)
Title VII (42 USC § 2000-C2: 29 CFR § 1604.11)
Age Discrimination in Employment Act (29 USC § 623)
5 MRSA §§ 4602; 4681 et seq.
20 MRSA §6553
26 MRSA § 806-807
Cross Reference: ACAB-R - School Employee Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action ACAD - Hazing
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: April 26, 2007
Revised: October 21, 2010
Revised: December 4, 2014
Revised: November 7, 2019
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ACAB-R
EMPLOYEE DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
This procedure has been adopted by the Board in order to provide a method of prompt and equitable resolution of employee complaints of discrimination and harassment as described in policies AC – Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action and ACAB – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of School Employees.
Employees who are unsure as to whether unlawful discrimination or harassment has occurred are encouraged to discuss their concerns with the building principal. Employees will not be retaliated against for reporting suspected discrimination or harassment.
The building principal may pursue an informal resolution of the complaint with the agreement of the complainant and the person against whom the complaint is made. The informal resolution is subject to the approval of the Superintendent, who shall consider whether the informal resolution is in the best interest of M.S.A.D. #60 in light of applicable policies and law.
Page 1 of 2
Any employee who believes he/she has been discriminated against or harassed is encouraged to utilize M.S.A.D. #60’s complaint procedure. However, employees are hereby notified that they also have the right to report incidents of discrimination or harassment to the Maine Human Rights Commission, State House Station 51, Augusta, ME 04333 (telephone: 207-624-6050) and/or to the federal Offices for Civil Rights, Regional Director, U.S. Department of Education, S.W. McCormack POOCH Room 222, Boston, MA 02109-4557 (telephone: 617-223-9622).
Legal Reference: Americans with Disabilities Act (28 CFR § 35.07)
Section 504 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act (34 CRF § 104.7)
Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972 (34 CRF § 106.8)
Age Discrimination in Employment Act (34 CFR § 110.25)
Cross Reference: AC – Nondiscrimination//Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
ACAB – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of School Employees
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: December 4, 2014
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAD
HAZING
Maine statute defines injurious hazing as "any action or situation, including harassing behavior that recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental or physical health of any school personnel or a student enrolled in a public school."
Injurious hazing also includes any activity expected of a student as a condition of joining or maintaining membership in a group that humiliates, degrades, abuses or endangers a student, regardless of the student's willingness to participate in the activity.
It is the policy of the Board that injurious hazing activities of any type, either on or off school property, by any student, staff member, group or organization affiliated with this school unit shall be prohibited at all times.
“Harassing behavior” includes acts of intimidation and any other conduct that recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental or physical health of a student or staff member.
“Acts of intimidation” include extortion, menacing, direct or indirect threats of violence, incidents of violence, bullying, statements or taunting of a malicious and/or derogatory nature that recklessly or intentionally endanger the mental or physical health of another person, and property damage or theft.
No administrator, faculty member, or other employee of the school unit shall encourage, permit, condone, or tolerate injurious hazing activities. No student, including leaders of student organizations, shall plan, encourage, or engage in injurious hazing activities.
Persons not associated with this school unit who fail to abide by this policy may be subject to ejection from school property and/or other measures may be available under the law.
Administrators, family members, students and all other employees who fail to abide by this policy may be subject to disciplinary action which may include suspension, expulsion, or other appropriate measures. In the case of any organization affiliated with this school unit which authorizes hazing, penalties may include rescission of permission for that organization to operate on school property or to receive any other benefit of affiliation with the school unit.
These penalties shall be in addition to any civil or criminal penalties to which the violator or organization may be subject.
The Superintendent shall assume responsibility for administering this policy. In the event that an individual or organization disagrees with an action-or lack of action- on the part of the Superintendent as he/she carries out the provisions of this policy, that individual or organization may appeal to the Board. The ruling of the Board, with respect to the provisions of this policy, shall be final.
This right to appeal does not apply to student suspensions of 10 days or less or to matters submitted to grievance procedures under applicable collective bargaining agreements.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ACAD
A copy of this policy shall be included in all school, parent, and employee handbooks or otherwise distributed to all school employees and students.
Legal Reference: 20-MRSA §6553
Cross Reference: ACAA - Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ACAB - Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Employees
JICIA - Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Adopted: April 13, 2006
Revised: December 4, 2014
Revised: November 7, 2019
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: AD
EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY/MISSION
As advocates for children, the Board recognizes that the thorough and efficient education of children is its primary statutory-based responsibility. To this end, the Board considers proper and adequate support of schools to be a civic responsibility shared by all citizens.
The school unit will provide an educational environment designed to encourage each student to acquire the necessary skills and perspectives needed for a meaningful life and career. All schools will strive to encourage students to form desirable habits that are necessary for them to become responsible, informed citizens. In general, we aim to have students develop attitudes and practices necessary for satisfying, worthwhile lives.
We believe that all children must be provided equal but not identical opportunities to allow them to achieve at levels commensurate with their abilities. We believe that all students must learn in an environment which allows them to develop positive attitudes toward themselves and genuine respect for others.
A rigorous core curriculum designed to achieve specific learning outcomes will be provided. It will be planned with the goal of creating and maintaining standards which will furnish students with the skills necessary for success in a global society while giving them a broad educational foundation compatible with their interests, aptitudes and aims. The curriculum and graduation requirements will be regularly evaluated to ensure their continued appropriateness.
In order to achieve our goals and to implement this philosophy, we believe that all schools must secure the involvement of the community, students, staff, parents and citizens. Educational responsibility must be shared with important community institutions. We strongly believe that our school system's success depends on good rapport and cooperation with our communities and its institutions.
The Board recognizes the professional staff as the body that is legally charged with the responsibility of providing education to all children. In fulfilling this responsibility, the staff will seek to ensure the following.
A. All children will master basic skills in the areas of language arts, mathematics, science, history, and technology.
B. Instruction will be provided which is appropriate to each individual with respect to goals, methodology and evaluation.
C. Students will be seen in their totality as physical, mental, social, and aesthetic beings, which requires a knowledge of child growth and development.
D. Staff members, in order to effectively execute their responsibilities, will establish goals for themselves consistent with the philosophy of the Board and individual schools. Staff members will engage in a self-evaluation process for the purpose of self-improvement--the ultimate objective being an improved instructional program for all students.
E. The Board recognizes that this highly technological society demands that students learn how to cope with change and learn to accept that "learning" is a continuous process.
Page 1 of 2
The Board fully accepts the responsibility of formulating policies and acquiring adequate funding to support the
education process. The Board will always consider the welfare of students as the single most important factor in making decisions relative to educational policy. It will be the responsibility of the Board and administrators to promote sound educational practices and professional development.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA, §§ 1001 et seq.; 4511.3, A
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 8, 2015
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ADA
SCHOOL UNIT GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
The Board recognizes its responsibility to set goals for the efficient operation of the school unit. In discharging this responsibility, the Board will strive to ensure that the resources of the unit are directed toward meeting the
educational needs of each eligible student.
The Board will develop annual goals based on input solicited from a variety of sources. These goals will be shared with the community, the staff, and the students. The administration shall develop appropriate objectives designed to achieve the stated priorities.
The Board will regularly evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and will adopt appropriate policies designed to facilitate their accomplishment.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 4511.3, A
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 8, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: ADAA
SCHOOL SYSTEM COMMITMENT TO STANDARDS FOR
ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE BEHAVIOR
The MSAD #60 School Board believes that promoting ethical and responsible behavior is an essential part of the school unit’s educational mission. The Board recognizes that ethics, constructive attitudes, responsible behavior, and “character” are important if a student is to leave school as a “responsible and involved citizen,” as described in the Guiding Principles of the Maine Learning Results. The Board also recognizes that Maine law requires the adoption of a district-wide student code of conduct consistent with statewide standards for student behavior developed by the Commissioner of the Department of Education in compliance with 20-A MRSA § 254(11).
The Board seeks to create and maintain a school climate in which ethical and responsible behavior can flourish. The Board believes that instilling a sense of ethics and responsibility in students requires setting positive expectations for student behavior as well as establishing disciplinary consequences for behavior that violates Board policy or school rules. Further, the Board believes that in order to teach ethical and responsible
behavior, adults who interact with students must strive to model and reinforce ethical and responsible behavior. To that end, the Board supports an active partnership between schools and parents.
Recognizing that collaboratively identified core values are the foundation for a school culture that encourages and reinforces ethical and responsible student behavior, the Board is committed to the establishment and implementation of a process for identifying shared values and setting and enforcing standards for behavior, including prescription of consequences for unacceptable behavior. The process for identifying such shared values will invite and include the participation of Board members, school administrators, staff, parents, students, and the community. Core values will be reviewed periodically, with opportunity for public participation. The Board will direct the Superintendent/designee to develop a process to assess school system progress toward achievement of an ethical and responsible school culture.
Following the identification of core values, the Board, with input from administrators, staff, parents, students, and members of the community, will adopt a Student Code of Conduct consistent with statewide standards for student behavior that shall, as required by law:
A. Define unacceptable student behavior;
B. Establish standards of student responsibility for behavior;
C. Prescribe consequences for violation of the Student Code of Conduct, including first-time violations, when appropriate;
D. Describe appropriate procedures for referring students in need of special services to those services;
E. Establish criteria to determine when further assessment of a current Individual Education Plan (IEP) is necessary, based on removal of the student from class;
F. Establish policies and procedures concerning the removal of disruptive or violent students from a classroom or a school bus, as well as student disciplinary and placement decisions, when appropriate; and
Page 1 of 2
G. Establish guidelines and criteria concerning the appropriate circumstances when the Superintendent/designee may provide information to the local police or other appropriate law enforcement authorities regarding an offense that involves violence committed by any person on school grounds or other school property.
The Student Code of Conduct will be reviewed periodically by the Board, with input from administrators, staff, parents, students, and members of the community.
Students, parents, staff, and the community will be informed of the Student Code of Conduct through handbooks and/or other means selected by the Superintendent/designee. Ethics and Curriculum
The Board encourages examination and discussion of ethical issues within content areas of the curriculum, as appropriate. The Board also encourages schools to provide students with meaningful opportunities to apply values and ethical and responsible behavior through activities such as problem solving, community service, peer mediation, and student government/leadership development.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 254, 1001(15)
Adopted: January 8, 2015
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA: ADC
USE and POSSESSION of TOBACCO PRODUCTS and ELECTRONIC NICOTINE DELIVERY SYSTEMS
MSAD 60 is dedicated to providing its students, staff, and visitors with a safe and healthy environment to learn, work, and play. Tobacco/nicotine use continues to be the leading cause of preventable disease and death in Maine and the United States. Research has shown that students addicted to tobacco/nicotine products do not learn as well because they are focused on the need for more tobacco/nicotine versus learning. This policy reflects and emphasizes the hazards of tobacco/nicotine use, will assure compliance with laws, protect school community members from secondhand smoke, and role model tobacco-free lifestyles.
The Board prohibits smoking and all other use of tobacco/nicotine products and electronic vaporizers commonly used for nicotine delivery (including but not limited to cigarettes, cigars, snus, spit and smokeless tobacco, dip, chew, snuff, herbal cigarettes, e-hookahs, electronic cigarettes, vape products, and all other electronic nicotine delivery systems) in school buildings, on school property, on school buses or in any other School District vehicle at all times and by all persons (24 hours per day, 365 days a year). Possession of any tobacco products is prohibited by anyone (adult or minor) on district property, in school vehicles, and at school-sponsored functions at any time. This includes all days when school is not in session and all functions taking place on school grounds such as athletic events or other activities not associated with or sponsored by the school. The policy applies to everyone, including students, school staff, parents, and visitors.
Under law and Board policy, the sale, distribution, dispensing, or promotion of tobacco products and paraphernalia is prohibited on school property and at all school functions. Advertising tobacco products is prohibited in school buildings, on school property, and in all school publications. Employees may not use tobacco products or electronic nicotine delivery systems at any time while supervising students, whether on or off school property.
Legal References: 22 MRSA § 1578(B); 1580(A)(3)
Me. PL 470 (An Act to Reduce Tobacco Use By Minors)
20 USC §4301 et seq. (Pro-Children Act of 2001)
Cross Reference: ADC-R Use and Possession of Tobacco Products and Electronic Nicotine Delivery Systems Procedure
ADOPTED: December 8, 1994
REVISED: October 19, 2000
June 26, 2003
March 17, 2011
December 4, 2014
January 8, 2015
January 12, 2017
January 16, 2020
NEPN/NSBA:ADC-R
USE and POSSESSION of TOBACCO PRODUCTS and ELECTRONIC NICOTINE DELIVERY SYSTEMS Procedure
The purpose of the following administrative procedure is to effectuate the mandates imposed by the various federal and state laws in addition to the Board’s “Use and Possession of Tobacco Products and Electronic Nicotine Delivery Systems” policy. The policy applies to the smoking or use of all tobacco products, including but not limited to cigarettes, cigars, snus, spit and smokeless tobacco, dip, chew, snuff, herbal cigarettes, e-hookahs, electronic cigarettes, vape products, and all other electronic nicotine delivery systems.
I. Prohibited Conduct
The use, possession, sale, dispensing or distribution of tobacco products and paraphernalia by all students is prohibited in school buildings and facilities during school-sponsored events, on school grounds and buses, and at all other times. Students are prohibited from wearing clothing or gear that includes tobacco brands, including e-cigarette or electronic nicotine delivery system brands.
The use of tobacco/nicotine products by employees and all other persons is prohibited in school buildings, facilities, and on school buses and in all district-owned or leased vehicles during school-sponsored events and at all other times on school grounds. Employees are prohibited from wearing clothing or gear that includes tobacco brands, including e-cigarette or electronic nicotine delivery system brands.
II. Policy Communication:
This policy will be communicated through a variety of efforts to educate students, school staff, parents, and visitors. Tobacco-free signs will be posted in highly visible areas at facility entrances, throughout the school property, and athletic facilities.
The policy will be listed on the school website and will be included in employee, student, and adult education booklets annually . Each year, all school staff, parents, and guardians will receive written information regarding the policy in either hard copy or electronic format.
III. Policy Enforcement:
Everyone is required to comply with MSAD 60 tobacco use and possession policy. Enforcement of this policy will follow the standard procedures of the school for each audience as described below. All school staff are expected to enforce the policy under the direction of the Principal. The Principal shall report any violations of this policy/procedure as promptly as practicable to the Superintendent.
Administrators in all buildings shall develop age-appropriate disciplinary guidelines for students violating this policy/procedure and will be responsible for communicating the consequences of the tobacco/nicotine policy to their students.
Strategies may include the confiscation of tobacco/nicotine materials and paraphernalia, the notification of parents/guardians, access to tobacco education, referral to tobacco treatment and/or suspension from school.
Page 1 of 2
Faculty and staff are included in provisions of the state law, which prohibits the use or possession of any tobacco/nicotine products on school property and in school vehicles during work hours or at any time on school grounds or at school-sponsored events. Any staff member violating this policy will be subject to disciplinary actions as determined by the Superintendent or his/her designee.
All visitors must comply with the regulations set forth in this policy by the MSAD #60 Board. The smoking or the use of tobacco on school property by visitors is prohibited. This includes non-school hours and all functions, athletic or otherwise, that take place on school property.
Anyone found smoking or using or possessing any form of tobacco products will be informed of the school tobacco-free policy and asked to refrain from use while on school property. If the visitor does not comply, they will be asked to leave school property. If the visitor refuses to leave, law enforcement will be called.
IV. Tobacco Treatment Support: Information regarding tobacco treatment resources such as onsite counseling and the Maine Tobacco HelpLine (1-800-207-1230 and TheQuitLink.com) will be made available to those who use tobacco products and are interested in quitting.
Legal References: 22 MRSA §1578-B
Me. PL470 (An Act to Reduce Tobacco Use by Minors)
20 USC 6081 (Pro-Children Act of 1994-Goals 2000)
Cross Reference: ADC- Use and Possession of Tobacco Products and Electronic Nicotine Delivery Systems
Adopted: December 8, 1994
Revised: October 19, 2000
June 26, 2003
March 17, 2011
December 4, 2014
December 28, 2016
January 16, 2020
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: ADF
SCHOOL UNIT COMMITMENT TO LEARNING RESULTS
The MSAD #60 Board of Directors hereby adopts the system of learning results and the Maine Department of Education’s applicable rules. The learning results system is intended to serve as a foundation for education reform and to promote and provide assessment of student learning, accountability and equity. The Board recognizes that the legislative intent of the learning results system is to provide children with schools that reflect high expectations and create conditions where these expectations can be met.
The Board understands that implementation of the learning results system has broad implications for the school unit, including curriculum, budget, professional development, student assessment, professional evaluation, and graduation requirements. Therefore, the Board is committed to examining its policies to ensure that they are consistent with the intent and goals of the learning results system. The Board will also ensure that there is alignment between the system of learning results and programs developed by MSAD #60.
The Board directs the Superintendent to develop a plan and timeline for implementing the learning results system, and any appropriate administrative procedures. The Board further directs the Superintendent to report to the Board on a regular basis on progress toward implementing the learning results system.
Legal References: 20-A MRSA §§ 6208-6209
L.D. 1536, Chapter 51 Resolves
Chapter 131 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Adopted: April 9, 1998
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: September 8, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: BA
BOARD OPERATIONAL GOALS
The Board of Directors is committed to providing all students equal but not necessarily identical opportunities to achieve commensurate with their abilities. The Board will meet its legal obligations to provide a vision and policies of the district while maintaining an awareness of concerns. The Board will employ a Superintendent who will execute the policies of the District.
The Board commits itself to the following operational objectives:
A. Provide strategic leadership for the school unit;
B. Interpret the educational needs and aspirations of the community, and meet them through the formulation of policies which serve the best interests of the students;
C. Provide sufficient guidance to the Superintendent to implement the goals and objectives of the school system as set forth in the Board policy manual;
D. Maintain effective communication with the constituencies served by the schools; and
E. Evaluate Board policies and the educational program to ensure that goals and objectives are met.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: February 14, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BAA
BOARD SELF-EVALUATION
The Board of Directors shall conduct a self-evaluation on a biannual basis in accordance with the National School Board Association evaluation standards.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: February 14, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BBA
SCHOOL BOARD POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Board of Directors shall have general charge of all the public schools of this unit and shall exercise such other responsibilities as specifically provided by law.
The Board shall concern itself primarily with defining policy, for the District, rather than with executing policy. The execution of the Board’s policies shall be performed by the Superintendent and his/her staff, who shall be held responsible for the effective administration and supervision of the entire school system.
The Board functioning within the framework of laws, court decisions, opinions of attorneys’ general and other mandates from the state and national levels of government, and recognizing the authority of the state, fulfills its mission as the governing body by acting as follows in the execution of its duties. The Board:
A. Enacts policy;
B. Selects, employs and evaluates the Superintendent;
C. Provides for the planning, expansion, improvement, financing, construction and maintenance of the physical plant of the school system;
D. Prescribes the minimum standards needed for the efficient operation and improvement of the school system;
E. Requires the establishment and maintenance of records, accounts, archives, management methods and procedures incidental to the conduct of school business;
F. Approves the budget, financial reports, audits, major expenditures, payment of obligations, and policies whereby the administration may formulate procedures, regulations, and other guides for the orderly accomplishment of business;
G. Estimates the funds necessary from taxes for the operation, support, maintenance and improvement of the school system;
H. Adopts courses of study;
I. Provides staff and instructional aids;
J. Evaluates the educational program to determine the effectiveness with which the schools are achieving the educational purposes of the school system;
K. Provides for the discussion of information relating to the schools necessary for creating a well-informed public; and
L. Approves/disapproves personnel nominations from the Superintendent and determines (where appropriate via collective bargaining) compensation and working conditions of all staff.
Legal Reference; 20-A MRSA subsection 1001 20-A MRSA subsection 1476 )RS)
Adopted: January 17, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BBAA
BOARD MEMBER AUTHORITY AND DUTIES
Members of the Board of Directors have authority only when acting as a body legally in session. The Board shall not be bound in any way by any statement or action on the part of an individual Board member, including the Chairperson, except when the Board has delegated this authority through an adopted policy or by a majority vote of the Board.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1001-1003
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 17, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCA
BOARD MEMBER CODE OF ETHICS
Having accepted the challenge of service on the MSAD #60 Board of Directors, I accept the principles set forth in the following code of ethics to guide me in helping to provide free public education to all the children of my school unit within the State of Maine.
A. I will view service on the Board of Directors as an opportunity to serve my community, state, and nation because I believe public education is the best means to promote the welfare of our people and to preserve our democratic way of life.
B. I will at all times think of children first and base my decisions on how they will affect children, their education, and their training.
C. I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the Board meetings, about other members of the Board or their opinions.
D. I will remember at all times that as an individual I have no legal authority outside the meetings of the Board, and that I will conduct my relationship with the school staff, the local citizenry, and all media of communications on the basis of this fact.
E. I will recognize that my responsibility is not to operate the schools but to see that they are well operated.
F. I will seek to provide education for all children in the community commensurate with their needs and abilities.
G. I will listen to all citizens but will refer all complaints to the proper authorities, and will discuss such complaints only at a regular meeting after failure of administrative solution.
H. I will support a decision graciously once it has been made by the majority of the Board.
I. I will not criticize employees publicly, but will make such criticism to the Superintendent for investigation and action, if necessary.
J. I will make decisions openly after all facts bearing on a question have been presented and discussed.
K. I will refuse to make promises as to how I will vote on a matter that should properly come before the Board as a whole.
L. I will not discuss the confidential business of the Board in my home, on the street, or in my office, the place for such discussion being the School Board meeting.
M. I will confine my Board action to policy making, planning, and appraisal, leaving the administration of the schools to the Superintendent.
N. I will welcome and encourage cooperation and participation by teachers, administrators, and other personnel in developing policies that affect their welfare and that of the children they serve.
Page 1 of 2
O. I will endeavor at all times to see that schools have adequate financial support within the capabilities of the community and state, in order that every child may receive the best possible education.
P. I will resist every temptation and outside pressure to use my position as a Board member to benefit myself or any individual or agency apart from the total interest of the school unit.
Q. I will endeavor to attend every regular and special Board meeting recognizing that my presence means representation for my town or city. If I find that this is not possible for an extended length of time, I will give consideration to resigning from my position on the Board.
R. I will recognize at all times that the Board of Directors of which I am a member is an agent of the state, and as such, I will abide by the laws of the state and the regulations formulated by the Maine Department of Education and by the State Board of Education.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 17, 2013
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCB
BOARD MEMBER CONFLICT OF INTEREST
A Board member shall not have any direct or indirect pecuniary interest (as defined by law) in a contract with the school unit, nor shall he/she furnish directly any labor, equipment, or supplies to the unit.
In the event that a Board member is employed by a corporation or business, or has a secondary interest in a corporation or business which furnishes goods or services to the schools, the Board member shall declare his/her secondary interest and refrain from debating or voting upon the question of contracting with the company.
It is not the intent of this policy to prevent the school unit from contracting with corporations or businesses because a Board member is an employee of the firm. The policy is designed to prevent the placing of Board members in a position where their interest in public schools and their interest in their places of employment (or other indirect interest) might conflict, and to avoid appearances of conflict of interest even though such conflict may not exist.
A Board member may not, during the time the member serves on the Board and for one year after the member ceases to serve on the Board, be appointed to any civil office of profit or employment position which has been created or the compensation of which has been increased by the action of the Board during the time the member serves on the Board.
No member of the Board or spouse of a member shall be employed in any public school within the unit. Board members may not candidate for employment in the district in the district until one year after Board membership is terminated.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA§ 1002 et seq., § 1051
17 MRSA § 3104
30-A MRSA §§ 2251, 2604 et seq.
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 17, 2013
Revised: September 24, 2014
NEPN/NSBA Code: BCC
NEPOTISM
It shall be the policy of the Board of Directors that the immediate family of any MSAD #60 supervisory employee shall not be employed by the District in any permanent capacity falling under the supervision of such employee. Current employees as of January 17, 2013 notwithstanding. Immediate family shall be defined as; spouse, child, domestic partner of said supervisory employee. The superintendent shall have the right to waive this policy given an alternative and appropriate option for supervision of the employee.
Adopted: October 18, 1990
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 17, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BDA
BOARD ORGANIZATIONAL MEETING
Reorganization shall be effected at the first regular meeting of the Board following the start of the new fiscal year on July 1st. At this meeting, there shall be an election for the ensuing year of a Chairperson and a Vice-Chairperson. The organizational meeting shall be called to order by the Superintendent, who shall preside until the Chairperson has been elected by a majority of the Board.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 1251
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 28, 2002
Revised: January 17, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BDD
BOARD-SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONSHIP
The Board of Directors believes that the development and adoption of policies for the district is the most important function of a Board and that the execution of the policies should be the function of the Superintendent.
Delegation of its executive powers by the Board to the Superintendent provides freedom for the Superintendent to manage the schools within the parameters of the Board’s policies and frees the Board to devote its time to policymaking, planning and appraisal functions.
The Board holds the Superintendent responsible for the administration of its policies, the execution of Board decisions, the operation of school programs and facilities, and for keeping the Board informed about school operations and problems.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1001; 1051
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: April 24, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BE
BOARD MEETINGS
All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be open to the public, except executive sessions, as provided by law.
Regular Meetings
The Board of Directors will generally hold regular business meetings on the first and third Thursday each month beginning at 7:00 p.m. Regular meetings are held in the Paul Johnson Library at Noble High School.
Special Meetings
A special meeting may be called by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board at their discretion, at the request of the Superintendent, or at the request of any three members of the Board of Directors. No business shall be transacted except that for which the meeting is called.
Emergency Meetings
An emergency meeting is any meeting called with fewer than four days’ notice. Such a meeting may be called by the Chairperson, Vice-Chairperson or Superintendent. No business shall be transacted except that for which the meeting is called.
Informational Meetings
The Board may, at its discretion, hold informational meetings on topics of interest or in preparation for regular Board meetings. No official action shall be taken at informational meetings.
Executive Sessions
Executive sessions of the Board shall be called in accordance with state law and at such time and place as required for discussion of matters permitted by statute. No final action may be taken on topics while in executive session; all actions of the Board are required by law to be in a public meeting.
Legal Reference: 1 MRSA § 403 et seq.
20-A MRSA § 1001
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: September 6, 2012
Revised: April 24, 2013
NEPN NSBA Code: BEA
SCHOOL BOARD USE OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION
Use of electronic communication by school board members should conform to the same standards of judgment, propriety and ethics as other forms of school board-related communication. Board members should be aware that electronic communication and electronic communication attachments received or prepared for use in board business or containing information relating to board business are likely to be regarded as public records which may be inspected by any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law. Board members shall comply with the following guidelines when using electronic communication in the conduct of board responsibilities:
A. The School Board shall not use electronic communication as a substitute for deliberations at Board meetings or for other communications or business properly confined to Board meetings.
B. Board members should avoid reference to confidential information about employees, students or other matters in electronic communications because of the risk of improper disclosure. Board members should comply with the same standards as school employees with regard to confidential information.
Legal Reference: 1 MRSA subsection 401 et seq.
20-A MRSA subsections 6001-6002
20 USC subsection 1232g
Cross Reference:
JRA - Student Educational Records
Adopted: November 18, 2004
Revised: April 11, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEC
EXECUTIVE SESSIONS
Except as provided by law, all meetings of the Board of Directors shall be open to the public, and all persons shall be permitted to attend the meetings. The Board may hold executive sessions upon recorded vote of 3/5 of the members present and voting, and any motion to go into executive session shall indicate the nature of the business of the executive session. Deliberations may be conducted in executive sessions only on those matters defined in the law. No final action shall be taken in executive session.
By its very nature, the subject matter of executive sessions is confidential. It is expected that all parties to such discussions will respect the need for confidentiality.
Legal Reference: 1 MRSA § 401 et seq.
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: April 24, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEC-E
EXECUTIVE SESSION LAW
I. To Enter Executive Session, a Board Must:
A. Start with a public meeting;
B. Have a public recorded vote of 3/5 of members present and voting; and
C. State the precise nature of business in motion to enter executive session. The nature of each matter must be stated if more than one.
II. Restrictions During Executive Session
A. Only matters stated in the motion may be considered.
B. No official actions shall be finally approved.
C. No public record shall be kept.
III. Items Which May Be Discussed In Executive Session
A. Discussion or consideration of employment, appointment, assignment, duties, compensation, evaluation, resignation, disciplining, promotion, demotion or dismissal of public officials, appointees or employees or the investigation of charges or complaints against persons, subject to the following conditions:
1. Only when public discussion could be reasonably expected to cause damage to the reputation or violate the individual's right to privacy;
2. Person charged or investigated has right to be present;
3. Person charged or investigated may request in writing that the investigation be conducted in open session. Such requests must be honored; and
4. Any person bringing charges shall be permitted to be present (does not specify participation).
B. Discussion or consideration of suspension or expulsion of a student, the cost of whose education is paid from public funds. The student and legal counsel (and parents or guardian if student is a minor) shall be permitted to be present if student, parents or guardian so desire.
C. Discussion or consideration of the condition, acquisition or the use of real or personal property only if premature disclosure would prejudice the bargaining position of the body or agency.
D. Board discussion of labor contracts and proposals and meetings may be held in executive session. (Negotiations between the representatives of a public employer and public employees are closed unless opened by agreement of both parties.)
Page 1 of 2
E. Consultations between a body or agency and its attorney concerning legal rights, pending litigation, and settlement offers, when premature public knowledge would give the Board substantial disadvantage.
F. Discussion of records made, maintained or received by the body or agency, when access by the general public is prohibited by statute.
Legal Reference: 1 MRSA § 405
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: April 24, 2013
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDA
NOTIFICATION OF BOARD MEETINGS
It shall be the policy of the Board of Directors to announce all meetings publicly. Except in the event of rare emergencies, such announcement will be made by the Superintendent/ designee in a minimum of three (3) business days to allow public attendance and shall be disseminated in a manner reasonably calculated to notify the general public.
Whenever possible, Board members shall receive notice of special or emergency meetings at least 24 hours in advance. Such notice shall include the date, time, location and purpose of the meeting. The Superintendent/designee shall, whenever practical, notify local representatives of the media by the same or faster means as used to notify Board members.
Legal Reference: 1 MRSA § 401 et seq.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDB
AGENDA PREPARATION AND DISSEMINATION
The Superintendent, in cooperation with the Chairperson, shall prepare an agenda for each meeting. Board members, school staff and members of the public may submit written requests including e-mail that items be placed on the agenda a minimum of two (2) days prior to the meeting. The request must include supporting documents and information. The Superintendent and Board Chairperson shall make the final decision regarding placement of items on the agenda.
Agendas and supporting information will be mailed to each Board member on the Friday prior to the regular Thursday meeting.
Copies of the regular meeting agenda and minutes of the previous meeting are delivered to the Assistant Superintendent and each school. Copies are mailed to the Board’s student representatives, representatives of each town, union representatives, the local media, and interested parties who have requested same. Individuals may obtain copies of the agenda at the regular meeting or at the Superintendent’s Office prior to the meeting.
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDBA
AGENDA FORMAT
The order of business at regular Board of Directors’ meetings shall be as follows:
A. Call to order and attendance;
B. Flag salute;
C. Approval of previous minutes;
D. Public input;
E. Agenda items;
F. Superintendent’s report;
G. Other business; and
H. Adjournment.
The order of business may be altered or items added or deleted from the agenda by a majority vote of Board members present.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDC
QUORUM
Unless otherwise required by law or Board policy, a majority of the full membership of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for purposes of taking action.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 1257
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDD
RULES OF ORDER
Except as otherwise provided by law, by regulations of the Department of Education, or by Board policy, Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised (latest edition available) shall be used to resolve procedural uncertainties.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDF
VOTING METHOD
Voting shall be by a show of hands with members indicating “yes”, “no”, or “abstain”. All members’ votes shall be recorded in the minutes. Any Board member can request a roll call vote whenever they deem an issue warrants it. The Board will honor such a request. The names of the members shall be called and each member shall respond “yes”, “no”, or “abstain”.
Maine public officials are obliged to vote openly; thus, secret ballots are not to be used by the Board of Directors.
A motion shall be declared carried upon the affirmative vote of the majority of the members present, unless otherwise required by law or Board policy.
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: September 5, 2002
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDG
MINUTES
The Superintendent, in his/her function as Board Secretary, shall ensure that accurate records are kept of all meetings of the Board. Minutes of all meetings shall be mailed to all Board members, the media and other designated persons with the next regular meeting agenda. Board minutes are made available for public inspection after Board approval.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 1055
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BEDH
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AT BOARD MEETINGS
The Board of Directors welcomes the public and media to all of its regular and special meetings.
The Board of Directors desires to hear the viewpoints of its District’s citizens, and therefore, typically provides a Public Input item on its agenda for this purpose. To enable the public to make statements to the Board in an orderly and efficient manner, the Board has adopted the following rules for Public Input:
A. Public Input is the only time provided in the agenda when members of the public may speak before the Board, subject to the limitations herein and the Chairperson’s authority over the meeting. The Chairperson may, at his or her sole discretion, allow a member of the public to speak outside of Public Input.
B. If a group wishes to be heard under Public Input, it must be represented by a spokesperson. The Chairperson can decide if anyone else can speak for the group.
C. When recognized by the Chairperson, the speaker will stand, give their name, and state their reason for speaking. The recognized person will than have five minutes in which to make a statement to the Board. The statement must be factual to the best knowledge of the speaker, to the point, and delivered in an orderly and respectful manner. The Board will not debate with the speaker.
D. The Chairperson will decide whether a statement is appropriate for Public Input. The Chairperson has the power to withdraw recognition of a speaker, if the Chairperson determines a statement is inappropriate for Public Input.
E. Statements concerning subject matter that falls under the law regarding Executive Sessions (for example, matters involving personnel, contract negotiations, or that could cause public embarrassment for an individual or group) cannot be made during Public Input. Such statements must first be brought to the Chairperson or Superintendent privately.
Adopted: January 10, 1991
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 2, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BG
BOARD POLICY PROCESS
The Board of Directors considers policy development its chief function.
It is the intent of the Board to develop written policies to serve as the framework for the successful and efficient functioning of the school unit.
The Board accepts the definition of policy set forth by the National School Boards Association:
School Board policies are statements that set forth the purposes and prescribe in general terms the organization and program of a school system. They create a framework within which the Superintendent and the staff can discharge their assigned duties with positive direction. They tell what is wanted. They may also indicate why and how much. Policies should define clearly the goals and objectives of the school system, allow for the flexibility that is vital in day-to-day operations, reflect the board’s vision, define roles and responsibilities (who is supposed to do what), and include measurable outcomes.
It is the Board’s intention that its policies serve as sources of information and guidance and direction for people who are interested in or connected with the schools. All updated policies will be posted on the district website and the complete policy manual shall be available for public inspection at the Superintendent’s Office during regular business hours.
The policies of the school unit are framed and are meant to be interpreted in terms of federal and state statutes, rules of the State Board of Education and Department of Education and other regulatory agencies within the local, county, state and federal government. The policies are also framed and are meant to be interpreted in terms of those educational objectives, procedures and practices which are broadly accepted by leaders and authorities in the public education field.
Changes in needs, conditions, purposes and objectives will require revisions, deletions and additions to the policies of the current Board and those of the future. The Board will welcome suggestions for ongoing policy development.
The development of draft policies shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent.
Action on Board policy proposals will be taken by the Board.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 16, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BG-R
POLICY ADOPTION PROCEDURE
The following procedure shall be used to adopt, review, revise or delete Board policies:
A. Individual Board members, the Superintendent, and other school staff and interested parties should submit policy suggestions and concerns to the Superintendent.
B. The Board and Superintendent shall review and research each suggestion in accordance with Board policies and prepare draft policies as appropriate. Under normal circumstances, policies will be considered in a two-reading process.
C. At an appropriate stage in the process, the Board shall contact the representative teacher organization to meet and consult regarding any proposed new or changed educational policy.
To the fullest extent practical, the Board shall also discuss the proposal with other groups affected by the policy.
D. A new policy, revision, or deletion of a policy shall be placed on the agenda of a regular Board meeting (first reading). Board members shall receive the policy and recommendations in advance of the meeting date. Discussion may take place on the substance of the policy. Any changes to the policy agreed to by consensus or formally adopted amendment shall be made prior to the second reading.
E. At the next regular meeting, the policy shall be placed on the agenda for second reading and action. Amendments may be introduced and acted upon. If the main motion does not pass by a majority vote of the full Board, the process for that policy is ended unless further consideration of the policy is tabled to a specific date.
F. Immediately upon approval, policies/revisions/deletions shall be disseminated. Policies deleted and changed shall be recalled. The Superintendent/designee shall ensure that all policy manuals are kept up-to-date.
Legal Reference: 26 MRSA § 965.1,C
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 16, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: BGF
SUSPENSION OF POLICY
In the event of unusual circumstances, any section or sections of Board policies, including its own operating procedures, may be suspended by a majority vote of Board members present at any regular or special meeting. This does not apply to any section of a Board policy which is established by law, regulation or contract.
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: May 16, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: CA
ADMINISTRATIVE GOALS
The administration of the schools is responsible, within the guidelines established by Board policy, for directing the school programs and supporting staff and students to meet the school unit’s educational goals.
The Board shall rely on its chief executive officer, the Superintendent, to provide the professional leadership for the administration.
Administrative organization is designed with all schools as part of a single school unit subject to Board policies implemented through the Superintendent. All administrators are expected to administer their school or area of responsibility in accordance with Board policy and administrative procedures. However, the mere execution of directives is not construed as effective administration. Vision, initiative, resourcefulness, leadership, and consideration and concern for staff members, students and parents are essential to effective administration of the schools.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 6, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: CB
SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT
A primary function of the Board of Directors is to select a Superintendent of Schools. To select a Superintendent, a majority vote of all members of the Board shall be required. The Board may award a contract of up to five years in accordance with the laws of the State of Maine.
The Superintendent shall be executive officer of the Board. In addition, under Maine statutes he/she shall serve as secretary ex officio to the Board. He/she shall attend all meetings and have the right to speak on all subjects, but shall have no vote.
The Superintendent shall administer and supervise the public educational system of the town. He/she shall have discretionary authority, subject to later approval by the Board, to act upon all emergency matters and those as to which his/her power and duties are not specifically set forth or limited.
The Superintendent shall devote his/her entire working time to the duties of the position. He/she may, without violation of the provisions of this section, perform educational functions outside the town with the approval of the Commissioner of Education and the Board.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1001, 1053
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 6, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: DA
FISCAL MANAGEMENT GOALS/PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
The Board recognizes that money and money management comprise the foundational support of the whole school program. To make that support as effective as possible the Board intends:
A. To encourage advance planning through the best possible budget procedures;
B. To explore all practical and legal sources of dollar income;
C. To guide the expenditure of funds so as to achieve the greatest educational returns;
D. To require maximum efficiency in accounting and reporting procedures; and
E. To maintain a level of per student expenditure needed to provide high quality education.
As trustee of local, state and federal funds allocated for use in education, the Board has the responsibility to protect the funds and to use them wisely.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 20, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: DB
ANNUAL BUDGET
The Board recognizes that financial resources and the proper management of same are fundamental to the support of school programs and operations. With this in mind, the Board will develop and present an annual operating budget as directed by applicable laws.
The annual budget will be for a 12-month period covering the fiscal year July 1 through June 30.
The Board shall designate the Superintendent as its budget officer, but he/she may delegate portions of such responsibility as appropriate. The three general areas of responsibility of the budget officer are budget preparation, budget presentation and budget administration.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 1301
20-A MRSA § 15617 et seq.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 20, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: DBG
BUDGET ADOPTION PROCESS
Adoption of the annual budget is to be accomplished prior to June 30 for the fiscal year beginning July 1. The Superintendent shall be responsible for developing a complete calendar of budget process deadlines.
The budget shall include, in addition to operating expenses and expected income for the ensuing year, the sums required for meeting bonds falling due, interest on the bonds and on other obligations, rentals and other fixed charges. These proposals shall be thoroughly explained and voters shall be given an opportunity to be heard. Only those amounts pertaining to operating expenses, reserve or contingency funds, or capital outlay expenditures shall be subject to change by the voters.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1304 et seq., 15617 et seq.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 20, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: DFA
REVENUES FROM INVESTMENT
The Superintendent shall have authority to invest district funds.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 20, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: DGA
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
The Superintendent shall be authorized to sign all school unit checks.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 20, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: DJH
PURCHASING AND CONTRACTING: PROCUREMENT
STAFF CODE OF CONDUCT
Conflict of Interest
All employees of MSAD #60 shall perform their duties in a manner free from conflict of interest to ensure that the school unit’s business transactions are made in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and in a manner that maintains public confidence in the schools.
No employee of MSAD #60 shall participate in the selection, award or administration of a contract supported by federal funds or in any other transaction in which the school unit is a party if he/she has a real or apparent conflict of interest in the transaction.
A conflict of interest would arise when the employee or any member of his/her immediate family, his/her (business) partner, or an organization that employs or is about to employ any of these parties has a financial or other interest in the firm selected for the award. For the purpose of this policy, “immediate family” is defined as spouse, brother, sister, parent, son or daughter.
Conflict of Interest Disclosure
All employees with real or apparent conflicts of interest as defined above must disclose the conflict of interest to the Superintendent who will investigate the circumstances of the proposed transaction. The Superintendent will exercise due diligence in investigating the circumstances of the transaction and, if necessary, will make reasonable efforts to find alternatives to the proposed transaction or arrangement that would not give rise to a conflict of interest. If the Superintendent determines that the proposed transaction is in the best interest of MSAD #60 and is fair and reasonable, he/she may proceed with the transaction. In the event that the Superintendent may have a conflict of interest, an ad hoc subcommittee of the Board will investigate and make a determination regarding the transaction.
Staff Gifts and Solicitations
MSAD #60 employees are prohibited from accepting money or things of material value from persons or entities doing business with, or desiring to do business with, the school unit. Employees may accept unsolicited items of nominal value such as those that are generally distributed by a company or organization through its public relations program.
Employees of MSAD #60 who violate this code of conduct may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination of employment and, if appropriate, referral to law enforcement.
Dispute Resolutions
A bidder or respondent to a request for a proposal (RFP) may protest a procurement or contract award if he/she believes that it was made in a manner inconsistent with Board policy, specifications, or law or regulations. A protest must be submitted to the Superintendent in writing within five business days after receipt of notification of the award being made, with all documents supporting the protest.
Page 1 of 2
The Superintendent shall review the protest and supporting documents and render a decision in writing within 20 business days of receipt of the protest. The Superintendent may also convene a meeting with the bidder or respondent to attempt to resolve the problem.
If the bidder or respondent is not satisfied with the Superintendent’s decision, he/she may appeal to the Board. The Superintendent will provide reasonable notice to the bidder or respondent of the time for the Board’s consideration of the protest. The Board’s decision shall be final.
Legal Reference: 34 CFR 74.40-74.48; 80.36 (Education Department General
Administrative Regulations (EDGAR)
Commissioner’s Administrative Letter No. 6, June 18, 2006 (Fiscal Compliance)
Cross Reference: BCB - Board Member Conflict of Interest
DJ - Bidding/Purchasing Requirements
GBI - Staff Gifts and Solicitations
KCD - Public Gifts/Donations to the Schools
Revised: October 13, 2016
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: DN
SCHOOL PROPERTIES DISPOSITION
The Superintendent is authorized to determine, through procedures he/she develops, when personal property (supplies, materials, equipment), as distinguished from real property, is obsolete or no longer of use to the school unit and to declare it surplus.
The Board is to be informed of any property declared surplus by the Superintendent prior to its disposal. Procedures for disposal of all surplus personal property shall be in accordance with the following:
A. All member municipalities are to be informed in writing of property declared surplus and are to have first option to purchase. The charges for municipal purchases shall be determined by the Superintendent after consultation with the Board.
B. Surplus property, including books, to be offered for sale shall be disposed of by sealed bid, public auction, or public sale. Public notice of any sale of surplus property shall be given at least one week in advance of an auction, sale or opening of sealed bids.
C. Library books, textbooks and instructional materials are to be disposed of by a means most likely to offer promise of continuing educational benefit, first to citizens of the school unit, then to others.
D. Any surplus property which is offered for sale and is not sold may be disposed of in a manner deemed advisable by the superintendent, including donation to non-profit agencies.
E. Any property determined to be worthless, or for any reason is considered to be inappropriate for sale, shall be disposed of in a manner the Superintendent deems appropriate after so informing the Board, with recycling as a priority where feasible.
F. Any school unit identification that has been applied to the surplus property shall be removed or, if not possible to remove, be further identified to indicate the intended disposition and surplus nature (i.e., “SOLD BY”, “SURPLUS”).
All revenues which result from the sale of surplus property shall be credited as miscellaneous income except in any instance where law requires that it be credited to a specific account.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 7
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: June 20, 2013
Revised: June 18, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBAA
CHEMICAL HAZARDS
The Board is committed to providing a safe environment for students and employees. It is the policy of the MSAD #60 Department to follow safe practices in regard to the storage and handling of hazardous chemicals in its schools. The school unit will comply with all applicable Maine and federal laws and regulations concerning hazardous chemicals.
The Superintendent/ designee has responsibility for the safe handling and storage of hazardous chemicals in schools, the development of required written plans, the designation of a Chemical Hygiene Officer, and ensuring that staff is trained with respect to chemical hazards found in the workplace. Written plans shall include information regarding proper purchasing, labelling, storage, training, handling, and disposal of hazardous chemicals.
The Superintendent will appoint an employee of the school unit as Chemical Hygiene Officer for the MSAD #60 School Department. The Chemical Hygiene Officer will be responsible for developing and implementing a Chemical Hygiene Plan, to be reviewed annually, that includes procedures relevant to the identification, purchase, storage, inventory, handling, and disposal of hazardous chemicals used in science laboratories; maintenance of safety data sheets (SDS) for laboratory chemicals; and ensuring that employees with science/laboratory responsibilities are provided appropriate training on the specific hazards associated with the chemicals being used in school laboratories and how to read the SDS for these chemicals. The person appointed Chemical Hygiene Officer must be an employee of the MSAD #60 School Department, preferably a science teacher or another staff member who is knowledgeable about the chemicals being used in school laboratories and stored in the schools.
The school unit will comply with OSHA’s Hazard Communication standard 29 CFR 1910.1200, as adopted and enforced by the Maine Department of Labor, which requires a written hazard communication (HazCom) plan, including a listing of chemicals being used in the schools; training of employees that handle these chemicals; and, for all employees, where safety data sheets (SDS) are located, and how to read them. This standard applies to hazard communications for hazardous chemicals such as those used in cleaning and disinfection, which may be found in custodial and food service areas, among other locations.
A. MSAD #60 will obtain SDS (Safety Data Sheets) for all hazardous chemicals utilized in the school unit. Copies of the SDS will be available for inspection during regular business hours in each building where the chemicals are used.
B. SDS will be reviewed and updated on an annual basis by the building administration.
C. SDS for new products put into use in MSAD #60 will be reviewed and employees who may be exposed to the product shall receive appropriate training as necessary.
Page 1 of 3
Employee Training and Information Program
A. All employees who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals shall be given a list of hazardous chemicals utilized in MSAD #60 and a copy of this policy.
B. All employees whose work involves hazardous chemicals are required to attend a training program before commencing work. Training will also be provided whenever a new chemical the employees have not been trained on is introduced into their work area. Employee attendance at each required training program must be documented.
C. MSAD #60’s training program shall be conducted in compliance with applicable laws/regulations and include the following elements at a minimum:
1. An explanation of applicable laws and/or regulations;
2. Identification of work/storage areas where hazardous chemicals are present:
3. Description of methods for detecting the presence or release of hazardous chemicals in work/storage areas;
4. Explanation of potential health problems associated with hazardous chemicals in the workplace;
5. Explanation of how to read an SDS, product labels and other documents related to hazardous chemicals and where in the facility the SDS may be found;
6. Explanation of methods to protect employees from hazardous chemicals, including the purpose, proper use and limitations of personal protective equipment; and
7. Explanation of emergency procedures.
Purchase of Hazardous Chemicals
MSAD #60 will establish a Hazardous Chemical Screening Process for the review and approval of purchases of hazardous chemicals needed for instructional and service purposes. The process will be implemented under the supervision of the Superintendent/designee, in consultation with school employees in areas in which hazardous chemicals are to be used.
Requests for purchases of hazardous chemicals shall include at least the following information:
1. The common and chemical name of the chemical;
2. The amount of the chemical needed for the year;
3. The storage requirements, instructional use and waste disposal procedures for the chemical; and
4. The amount and age of any existing quantities of the chemical.
MSAD #60 shall order quantities that are expected to be fully consumed under normal conditions within two years of purchase, or if the hazardous chemical has a shelf life of less than two years, a quantity that is expected to be consumed within the shelf life period.
Storage of Hazardous Chemicals
Hazardous chemicals will be stored in accordance with specifications described in SDS and with applicable laws and regulations.
Page 2 of 3
All hazardous chemicals and products shall be labeled as required by law/regulations. Containers that are not properly labeled shall not be allowed in MSAD #60.
LABORATORY SCIENCE CHEMICALS
The school unit will comply with OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1450, as adopted and enforced by the Maine Department of Labor, which addresses science laboratory chemicals. This standard applies to science laboratory chemicals commonly found in chemistry and biology laboratories in schools.
Product Disposal
MSAD #60 shall dispose of hazardous chemicals properly. When required by law/regulations, hazardous chemicals shall be disposed of through an agency licensed by the State. When it is necessary to store hazardous chemicals prior to removal from school property, storage shall be in an approved tank or building.
Annual Review
This policy shall be reviewed by the Superintendent/designee on an annual basis.
Legal Reference: 29C.F.R. §1910.1200
26 M.R.S.A. §565
Me. Reg. Ch. 2 §12-179
Me. Reg. Ch. 161 (Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference: EBCA – Crisis Response Plan
Adopted: January 2, 2003
Revised: October 18, 2018
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCA
CRISIS RESPONSE PLAN
The School Board hereby adopts the MSAD #60 Crisis Response Plan. The Superintendent and building administrators shall be responsible for ensuring that the plan is implemented in each school and evaluated annually. It is understood that specific procedures may vary from school to school due to differences in school facilities and the ages of students. Any substantive changes in the plan shall be subject to the approval of the Superintendent.
Adopted: October 19, 2000
Revised: November 7, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: EBCC
BOMB THREATS
The Board recognizes that bomb threats are a significant concern to M.S.A.D. #60. Whether real and carried out or intended as a prank or for some other purpose, a bomb threat represents a potential danger to the safety and welfare of students and staff and to the integrity of school property. Bomb threats disrupt the instructional program and learning environment and also place significant demands on school financial resources and public safety services. These effects occur even when such threats prove to be false.
Any bomb threat will be regarded as an extremely serious matter and be treated accordingly. The Board directs the Superintendent to react promptly and appropriately to information concerning bomb threats and to initiate or recommend suitable disciplinary action.
A. Conduct Prohibited
No person shall make, or communicate by any means, whether verbal or non-verbal, a threat that a bomb has been, or will be, placed on school premises. Because of the potential for evacuation of the schools and other disruption of school operations, placement of a bomb or of a “look-alike” bomb on school premises will be considered a threat for the purpose of this policy.
B. Definitions
1. A “bomb” means an explosive, incendiary or poison gas bomb, grenade, rocket, missile, mine, “Molotov cocktail” or other destructive device.
2. A “look-alike bomb” means any apparatus or object that conveys the appearance of a bomb or other destructive device.
3. A “bomb threat” is the communication, by any means, whether verbal or nonverbal, that a bomb has been, or will be, placed on school premises, including possession or placement of a bomb or look-alike bomb on school premises.
4. “School premises” means any school property and any location where any school activities may take place.
C. Development of Bomb Threat Procedures
The Superintendent/designee shall be responsible for developing and implementing procedures specific to bomb threats as part of M.S.A.D. #60’s Crisis Response Plan. These procedures are intended to inform administrators and staff of appropriate protocols to follow in the event that a bomb threat is received and should include provisions to address:
1. Threat assessment (for the purpose of identifying a response that is in proportion to the threat, in light of what is necessary to ensure safety);
2. Building evacuation and reentry (including selection of potential alternative sites for those who are evacuated);
3. Incident “command and control” (who is in charge, and when);
4. Communications contacts and mandatory bomb threat reporting;
5. Parent notification process;
6. Training for staff members; and
7. Support services for students and staff.
Page 1 of 3
The initial bomb threat procedure will be subject to approval by the Board. The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for overseeing a review or evaluation of bomb threat procedures prior to the Board’s required annual approval of the school unit’s Crisis Response Plan, or following implementation of the procedure in response to a specific threat.
D. Reporting of Bomb Threats
A student who learns of a bomb threat, the intention of a bomb threat, or the existence of a bomb on school premises must immediately report such information to the building principal, teacher, the School Resource Officer or other employee in a position of authority.
An employee of M.S.A.D. #60 who learns of a bomb threat, or the intention to make a bomb threat, shall immediately inform the building administrator. The building administrator shall immediately take appropriate steps to protect the safety of students and staff in accordance with the school unit’s bomb threat procedure, as developed under Section C, and inform the Superintendent of the threat.
All bomb threats shall be reported immediately to the local law enforcement authority, as provided in the bomb threat procedures.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for reporting any bomb threat to the Department of Education within two business days of the incident. Reports will include the name of the school, the date and time of the threat, the medium used to communicate the threat, and whether or not the perpetrators have been apprehended.
E. Student Disciplinary Consequences
Making a bomb threat is a crime under Maine law. Any student suspected of making, intending to make or participating in a bomb threat shall be reported to law enforcement authorities for investigation and possible prosecution. Apart from any penalty imposed by law, and without regard to the existence or status of criminal charges, a student who makes a bomb threat shall be subject to disciplinary action by the school.
The administration may suspend and/or recommend for expulsion any student who violates this policy. Such violation will be considered deliberately disobedient and deliberately disorderly within the meaning of 20-A M.R.S.A. subsection 1001(9) and will be grounds for expulsion if found necessary for the peace and usefulness of the school.
In addition, a student who is found after hearing by the Board to have brought a bomb to school, shall be expelled from school for at least one year in accordance with 20-A M.R.S.A. subsection 1001(9-A) and Policy JICIA, except that the Superintendent may modify the requirement for expulsion based on individual circumstances.
A student who has been identified through the IEP process as having a disability and whose conduct in violation of this policy is related to the disability shall be disciplined as provided in Policy JKF.
F. Aiding Other Students in Making Bomb Threats
A student who knowingly encourages, causes, aids or assists another student in making or communicating a bomb threat shall be subject to the disciplinary consequences described in Section E of this Policy.
G. Failure to Report a Bomb Threat
Page 2 of 3
A student who fails to report information or knowledge of a bomb threat or the existence of a bomb or other destructive device in a school building or on school property may be subject to disciplinary consequences, which may include suspension and/or expulsion.
H. Staff Disciplinary Consequences
An M.S.A.D. #60 employee who makes or communicates a bomb threat will be reported to appropriate law enforcement authorities and will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Disciplinary action taken shall be consistent with collective bargaining agreements, other employment agreements and Board policies.
An M.S.A.D. #60 employee who fails to report information or knowledge of a bomb threat or the existence of a bomb on school premises will be subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment.
I. Civil Liability
M.S.A.D. #60 reserves the right to bring suit against any individual responsible for a violation of this policy and to seek restitution and other damages as permitted by law.
J. Lost Instructional Time
Instructional time lost as a result of a bomb threat will be rescheduled at the earliest appropriate (or practicable) opportunity, as determined by the Board.
Time lost may be rescheduled on a weekend or vacation day, or after what would normally be the last day of the school year, except on days when schools must be closed as required by law.
K. Notification Through Student Handbooks
All student handbooks shall address M.S.A.D. #60’s bomb threat policy and procedures and explain the educational consequences of bomb threats. In addition, student handbooks shall notify students and parents that bomb threats violate board policy and civil and criminal law.
Legal References: 18 U.S.C. subsections 921; 8921
17-A M.R.S.A. subsection 210
20-A M.R.S.A. subsections 263; 1001(9); 1001 (9-A);
1001(17); 1001(18)
Cross References: EBCA – Crisis Response Plan
JKD - Suspension of Students
JKE – Expulsion of Students
JKF – Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
JICIA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety
Adopted: September 22, 2005
Revised: December 5, 2013
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECB
PEST MANAGEMENT IN SCHOOL FACILITIES AND ON SCHOOL GROUNDS
The Board recognizes that structural and landscape pests can pose significant problems for people and school unit property, but that use of some pesticides may raise concerns among parents, students and staff. It is therefore the policy of MSAD #60 to incorporate Integrated Pest Management (IPM) principles and procedures for the control of structural and landscape pests. A copy of this policy shall be kept in every school and made available upon request to staff, parents, students and the public.
IPM is a systematic approach to pest management that combines a variety of methods for managing pests including monitoring; improved horticultural, sanitation and food storage practices; pest exclusion and removal; biological control; and pesticides.
For the purpose of this policy, "pests" are populations of living organisms (animals, plants or microorganisms) that interfere with use of school facilities and grounds. "Pesticide" is defined as any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling or mitigating any pests and any substance or mixture of substances intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant or desiccant.
The objective of the school unit's IPM program is to provide effective pest control while minimizing pesticide use. The goals of the IPM program include managing pests to reduce any potential hazards to human health; preventing loss or damage to school structures or property; preventing pests from spreading beyond the site of infestation to other school property; and enhancing the quality of life for students, staff and others.
The Superintendent and/or designee shall develop and implement a Pest Management Plan consistent with the following IPM principles and procedures:
A. Appointment of an IPM Coordinator
The Superintendent/designee will appoint an IPM Coordinator for the school unit. The IPM Coordinator will be the primary contact for pest control matters and will be responsible for overseeing the implementation of the IPM plan, including making pest control decisions.
The IPM Coordinator will consult with the building principal and/or Superintendent before a decision is made to do a pesticide application for which notice is required and before providing notification of the planned application.
The IPM Coordinator's responsibilities may include:
1. Recording and monitoring data and pest sightings by school staff and students;
2. Coordinating pest management with pest control contractors;
3. Recording and ensuring that maintenance and sanitation recommendations are carried out where feasible;
4. Ensuring that any pesticide use is done according to the school unit's Pest Management Plan and Chapter 27 Me. Dept. of Agriculture Board of Pesticides Control Rules ("Standards for Pesticide Applications and Public Notification in Schools");
5. Making the school system's pest management policy available in every school building;
6. Having available for parents and staff a copy of the Maine regulation pertaining to pesticide applications in schools (Chapter 27 Me. Dept. of Agriculture Board of Pesticides Control "Standards for
Page 1 of 3
Pesticide Applications and Pesticide Notification in Maine Schools") and a record of prior pesticide applications and information about the pesticide used.
7. Initiating and coordinating notification of parents and staff of pesticide applications according to the school unit's notification procedure and posting notification signs as appropriate; and
8. Recording all pesticides used by either a professional applicator or school staff and maintaining other pest control data.
B. Identification of Specific Pest Thresholds
Routine inspection and accurate information of pests are needed to recognize potential problems and determine when action should be taken.
Action thresholds for specific sites will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the IPM Coordinator in consultation with the building principal and/or Superintendent, and if necessary, with the advice of a professional pest control expert.
As pest management objectives will differ from site to site (e.g.: maintaining healthy turf and specific playing surfaces on athletic fields, carpenter ant control in buildings, or maintenance of ornamental plants), differences should be considered before setting an action threshold.
C. Pesticide Applicators
Any person that applies pesticides in school buildings or on school grounds, including school personnel, must process a Maine pesticide applicators license and should be trained in the principles and practices of IPM. All pesticide use must be approved by the school unit's IPM Coordinator. Applicators must follow state regulations and label precautions and must comply with the IPM policy and pest management plan.
D. Selection, Use and Storage of Pesticides
Pesticides should be used only when needed. Non-chemical pest management methods will be implemented whenever possible to provide the desired control. The choice of using a pesticide will be based on a review of other available options (sanitation, exclusion, mechanical means, trapping, biological control) and a determination that these options have not worked or are not feasible. When it has been determined that a pesticide must be used to achieve pest management goals, the least hazardous effective pesticide should be selected. Application should be conducted in a manner that, to the extent practicable should be selected. Application should be conducted in a manner that, to the extent practicable using currently available technology, minimizes human risk.
Decisions concerning the particular pesticide to be used and the timing of pesticide application should take into consideration the use of the buildings or grounds to be treated.
Pesticide purchases should be limited to the amount expected to be used for a specific application or during the year. Pesticides will be stored and disposed of in accordance with label directions and state and federal regulations. Pesticides must be stored in an appropriate, secured location not accessible to students or unauthorized personnel.
E. Notification of Students, Staff and Parents of Use of Pesticides
Page 2 of 3
A notice will be provided to staff, students and parents within the first two weeks of the school year
briefly explaining the school unit's IPM/pesticide use policy including provisions for notification to parents and staff of specific planned pesticide applications in school buildings or on school grounds.
When required by regulations, the school will notify staff, students and parents/guardians at least five days in advance of planned pesticide treatments in the school or on school grounds, including playgrounds and playing fields.
When required by regulations, signs will be posted at each point of access to the treated area and in a common area of the school at least two working days prior to the application and for at least 48 hours following the application in accordance with applicable Maine Board of Pesticides Control regulations.
F. Recordkeeping
When a pesticide has been used, record pertaining to the application including labels and material safety data sheets will be maintained at the school site for two years following application. Records are to be completed on the day the pesticide is applied. Pest surveillance records should be maintained to verify the need for pesticide treatments.
Legal Reference: 7 MRSA subsection 601-625
22 MRSA subsection 1471 - 1 -1471 -X
Ch. 27 Me. Dept. of Agriculture Board of Pesticide Control
Rules (Standards for Pesticide Application and Public Notification in Schools)
Cross Reference: EBAA - Chemical Hazards
Adopted: October 16, 2003
Amended: January 30, 2014
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: ECE
TRAFFIC AND PARKING CONTROLS
Driving and parking on school property are privileges granted by the Board of Directors to persons who have reasons to be in the schools or on school property.
The Superintendent/designee, in cooperation with local public safety officials, shall develop a plan to accommodate the flow of traffic on school roadways and appropriate traffic regulations.
The Superintendent/designee is responsible for assigning parking areas for staff, students and visitors to the schools and for developing appropriate parking regulations.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 30, 2014
NEPN/NSBA Code: EDMATERIAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Proper management of the school unit’s materials, supplies and equipment—both instructional and non-instructional—is the general responsibility of the Superintendent. The Superintendent may delegate particular resource management duties as he/she deems appropriate.
The Superintendent shall establish procedures as necessary for the proper control of materials, supplies and equipment. Controls shall include an inventory system, maintenance records and records of materials/equipment assigned to students or staff members for personal use. Staff and students are expected to exhibit reasonable care for school property issued for their use.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: January 30, 2014
NEPN/NBSA Code: EDC
USE OF DISTRICT VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT
I. Use of District owned vehicles
District-owned vehicles shall be for official use only and shall be properly marked. Vehicles owned by the district may not be used for personal purposes. There are employees who are authorized to commute to and from work in a district vehicle for bona fide noncompensatory business reasons. Each employee having the use of such a vehicle shall have included in his or her gross income a value for commuting as required by law.
II. Use of Tools and Equipment
Personal or commercial use of school property and equipment on or off district premises is prohibited.
School and district equipment, including tools, computers, copiers, fax machines, and other technical equipment shall be operated only by authorized personnel for education-related purposes.
2. Employees shall not produce personal materials using school or district equipment without express authorization in writing from the principal or immediate supervisor. The employee making the request for use of district equipment accepts full and unconditional responsibility for any equipment damage and/or loss and will reimburse the district within a reasonable time for the applicable repair/replacement cost. All authorized personal use of equipment by employees shall take place outside of regular contract hours.
3. Incidental personal use of computers/laptops is permitted per policy GCSA Employee Computer and Internet Use Policy and policy GCSA Employee Computer and Internet Use Policy Rules.
A. Employees using District tools and equipment must use all safety devices associated with any tool or piece of equipment and observe OSHA regulations.
B. The employee is to use tools and equipment in an appropriate and safe manner.
C. The employee will report any problems to the supervisor and abide by any maintenance schedules.
D. Reckless use, deliberate abuse, or sabotage of District tools or equipment is prohibited and will subject the offender to disciplinary actions.
Adopted: September 24, 2009
NEPN/NSBA Code: EE
TRANSPORTATION SERVICES MANAGEMENT
The school unit shall provide transportation services for elementary and secondary students in accordance with Board policies and applicable laws. The major priorities of the school unit’s transportation program are to provide safe, comfortable transportation for students in the most efficient and economical manner feasible.
BUS ROUTES:
a. Bus routes will be limited to State and accepted town roads, which are properly maintained and approved for safe bus travel by the Transportation Director. All roads must have a suitable turnaround.
LIMITATION OF ACCESS:
a. MSAD #60 buses shall not enter any public or private way that is determined to be unsafe for bus passage or does not provide adequate turnaround facilities.
b. The road shall be capable of allowing two vehicles to pass each other safely under all weather conditions with a minimum of a 15 foot wide traveled way.
c. The road must be continuously maintained and failure to maintain the road which causes more than normal abuse of vehicles will result in suspension of services until the road is restored to a drivable condition in the judgment of school officials.
REMOTE LOCATION:
If a student resides in a location removed from and inaccessible to schools or a public highway, the student's parents shall be responsible for providing transportation to a public highway or responsible for paying board for the student to be within walking distance of a school. Failure of a parent to provide transportation or board shall be considered a violation of the truancy law. (Title 20 Chapter 215)
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 5401 Chapter 215
Cross Reference: EEA – Student Transportation Services
EEAEA – Student Transportation Employee Requirements, Training
and Responsibilities
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: March 1, 2007
Revised: January 30, 2014
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEA
STUDENT TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
The Board will provide transportation for all students living beyond a reasonable distance from their school or from a scheduled bus stop as the board has determined. This distance is defined as one-half of a mile.
Distance shall be measured by the shortest public road from the residence to the bus stop or school door. In cases questioned, distance will be measured and established by the Superintendent.
BUS STOPS:
a. Bus stops will be designated for groups of students living near each other. Students in grades 6-12 will not be required to walk more than .5 tenths of a mile along a bus route to a bus stop.
b. Students in grades 1-5 will not be required to walk more than .3 tenths of a mile along a bus route to a bus stop.
c. Kindergarten students will be picked up along the bus route at the closest point to their home.
d. Authorized bus stops will be located so as to load and unload students with the most safety allowed by road conditions. The distance between stops may vary according to safety factors. If possible, students will be loaded and unloaded so that it is not necessary for them to cross a main highway to reach their homes.
e. Buses will be provided by the district to accommodate after school activities as approved by the Superintendent. The routes will not replicate normal runs, but rather provide service to designated stops within each town. Late buses may not accommodate the needs of all students. It will be the responsibility of the parents or childcare provider to arrange transportation for students who need a stop outside the late bus route.
f. Bus stops will be determined each year by the Transportation Director after consulting with the driver. Requests for exceptions to routine bus stops may be made in writing to the Transportation Director. The Transportation Director (or designee) will review the request and provide a written decision within 10 days of receipt of request. Appeals to the MSAD #60 Superintendent on the Transportation Director’s decision can be made by submitting a written request within 10 days of receiving the Transportation Director's decision. All decisions rendered by the Transportation Director shall remain in effect unless changed by the Superintendent. The decision made by the Superintendent shall be final.
g. It is the responsibility of the parent or caregiver to have the student at the bus stop five minutes prior to the scheduled arrival of the bus.
h. A caregiver is defined as a person/persons providing care to children other than their own that will require transportation to and/or from school.
EXCEPTIONS:
Exceptions to the above distance shall be made for the following reasons only:
a. Health
Page 1 of 3
Exceptions to established walking distances may be made for students with disabilities as required by their IEP.
Exceptions may also be made to accommodate a student’s need for transportation with written documentation from the student’s physician.
b. Kindergarten Students
No kindergarten student will be left "unattended" at a bus stop. "Unattended" is defined as "not in the custody of a parent, guardian or older sibling." In cases where the student would be "unattended" the bus driver will keep the student on the bus and request further instruction from the Transportation Director or his/her designee.
c. Hazardous Walking Conditions
Hazardous walking conditions shall be defined as those which would place a child of a given age in a situation of greater than normal or average danger. Age shall be considered in making this decision. Safety, not sidewalks, will be the determining factor. The Transportation Director will decide when transportation will be provided under the hazardous walking conditions provision.
ASSIGNMENT OF BUSES:
a. In order to properly assign students and avoid unnecessary overcrowding on the buses, it will be the responsibility of the caregiver (i.e. daycare provider), prior to the start of each school year, to provide a list in writing, of all students who will require transportation to and/or from school to the Transportation Director. A routine bus route will be established for each student. The Transportation Office shall be notified of any and all changes.
b. Each student riding a school bus shall always ride from the designated bus stop to school and from school to the designated bus stop. Deviations from the routine will only occur for emergency purposes. (See examples on Bus Route link on district website)
c. For scheduled early release days and events which may lead to any early dismissal, parents must have provisions for daycare already in place.
d. Bus drivers shall not permit any person, other than a pupil, teacher, school administrator, mechanic, police officer or emergency personnel to enter or ride the bus without consent of the Transportation Director.
PASSENGER SAFETY:
a. MSAD #60 will make every effort to accommodate the needs of students, however over-sized object such as, large instruments, large school projects, skateboards, skis, etc. will only be allowed when, in the judgment of the driver, there is sufficient space to transport them safely. Large objects in the laps of students or in the aisles can lead to the possibility of student injury from the objects becoming airborne or causing the passive restraint system to not function as designed.
b. Student use of personal and district-owned electronic devices is at the discretion of the driver.
c. The use of cameras, including camera phones, is strictly prohibited on the bus.
Page 2 of 3
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 5401
Cross Reference: JICC – Student Conduct on School Buses
Adopted: November 21, 2002
Revised: March 1, 2007
Revised; March 13, 2014
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEAEAA
DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF SCHOOL BUS DRIVERS
In accordance with the federal Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, in addition to other pertinent state and federal laws promulgated to effectuate a drug and alcohol free workplace, the Board of Directors is committed to an alcohol and controlled substance testing program for school bus drivers, in addition to any other employees who drive vehicles to transport eight (8) or more passengers, including the driver.
The purpose of the testing program shall be to help prevent accidents, injuries and deaths resulting from the misuse of alcohol and controlled substances by drivers performing safety-sensitive functions. The Superintendent shall be responsible for the implementation of an alcohol and drug testing program consistent with federal regulations and may, from time to time as he/she may deem necessary, revise administrative procedures to ensure ongoing compliance with federal/state mandates.
Legal References: 49 CFR Part 382
26 MRSA §§ 681(8)(B); 685(2); 689
Adopted: December 21, 1995
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: March 6, 2014
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEAEAA-R
DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF SCHOOL BUS DRIVERS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
The Board of Directors is committed to the establishment of an alcohol and controlled substance testing program that meets all applicable requirements of the federal Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, in addition to pertinent state laws and regulations. The purpose of the testing program shall be to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from the misuse of alcohol and controlled substances by drivers performing safety-sensitive functions.
The following administrative procedure represents a summary of the main provisions found in federal regulations promulgated to effectuate drug and alcohol testing of bus drivers. The following procedure in no way attempts to modify said regulations which should always be referred to when questions as to implementation of this policy/ procedure arise. The complete text of the regulations is available in the MSAD #60 Central Office.
The Superintendent and Transportation Director are the designated Alcohol/Drug Testing Administrators.
I. APPLICABILITY
All persons operating a commercial motor vehicle in commerce in any state and subject to the commercial driver’s license requirements mandated under both federal and state laws, including the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, shall be subject to the drug and alcohol testing provisions herein contained.
II. IMPLEMENTATION
The Superintendent is responsible for implementing a drug and alcohol testing program which complies with procedures set forth in Title 49 Parts 40, 382, 390 and 395 of the Federal Code of Regulations. Such testing program shall include pre-employment/pre-duty drug testing, post-accident testing, random testing, reasonable suspicion testing, return-to-duty and follow-up testing. This school unit shall provide parties subject to testing with written notice of materials and information available to them as required by Part 382.
III. CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES
Controlled substances in this policy/procedure refer to those covered by the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, including marijuana, cocaine, opiates, amphetamines, phencyclidine (PCP), and synthetics.
IV. SAFETY-SENSITIVE FUNCTION
Safety-sensitive function(s) in this policy/procedure refer to functions defined in 49 CFR §382.107 and §395.2 (On-Duty Time, paragraphs (1) through (6)).
V. PROHIBITIONS
Page 1 of 6
All drivers subject to this policy shall be prohibited from:
A. Using any alcohol while on duty and six (6) hours prior to going on duty;
B. Possessing alcohol while on duty;
C. Reporting for duty or remaining on duty while having an alcohol concentration of 0.01 or greater;
D. Using any alcohol for eight (8) hours following an accident, or until he/she undergoes a post-accident alcohol test, whichever occurs first;
E. Refusing to submit to a required alcohol or controlled substance test(s);
F. Reporting for duty or remaining on duty when using any controlled substance, except when use is pursuant to the instructions of a physician who advised the driver that the substance does not adversely affect the driver’s ability to safely operate the vehicle; and
G. Reporting for duty, remaining on duty, or performing a safety-sensitive function, if the driver tests positive for a controlled substance.
VI. REQUIRED TESTING
A. Pre-Employment Testing. Prior to the first time a driver performs a safety-sensitive function for the school unit, the driver shall undergo testing for controlled substances. However, no driver shall be subjected to pre-employment controlled substance testing prior to having been offered a position. Employment is conditioned upon a verified negative controlled substance test result.
B. Post-Accident Testing. As soon as practicable following an accident, each surviving driver will be subject to alcohol and controlled substance testing as follows:
1. Any driver performing safety-sensitive functions with respect to the vehicle if the accident involved loss of human life;
2. Any driver who receives a citation under State or local law for a moving violation arising from the accident; and
a. Causes bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident; or
b. Should one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, require a motor vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other motor vehicle.
3. In addition, the following provisions will also apply.
a. Alcohol. If a test required under this section is not administered within two (2) hours following the accident, the school unit shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If a test is not administered within eight (8) hours following the accident, the school unit shall cease attempts to administer the test and shall prepare and maintain the same record. Records shall be submitted to the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) upon request of the Associate Administrator.
Page 2 of 6
b. Controlled Substances. If a test required by this section is not administered within thirty-two (32) hours following the accident, the school unit shall cease attempts to administer the test and shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. Records shall be submitted to the FHWA upon request of the Associate Administrator.
C. Random Testing. All drivers subject to this policy/procedure will be subject to random and unannounced alcohol and controlled substance testing throughout the year. The minimum annual percentage rate for testing of bus drivers is as follows:
1. Random alcohol testing shall be a minimum of 10 percent of the number of driver positions each selection period; and
2. Random controlled substance testing shall be a minimum of 50 percent of the number of driver positions each selection period.
3. The school unit conducts random testing for alcohol and/or controlled substances through a consortium with the Maine Motor Transport Association. The number of drivers to be tested is based on the total number of drivers covered by the consortium who are subject to random testing at the same minimum annual percentage rate under 49 CFR Part 382 or any Department of Transportation random testing rule.
D. Reasonable Suspicion Testing. All drivers subject to this policy/ procedure shall submit to alcohol and controlled substance testing when a Program Administrator has reasonable suspicion to believe that the driver has violated the prohibitions found in Part V. of this procedure, with the exception of Part V. B. regarding alcohol possession. The school unit shall base its determination that reasonable suspicion exists requiring the driver to undergo such testing on observations concerning appearance, behavior, speech or body odors of the driver. When controlled substances are at issue, observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of controlled substances.
In addition, the following provisions also apply.
1. Alcohol. Alcohol testing will be performed only if the aforementioned observations are made during, just preceding, or just after the period of the work day that the driver is required to be in compliance with this policy/procedure. If a test required under this section is not administered within two (2) hours following the reasonable suspicion determination, the school unit shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered. If a test required under this section is not administered within eight (8) hours following a determination that reasonable suspicion exists, the school unit shall cease attempts to administer an alcohol test and shall state in the record reasons for not administering the test. The school unit shall submit to the FHWA records of tests required by this section that were not completed within eight (8) hours according to the mandates of 49 CFR §382.307 (3).
2. Controlled Substances. The school unit shall, within twenty-four (24) hours or before the results of the controlled substances test are released, whichever is earlier, create a written record of the observations leading to a controlled substances test which shall be signed by the supervisor or school unit official making said observations.
E. Return-to-Duty Testing. Prior to returning to duty requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions when a driver has engaged in conduct prohibited under this policy/procedure, the driver shall undergo a return-to-duty alcohol and/or controlled substances test(s) as appropriate.
Page 3 of 6
Drivers found to have engaged in prohibited conduct under the alcohol provisions of this policy/procedure will not be permitted to return to duty unless the subsequent alcohol test reveals a result less than or consistent with federal and state standards. In cases involving controlled substances, a verified negative result is necessary before a driver may return to duty.
F. Follow-up Testing. In the event that a driver has been found to have been in violation of the prohibitions herein contained and is identified as requiring assistance in resolving problems associated with alcohol and/or controlled substances, the school unit shall require the driver to submit to at least six (6) unannounced follow-up alcohol and/or controlled substances tests during the first twelve (12) months after returning to duty. Follow-up tests will be unannounced and may continue for up to sixty (60) months after returning to duty. Follow-up alcohol testing shall be conducted only when the driver is performing, just before, or just after ceasing to perform safety-sensitive functions.
VII. REFUSAL TO SUBMIT TO TESTING
All drivers who are required by federal regulations to submit to drug/alcohol testing must do so immediately upon being directed to submit to the test(s). A driver’s refusal to submit to testing will subject the driver to immediate removal from the performance of safety-sensitive functions. In addition, failure to comply with Federal regulations or this procedure is grounds for disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. Any of the following actions on the part of a driver constitutes a refusal to submit to a test:
A. Failure to provide adequate specimens/samples of substance(s) undergoing testing, including but not limited to breath and urine, without a valid medical reason;
B. Engaging in conduct which obstructs the testing process; and
C. Refusal by an employee to complete and sign testing forms.
VIII. TRAINING FOR SUPERVISORS
This school unit has assigned Program Administrators who are designated to determine whether reasonable suspicion exists to require a driver to undergo testing under Part 382, with at least sixty (60) minutes of training on alcohol misuse and receive at least an additional sixty (60) minutes of training on controlled substances. Training shall cover the physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances.
IX. ENFORCEMENT
This school unit, in its independent authority as an employer, shall subject any driver who violates this policy/administrative procedure or Federal regulations to potential disciplinary action up to and including dismissal, except to the extent that any state or federal law requires otherwise or the Superintendent determines that compelling mitigating circumstances exist.
In addition, any driver who refuses to submit to a post-accident, random, reasonable suspicion, return-to-duty or follow-up test(s) shall not perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions.
Furthermore, no driver tested and found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 shall perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions including driving a commercial motor vehicle until the start of the driver’s next regularly scheduled duty period, but not less than twenty-four (24) hours after the test was administered.
Page 4 of 6
X. RECORDS
Employee drug and alcohol tests and results shall be maintained under strict confidentiality in a secure location with controlled access and released only in accordance with law. A driver, upon written request, shall receive copies of any records pertaining to his/her use of drugs or alcohol, including any records pertaining to his/her drug tests. Records shall be made available to subsequent employers or other identified persons only when expressly requested in writing by the driver.
XI. NOTIFICATIONS
Each driver shall receive educational materials prior to the school unit’s commencement of alcohol and controlled substances testing. Such material will explain the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 49 Part 382, and contain a copy of the Board’s policy and administrative procedures for meeting these requirements. Representatives of employee organizations shall be notified of the availability of this information. The school unit shall also include in the package of informational material submitted to each driver, a statement certifying that he/she has received the informational material. The school unit shall maintain the original signed copy of the statement on file.
In addition to the aforementioned items, the school unit shall also make available to drivers and representatives of employee organizations information which shall identify:Food
A. The person designated by the school unit to answer questions about the materials;
B. The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of alcohol and controlled substances; protect the driver and the integrity of the testing processes, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure that those results are attributed to the correct driver;
C. Information concerning the effects of alcohol and controlled substances on an individual’s health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms of an alcohol or a controlled substance(s) problem (the driver’s or co-worker’s); and available methods of intervening when an alcohol or controlled substances problem is suspected, including confrontation, referral to any employee assistance program and/or referral to management; and
This school unit and shall make available the following information:
A. The results of pre-employment controlled substance test(s) if the applicant requests such results within sixty (60) calendar days of being notified of the disposition of the employment application; and
B. The results of random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug tests if the results are verified positive. The school unit shall also tell the driver which controlled substance(s) was verified as positive.
XII. CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES
Drivers shall inform their supervisors if at any time they are using a controlled substance which their physician has prescribed for therapeutic purposes. Such substance may be used in conjunction with duty only if the physician has advised the driver that it will not adversely affect his/her ability to safely operate a commercial motor vehicle.
XIII. REFERRAL, EVALUATION, & TREATMENT
Page 5 of 6
A. Referral. A driver who has engaged in conduct prohibited by this policy/procedure shall be advised by the school unit of resources available to the driver in evaluating and resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol and use of controlled substances. The information the bus driver receives will include: names, addresses, and telephone numbers of substance abuse professionals, counseling and treatment programs, in addition to information relating to his/her responsibility with regard to payment of such services.
B. Evaluation/Treatment. A driver who engages in such prohibited conduct shall be evaluated by a substance abuse professional who shall determine what assistance or treatment, if any, the employee needs in resolving controlled substance(s) use.
XIV. RETURN TO DUTY
If a school unit has not discharged a driver due to his/her engagement in prohibited conduct under this policy/procedure, the bus driver must, prior to returning to safety-sensitive duties:
A. Undergo return-to-duty testing and obtain an alcohol concentration level of less than 0.02 and/or a verified negative test for controlled substances;
B. Have been evaluated by a substance abuse professional; and
C. Have followed prescribed and/or recommended treatment.
XV. OTHER POLICIES/PROCEDURES
Nothing contained in this administrative procedure shall prevent the Board from establishing and enforcing independent policies/procedures relating to the possession, being under the influence of, distribution, sale or use of alcohol or
controlled substances or any misconduct associated therewith and the penalties for violation of those policies/procedures, up to and including dismissal.
Legal References: 49 CFR Parts 40, 382, 390, 395
Title 26 MRSA §§ 681(8)(B); 685(2); 689
Adopted: December 21, 1995
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: March 6, 2014
Page 6 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEAF
SPECIAL USE OF SCHOOL BUSES
a. Requests for rental buses by organizations will be submitted to the Transportation Director.
b. Either party may cancel approved requests within 24 hours of date of rental. Cancellations made by the group or organization after the 24 hour deadline will be charged any driver costs or vehicle costs incurred. Fees will be based upon driver wages, fuel cost and overhead.
c. Any damages caused by individuals riding the bus shall be incurred by the renter. This shall include the cost of cleaning the bus.
d. Only drivers employed by MSAD #60 who are properly licensed by the State of Maine will be allowed to operate a district vehicle.
e. Groups renting our buses will need to show proof of adequate insurance.
Adopted: January 7, 1988
Revised: October 19, 2000
Revised: March 1, 2007
Revised: February 27, 2014
NEPN/NSBA Code: EEAG
MAINE SCHOOL ADMINISTRATIVE DISTRICT #60 BUS IDLING POLICY
MSAD #60, in an effort to reduce exposure time for students to exhaust fumes and diesel particulates, has implemented the following procedures. The intent of this policy is to restrict the idling of buses for extended periods in proximity to school buildings.
A. Loading
1. All buses are prohibited from idling while loading students at any school.
2. Lights will be activated without the engine running.
3. Driver's will not start engines until all buses are loaded and doors are closed.
B. Unloading
1. Buses may leave engine running when unloading at school.
C. Warm/Pre-Trip
1. Buses will be allowed to idle fifteen (15) minutes in the bus yard or at the home location to accommodate warm up and pre-trip.
2. If temperatures call for a need to defrost, thirty (30) minutes will be allowed.
D. Exceptions
1. Buses will be allowed to idle at schools when the temperature falls below 20 degrees and/or the windows need defrosting.
E. Field Trips, Vocational School and Athletic Bus Runs
1. Buses will follow the same policy for Loading, Unloading and Warm Up/Pre Trip with the same Exceptions allowed, unless posted otherwise.
2. While waiting during these bus runs, if temperature warrants bus idling, the driver will make every effort to move the bus away from school/building and students/residents whenever possible.
Adopted: January 5, 2006
Revised: February 27, 2014
Since school buses are one of the safest forms of transportation, they should be used to transport students to and from all school sponsored events to the maximum extent possible. However, the Board recognizes that it is sometimes impossible or impractical to provide school bus transportation and therefore authorizes the use of privately owned vehicles to transport students when, in the opinion of the building principal and with the written approval of the Superintendent of Schools, or his/her designee, it is the most practical or only method of transportation available.
The Superintendent will establish procedures to ensure that any private vehicle used to transport students is in good working order and that the driver has a valid driver’s license and insurance coverage that meets or exceeds all requirements of the law. Specifically:
· Liability: $50,000/$100,000
· Property Damage: $25,000
· Medical Coverage: $2,000
Legal Reference: Title 29-A, Chap 13, Section 1605
Cross Reference: EEBB-R – Use of Private Vehicles on School Business Administrative Regulation
EEBB-R1- Employee Request to Transport students by Personal Vehicle
EEBB- R2- Parent/ Guardian Permission for Students to be Transported by Personal Vehicle
Policy Adopted: March 12, 1987
Policy Amended: October 19, 2000
Policy Amended: January 12, 2017
NEPN/ NSBA Code: EEBB-R
USE OF PRIVATE VEHICLES ON SCHOOL BUSINESS- Procedures
These procedures apply to personally owned vehicles driven by employees on behalf of the School District . No student is permitted to operate a private owned vehicle on behalf of the District.
All drivers must have a valid driver’s license and vehicle registration, and provide a copy of each to the School District .
Motor Vehicle Records may be checked prior to approving any request. Driving privileges will be suspended or terminated if the record indicates an unacceptable number of accidents or violations.
The employee’s supervisor must be notified of any change in license status or driving record.
B. When operating a personal vehicle for School District business:
Permission for such use must be approved by the Superintendent of Schools in writing and in advance. The request for such use must include the Request Form provided with these regulations.
For any students being transported, the Parent/Guardian Permission Form- (EEBB- R2) provided with these regulations must be completed in advance, with copies to be carried with the driver and placed on file in the Principal’s office.
The driver’s Personal Auto Liability insurance is the primary payer. The School District’s insurance is in excess of that coverage.
The driver must carry, at a minimum, the following insurance limits:
Evidence of current insurance coverage is to be provided to the School District in advance of the trip, by a copy of the driver’s insurance policy declaration page or a Certificate of Insurance.
The School District is not responsible for any physical damage to the vehicle. The driver must carry collision and comprehensive coverage.
For employees, mileage and tolls will be reimbursable upon returning to work.
C. In the event of an accident, the driver is expected to:
Legal Reference: Title 29-A, Chap 13, Section 1605
Cross Reference: EEBB-R – Use of Private Vehicles on School Business Administrative Regulation
EEBB-R1- Employee Request to Transport students by Personal Vehicle
EEBB- R2- Parent/ Guardian Permission for Students to be transported by Personal Vehicle
Adopted: January 12, 2017
Page 2 of 2
EEBB-R1
EMPLOYEE REQUEST TO TRANSPORT STUDENTS BY PERSONAL VEHICLE- Form
The following information must be provided to the Superintendent of Schools prior to approval being granted for employees to transport students by personal vehicle:
1. Employee making request: ______________________________________________
2. Proposed driver, if other than employee:____________________________________
3. Date(s) of requested travel:______________________________________________
4. Destination:__________________________________________________________
5. Reason for Trip:_______________________________________________________
6. Proposed Itinerary, with approximate times of travel: _______________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
7. Vehicle to be driven: Make/Model: Year: ________________________________
8. Insurance Provider: _________________________________________________
9. Policy Number:____________________________________________________
You must provide with this request:
_____ One copy of the proposed driver’s current license.
_____ One copy of the Declaration page or Certificate of Insurance from the driver's insurance provider, showing appropriate levels of current coverage.
_____ One copy of vehicle registration
_____ A list of all students to be transported.
By signing this document, you are agreeing that you have read and understood the Employee Vehicle Use Procedures (EEBB-R) and will comply with all items noted therein.
_______________________________ ________________________
Employee’s Signature Date
EEBB-R2
PARENT/GUARDIAN PERMISSION FOR STUDENTS TO BE TRANSPORTED BY PERSONAL VEHICLE-Form
The following information must be provided to the Superintendent of Schools prior to approval being granted for students to be transported by personal vehicle:
1. Name of student being transported:_____________________________________________ .
2. Student’s Birthdate: ____/_____/______.
3. Student’s Address:___________________________________________________________ .
4. Parent/Guardian Name:_______________________________________________________ .
5. Parent/Guardian Emergency Phone Number:______________________________________ .
6. Date of Travel: ____________________.
7. Destination: ________________________________________________________________.
8. Individual providing transportation:_____________________________________________ .
By signing this document, you are indicating that you are granting permission for your child to be transported in a personal vehicle on the date(s) indicated, and that you agree to the following:
I understand that participation in trip activities could involve risk of physical injury, illness, death or property loss, and despite safety precautions, the School District cannot guarantee safety thereof, as all risks cannot be prevented. The School District does not provide health and accident insurance for trip participants, and I understand that any medical expenses, property loss, or other personal expenditures that result during or from this travel/trip, are to be borne by the student/participant, or by their parent or guardian. I also hereby consent and give authorization to trip leaders to secure any emergency medical treatment in event I am unable to, and I agree to be responsible for the costs thereof. I further acknowledge that if I drive my own vehicle, or am a passenger in another’s private vehicle in connection with this trip/function, that the School District’s insurance does not cover such a private vehicle. I also understand that the School District cannot be responsible for assuring the safety and reliability of such private transportation or driver, nor for any non-sponsored activities and travel that I choose to participate in before, during or after the school sponsored function, and I therefore accept the risks and responsibilities associated with such private vehicle travel and activities.
In consideration of the opportunity afforded, with full knowledge and acceptance of the risks associated with this travel and the trip activities, and with full understanding of the above issues/conditions, I hereby release, indemnify and hold harmless the MSAD #60 School District , its faculty, staff, Board members, and agents from all form and manner of risks inherent in such travel, and from all claims and demands of any nature arising from participation in said trip.
______________________________________ _________________________
Parent/Guardian Signature Date
NEPN/NSBA Code: EF
MSAD 60 WELLNESS POLICY ON PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND NUTRITION
The health of children is of the utmost importance to the future of our society. Healthy eating and daily physical activity can improve academic performance, attendance, mood, alertness and behavior issues. MSAD 60 is committed to creating a healthy school environment that supports the development of lifelong wellness practices to promote physical activity and healthy eating.
In order to improve the health of children the district will follow the criteria established for:
1) Nutrition Education
Nutrition education topics will be integrated within the K-12 comprehensive health education curriculum. Nutrition education will be consistent with Maine health education standards. Instructional activities shall stress the appealing aspects of healthy eating, be developmentally appropriate and based on theories proven effective by published research. The curriculum will be designed to help students learn:
2) Physical Education
MSAD 60 will offer physical education opportunities that include the components of a quality physical education program. Physical education shall equip students with the knowledge, skills, and values necessary for lifelong physical activity. Physical education instruction shall be aligned with the federal statutes and the State of Maine laws.
Health and Physical Education curriculum will be analyzed according to the District curriculum review schedule to determine if it is meeting the needs of students and following current recommended practice within the State.
3) Nutrition Standards
Maine Department of Education Rule Chapter 51 mandates that any food or beverage sold at any time on school property of a school participating in the National School Lunch or School Breakfast Programs shall be a
Page 1 of 6
planned part of the total food service program[1] of the school and shall include only those items which contribute both to the nutritional needs of children and the development of desirable food habits, and shall not include foods of minimal nutritional value as defined in applicable federal regulations[2], except as provided for by school board policy in certain circumstances.
U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) reimbursable school lunch and breakfast program will:
Administrators are encouraged to use the following best practices concerning the scheduling of school meals:
Nutrition Standards in Other Venues
This policy applies to sales of foods and beverages at any time on school property by any person, group or organization. As allowed by Rule Chapter 51, the Board permits the sale of food and beverages of minimal nutritional value outside the total food program:
(i.e., school-sponsored events which are open to the public)
the Board’s facilities use policy
Programs
In order to be consistent with the nutrition messages taught in the classroom and to support people who want to make healthy food choices, meals and snacks served or sold on school property outside of the USDA reimbursable school lunch and breakfast program, should adhere to the following guidelines:
Beverages
Snacks and entrees
School Parties
Food for Incentives or Rewards
In order to reinforce nutrition education and establish healthy attitudes toward eating, staff are discouraged from using food as reward or incentive for academic performance or good behavior and food will not be withheld for punishment. If foods are used as reward they should meet the healthy food and beverage guidelines outlined above.
Food for Fundraising
When foods and beverages are sold to raise funds for schools or student activities, students, staff, parents, or school-sponsored organizations involved in such sales are requested to include at least some healthy food choices. (Appendix A).
Funds from all food and beverage sales made at any time on school property shall accrue to the benefit of the school’s non-profit school food service program, except that funds raised through authorized sales outside the total food service program shall accrue to the sponsoring school or approved student organization in accordance with applicable policies, cash-management procedures and administrative directives, or to the sponsor of a community event that is held on school property in accordance with the Board’s facilities use policy.
Page 3 of 6
According to State and Federal regulations food and beverages outside of the school’s food service program are not to be sold on school property during school hours.
4) Physical Activity Opportunities
The district shall have the opportunity for all K-12 students of to participate in extracurricular physical activity through intramural and interscholastic sports programs that meet the needs, interests and abilities of all students.
All elementary school students will have at least 20 minutes each day for supervised recess, preferably outdoors, during which school personnel should encourage moderate to vigorous physical activity.
MSAD 60 discourages the use of physical activity (i.e. running laps, push-ups or withholding recess and physical education) as punishment.
5) Maintaining Staff and Student Wellness
Students can learn healthy lifestyle habits by observing food and physical activity patterns of school personnel and other adults who serve as role models. In order to send consistent messages to students, all adults in the school environment are encouraged to make healthy food choices and engage in physical activity. The district shall work through the District Wellness Team to find no and low cost ways to support and promote student and staff wellness.
6) Policy Maintenance and Review
The Superintendent shall be responsible for enforcement of this policy. These rules are subject to ongoing administrative review and modification as necessary to help assure compliance with the purpose and intent of the MSAD 60 Local Wellness Policy.
A District Wellness Team shall be established to provide ongoing review and evaluation of the policy. The Superintendent shall appoint a member of the administrative team to organize the team and invite appropriate district stakeholders to become members of the District Wellness Team. The team may include representatives from the following areas:
Adopted: June 22, 2006
Amended: September 24, 2009
Revised: May 15, 2014
Page 4 of 6
1 According to DOE Rule Chapter 51 (1)(b), the "Total Food Service Program" includes the federal Milk Program as defined in 7 C.F.R. subsection 215; the federal Breakfast Program, which means the federal program under which a breakfast that meets the nutritional requirements set forth in 7 C.F.R. subsection 220 is offered; the National School Lunch Program (including the After School Snack), which means the federal program under which the school operates a nonprofit lunch program that meets the requirements of 7 C.F.R. subsection 210; or any combination of these programs.
2 "Foods of minimal nutritional value" as defined in 7 C.F.R. subsection 210.11(a)(2)means: (a) In the case of artificially sweetened foods, a food which provides less than five percent of the Reference Daily Intake (RDI) for each of the eight specified nutrients per serving: (b) in the case of all other foods, a good which provides less than five percent of the RDI for each of the eight specified nutrients per 100 calories and less than five percent of the RDI for each of eight specified nutrients per serving. The eight nutrients to be assessed for this purpose are: protein, vitamin A, vitamin C, niacin, riboflavin, thiamin, calcium, and iron. This definition is applicable to foods that are part of the total food service program of the school and to foods and beverages sold at food sales, school stores, and in vending machines. A listing of "Categories of Foods of Minimal Nutritional Value" is in Appendix B to 7 C.F.R. Part 210 (National School Lunch Program.)
APPENDIX A
Healthy Food and Beverage Guidelines
Item | Maximum Portion |
Entrees | Consistent with National School Lunch Program |
Yogurt (not frozen) | 8 oz. |
Snacks/Sweets, Chips, crackers, popcorn, cereal, trail mix, nuts, seeds, dried fruit, jerky, etc. | 1.25 oz. |
Category | Items Not Allowed | Allowable Items |
Beverages | Soft drinks Fruit punch Iced tea Other beverages containing caffeine (except chocolate milk) or added sugar Juices containing less than 25% real juice. | Low fat or non fat milk Soy milk Rice milk Flavored milk Sports Drinks Juices containing at least 25% real juice. Bottled water Fortified water |
Snacks, desserts, Grain foods | *Excessive Portions More than 30% total calories from fat (excluding fat from nuts, seeds, peanut butter) More than 10% of calories from saturated fat More than 35% by weight of sugar (excluding sugars occurring naturally in fruit and dairy products) Candy – candy flavored ice cream Regular chips Chewing gum | *Appropriate Portions. Lower fat grain foods (preferably whole grain with at least 2 gm fiber) Examples:
Bakery items that are school-made and meet USDA guidelines Snacks or desserts with naturally occurring nutrients. Examples:
Ice cream with limited added ingredients (caramel, chocolate crunch etc.) and sold after 10 a.m. only. |
* Portion Limits
Page 6 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: EFE
SALES OF FOODS IN COMPETITION WITH THE
SCHOOL FOOD SERVICE PROGRAM
MSAD #60 supports good nutrition as part of a school environment that contributes to student health and encourages positive food choices and eating habits. The Board believes that nutrition influences a student's ability to take full advantage of the school system's educational program and is, therefore, related to student achievement.
The Board also recognizes that proceeds from the sale of foods and beverages outside of the School Lunch Program ("competitive foods") are a significant source of funds for student activities that MSAD #60 might not otherwise be able to provide.
The Board has adopted this policy to govern the sale of foods and beverages on school property.
RESTRICTION ON SALE OF COMPETITIVE FOODS
Maine Department of Education Rule Chapter 51 mandates that any food or beverage sold at any time on school property of a school participating in the National School Lunch or School Breakfast Programs shall be a planned part of the total food service program (1) of the school and shall include only those items which contribute both to the nutritional needs of children and the development of desirable food habits, and shall not include foods of minimum nutritional value as defined in applicable federal guidelines (2), except as provided for by school board policy in certain circumstances.
1. According to DOE Rule Chapter 51(1)(b), the "Total Food Service Program" includes the federal Milk Program as defined in 7 C.F.R. subsection 215; the federal Breakfast Program, which means the federal program under which a breakfast that meets the nutritional requirements set forth in 7 C.R.F. subsection 220 is offered; the National School Lunch Program (including the After School Snack), which means the federal program under which the school operates a nonprofit lunch program that meets the requirements of 7 C.F.R. subsection; or any combination of these programs.
2. "Foods of minimal nutritional value" as defined in 7 C.F.R. subsection 210.11 means: (a) In the case of artificially sweetened foods, a food which provides less than 5 percent of the Reference Daily Intake (RDI) for each of the eight specified nutrients preserving; (b) in the case of all other foods, a food which provides less than 5 percent of the RDI for each of the eight specified nutrients per 100 calories and less than 5 percent for the RDI for each of eight specified nutrients per serving. The eight nutrients to be assessed for this purpose are: protein, vitamin A, vitamin C, niacin, riboflavin, thiamin, calcium, and iron. This definition is applicable to foods that are part of the total food service program of the school, and foods and beverages sold at food sales, school stores, and in vending machines. A list of "Categories of Foods Minimal Nutritional Value" is in Appendix B to 7 C.R.F. Part 20 (National School Lunch Program).
As allowed by Rule Chapter 51, the Board permits the sale of food and beverages outside the total food program to:
1. School Staff
2. Attendees at school-sponsored events held on school property
3. The public at community events held on school property in accordance with the Board's facilities use policy.
4. In State-approved instructional Career and Technical (CTE) Programs if consistent with the requirement that these programs not include foods of minimal nutritional value as defined in applicable federal regulations. Page 1 of 2
FUNDS FROM SALES OF COMPETITIVE FOODS
Funds from all food and beverage sales made at any time on school property shall accrue to the benefit of the school's non-profit school food service program, except that funds raised through authorized sales outside the total food service program shall accrue to other sponsoring schools or approved student organizations in accordance with applicable policies, cash-management procedures and administrative directories.
Legal Reference: CH 51 (Dept. of Educ. Rule) (Child Nutrition Programs in Public Schools and Institutions)
Cross Reference: KF- Community Use of Facilities
Adopted September 22, 2005
Revised: May 15, 2014
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: EHB
SCHOOL RECORDS RETENTION POLICY
Proper retention of school records is essential to conduct the business of the schools, to protect the legal interests of the schools, students and employees, and to comply with state law and regulations concerning document retention. It is also important for purposes of efficiency and management of physical and digital storage resources that unneeded records be disposed of on a timely basis.
The Board will comply with all applicable laws and rules concerning the routine retention, storage and disposal of records, as well as its preservation obligation when litigation is threatened or pending. The Superintendent is responsible for implementing this policy and for developing appropriate administrative procedures and guidelines for managing school department records consistent with the applicable laws and rules. The Superintendent may delegate specific responsibilities to administrators or other school staff as he/she deems appropriate.
Employees shall be informed of this policy and the accompanying procedures/guidelines through a means determined by the Superintendent and are expected to comply with them.
Legal Reference: 5 M.R.S.A. subsection 91 et. Seq.
Maine State Archives Rules Chapter 10 (Rules for Disposition of Local Government Records.
Maine Department of Education Rule Chapter 125 (Basic School Approval Rules)
Cross Reference:
JRA – Student Education Records and Information
GCSA – Employee Computer and Internet Use
Adopted: January 13, 2011
EHB-R
SCHOOL RECORD RETENTION PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES
General Records Retention Guidelines
1. Check the following schedule before disposing of a document/record. If the type of document/record is not listed, consult with the Superintendent of Schools before disposing of the document/record. If necessary, the Maine State Archives should be consulted for guidance on disposal.
2. Records (including computer records) will be maintained in accordance with established School Department procedures.
3. Records whose retention period has expired will be destroyed in accordance with established School Department procedures.
4. Only one copy of a document needs to be retained, by the party responsible for it. In some cases, the original document (if available) should be retained.
5. Drafts and notes can be destroyed except when such documents are important to official business or action of the School Department, in which case they will be stored in the official files.
6. Except as noted in the retention schedule below, the retention period runs from when the record was created or received.
7. No record related to pending or anticipated litigation may be destroyed or altered even if the record is technically past its retention date.
8. E-mails and computerized documents should be treated like any other record and are subject to the same retention schedules. MSAD #60 retains copies of electronic communications sent by district staff for a period of 1 year. For the purpose of this document, electronic communications include email sent by staff using their district assigned email account. Data is deleted on July 30th of the following year.
9. Junk mail and “spam” are not considered records and can be discarded immediately.
10. MSAD #60 provides server storage to staff for the purpose of backup curriculum which is directly related to the staff members current position. The amount of storage per staff member is not to exceed 1/300th of the available server space (number calculated based on the number of staff and the total available server space). Staff will be limited to this amount of server space, unless given express, written permission by the director of technology. Staff will be asked to remove any non-school related documents or files prior to being given additional storage space. District Data is backed up on a weekly basis, and backups are stored for a period of 24 months.
Page 1 of 19
EHB-R
RECORD RETENTION SCHEDULE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STUDENT RECORDS
EMPLOYEE RECORDS
SCHOOL BOARD RECORDS
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
LIBRARY RECORDS
CURRICULUM RECORDS
FINANCIAL RECORDS
FACILITIES/EQUIPMENT RECORDS
ATHLETIC RECORDS
Page 2 of 19
RECORD RETENTION SCHEDULE(BY CATEGORY)
STUDENT RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Permanent student record card-essential Permanent School Office
student information such as name,
address, etc.
Permanent student record/transcript. All Permanent School Office/Last
info above, plus: attendance; classes taken; school attended
grades; substantive communications to and
from parents; and sports participation.
Also include Title 1 services; migrant Permanent School Office
services; vocational ed; other items at
local discretion.
Discipline records – substantive (i.e., Until student graduates School Office
detention; suspension; expulsion; behavior (if special education Page 3 of 19
contracts); letters regarding excessive student, retain with special
absences; and administrator/teacher notes ed records)
regarding student
Special education records (including all Until age 26 Special Education/
records above) School Office
Record of student education records Permanent School Office
released, including date and recipient
STUDENT RECORDS (Cont.)
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Adult education/GED Student Records Permanent Adult Education Office
(names, grades, classes, attendance)
District student attendance registers Permanent School Office
Records of home instruction students Permanent Central Office
Lists of students retained in grade/ Permanent School Office
review committee files
Page 4 of 19
Class rank lists Permanent School Office
Honor rolls Permanent School Office
Student health record: accident, Until age 26 School Office/School
illnesses, injuries, treatments, vaccinations, Nurse
medications received
Student Assistance Team records – for Until age 26 School Office
individual students
Work permits Until student turns 18 Central Office
Child abuse reports 10 years School Office
Truancy records 6 years School Office
Student insurance records 6 years School Office
Registration for recreational activities 6 years School Office
Permission slips (field trips, etc.) 6 years School Office
Kindergarten screening records 5 years School Office
Driver education records 2 years School Office
Records of buses taken by students 2 years Transportation Office
Page 5 of 19
Registration/emergency cards Current year School Office
Registration cards – tuition students Current year School Office
Attendance cards – info transferred to Current year School Office
permanent record
Student class schedules Current year plus 1 year School Office
Student absence notes Current year School Office
Scholarships awarded Current year School Office
EMPLOYEE RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Employment history, including dates of 60 years unless notified Central Office
employment, salary history, full-time/part- person died, in which
time status, retirement/pension records case, 10 years after death
Employee health records 60 years Central Office
Personnel records other than employment 6 years after termination Central Office
history above (or in accordance with
applicable contract)
Page 6 of 19
Workers compensation – long-term claims 20 years after last payment Central Office
not finalized by lump sum
Workers compensation – lump sum/other 1 year after case closed Central Office
claims, including first report, other
records
Workers compensation – first report of 1 year after case closed Central Office
injury, but no lost work time and no other
records
Accident reports 6 years Central Office
Volunteer files – service of individuals 6 years after separation School Office
Employee drug tests 5 years Central Office
Records regarding clothing provided by 3 years Central Office
employer, including uniform/clothing
allowances
I-9 forms 3 years after hire, or 1 year Central Office
Page 7 of 19
after termination
Employment applications for persons not 2 years Central Office
hired- cover letter, application form, references,
etc.
Report of substitute teachers employed 1 year Central office
Teacher registers – list of teachers and Until state reports filed Central Office
assignments
Substitute folders – teacher instructions, Current year School Office/
lesson plans, etc. Individual Teachers
Employee calendars Current year School Office/
Employees
Wellness programs – employee participation Current year Central Office
records
EMPLOYEE RECORDS, CONTINUED
Vacation/holiday schedules – use of leave time Current year (or in Central Office
accordance with contract or
Page 8 of 19
procedures)
Duty rosters/extracurricular assignments Current year School Office
Job descriptions – no grievances pending Current Central Office/School
Office
Job descriptions – grievances pending In accordance with Central Office
applicable contract terms
Training/in-service programs offered Current Central Office/School
Office
Collective bargaining contracts Permanent Central Office
SCHOOL BOARD RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Board meeting/committee meeting minutes Permanent Central Office
Notes taken for purposes of preparing minutes Until transcribed
Board meetings – verbatim transcript created Permanent Central Office
at direction of board
Page 9 of 19
Video/audio recording of official board 5 years w/o verbatim Central Office
meetings transcript; until
transcribed if verbatim
transcript
Board policies Permanent Central Office
Accreditation reports Permanent Central Office
Reports and studies commissioned by board Permanent Central Office
related to policy, curriculum, special studies
Member appointments/oaths 25 years, Central Office
Agendas (Board/committees) 6 years Central Office
Crisis response plan 5 years after each revision Central Office
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Annual reports of school unit Permanent Central Office
Documents related to “unique or special Permanent Central Office
traditions of district”; school scrapbooks
Page 10 of 19
Records of health emergencies and disasters Permanent Central Office
Administrative files documenting policy-making Permanent Central Office/School
and implementing activities Office
Insurance policies – general liability 30 years after exp. Central Office
Immunization clinics/health screenings sponsored 10 years School Office
by district – records of persons evaluated or
treated
Insurance policies – other than liability 6 years after exp. Central Office
Insurance claims 6 years after settled Central Office
Files related to litigation – including certified 6 years after resolution Central Office
mail receipts
Federal/state grant documents – including 6 years after close Central Office
adult ed
Accident reports – non-student/employee personal 6 years Central Office
injury, property damage, vehicle accident
Page 11 of 19
Accreditation Committee/Teacher Support 6 years Central Office
Team records – policymaking/implementing activities
Insurance company correspondence 6 years Central Office
Local reports filed with MDOE 6 years Central Office
Regulatory statistics maintained for state/federal 6 years Central Office
agencies (i.e., affirmative action, non-discrimination)
Legislative information on issues of concern to 4 years Central Office
district
Federal/state grant records – sought and obtained 3 years Central Office
Food service records 3 years Central Office/Food Service
Title 1 records – statistical/summary information 2 years Central Office
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS, CONTINUED
Staff meeting minutes – routine (i.e. admin. team 2 years Central Office
meetings)
“Substantive” correspondence – letters and memos Varies: see Central Office/School
documenting actions taken by board/district specific record Offices/Technology
Page 12 of 19
including BOD emails on substantive issues type Director
E-mail correspondence and 1 year Technology Director
transmissions
“Transitory” correspondence – letters of 1 year Central Office/School
transmittal/thanks, requests for info, 60 days Offices/Technology
certified mail receipts Director
Safety/labor citations based on inspection of Current, plus 1 year Central Office
facilities (if not fixed, do not
destroy)
Administrative meeting schedules Current year Central Office/School
Office
Faculty/Dept. Head meeting agendas, minutes, Current year School Office
etc.
Telephone logs Current year Central Office/School
Office
Faculty committee lists Current year Central Office/School
Page 13 of 19
Office
LIBRARY RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Student yearbooks (non-circulating copy) Permanent School Librarian
Book/tape/DVD circulation records Until material returned School Librarian
CURRICULUM RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Innovative/new/experimental programs- Permanent School Office
syllabi, lesson plans, etc. – introductory
year only
Files maintained by school officials for Current year plus 3 yrs School Office
individual curriculum or program areas
Parent Night records- attendance, program, etc. Current year School Office
Teacher routine curriculum materials – Current year Individual Teachers
syllabi, lesson plans, etc.
Page 14 of 19
FINANCIAL RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Final Audit reports Permanent Central Office
Working documents to produce final audit report 7 years Central Office
Final annual budgets Permanent Central Office
Working documents to produce final budget- 6 years Central Office
including original school/dept requests
Ledgers/journal entries – summary accounting Permanent Central Office
Records w/line item totals
Cash sheets/account records to produce 7 years Central Office
permanent ledger
Leases Permanent Central Office
School trust fund records Permanent Central Office
Contracts – services, goods, leasing property , etc. 6 years after completion Central Office
Bond records – financial 6 years after expiration Central Office
Page 15 of 19
Bond records – performance 6 years after expiration Central Office
Warrants – financial and treasurer 6 years Central Office
Expense account vouchers and supporting 6 years Central Office
docs for employees and board members
Vouchers – authorization to pay financial 6 years Central Office
obligations
Canceled checks or images, deposit slips 6 years Central Office
Bank reconciliations 6 years Central Office
Bids by vendors to provide goods and services 6 years Central Office
Bills – payments to or from district 6 years Central Office
Receipts – payments made and received by district 6 years Central Office/School
Offices
Payroll – all records used to create payroll 6 years Central Office
Bills of sale – property owed by district 6 years Central Office
Student activity account records 3 years Central Office/
School Office
Page 16 of 19
FACILITIES/EQUIPMENT RECORDSRECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Aerial photos of land use- official/not Permanent Central Office
casual photos
Property deeds and related docs Permanent Central Office
Mortgages and discharges Permanent Central Office
Site plans – approved Permanent Central Office
Site plans – work in progress/superceded by changes Until no longer needed Central office
Building and grounds Life of facility or transfer Central Office
maintenance/improvement records to new owner
School construction records – plans and Life of facility or transfer Central Office
related docs that provide history of project to new owner
Chemical identification list and related MSDS 20 years Central Office
and docs
Depreciation schedules – non-real property 6 years after disposal Central Office
Page 17 of 19
Inventories – capital/minor equipment, other 6 years Central Office
non-real property
Property records – docs for purchase/ 6 years Central Office
maintenance for property documented
on inventory; not real estate
Maintenance Dept. records Current year plus 3 years Maintenance Office
Equipment records – vehicles, computers, etc. 2 years after disposal Central Office
related to purchase, maintenance, upgrades
Inventories – books, furniture, etc. Current year Central Office
Facility use schedules Current year Central Office
MSDS Sheets Chemicals currently in use School Office
Page 18 of 19
ATHLETIC RECORDS
RECORD TYPE RETENTION RESPONSIBLE
PERIOD PARTY
Coach reports, summaries, game outcomes Permanent Athletic Director
Parent permission for child to participate in 6 years Athletic Director
athletics
Game income 4 years Athletic Director
Budget and fiscal records 2 years Athletic Director
Page 19 of 19
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBAA
NEPOTISM POLICY
Nepotism
Employment
It shall be the policy of MSAD 60 Board not to employ as school unit staff any person who is a member of the immediate family of a Board member or of the Superintendent. Immediate family of Board members or the Superintendent who are employed by the school unit on the date of adoption of this policy are not affected by this paragraph.
By Maine law (20-A M.R.S.A. § 1002(2)), a Board member’s spouse is precluded from employment under any circumstances in any public school within the jurisdiction of the Board to which the member is elected.
Supervision and Evaluation
No person shall be employed in or assigned to a position that is within the administrative supervision of a member of his/her immediate family, nor in a position in which he/she is supervised or evaluated, in whole or in part, by a member of his/her immediate family.
Exceptions
In extraordinary circumstances, the Board may approve an exception to the prohibitions on the employment of immediate family so long as the candidate is qualified for the position to which he/she has applied, the hiring is in the best interest of the school system and its students, and the candidate is not the spouse of a Board member.
Definitions
For the purpose of this policy:
A. “Immediate family” means spouse, brother, sister, parent, step-parent, child, step-child, or any person who lives in the same household.
B. “Administrative supervision” refers to the authority of a person in the position of principal or higher.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. § 1002
Cross Reference: BCB - Board Member Conflict of Interest
Adopted: October 8, 1990
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: October 19, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBEB
STAFF CONDUCT WITH STUDENTS
The M.S.A.D. #60 Board of Directors expects all staff members, including teachers, coaches, counselors, administrators and others, to maintain the highest professional, moral and ethical standards in their conduct with students. For the purposes of this policy, staff members also include school volunteers.
The interactions and relationships between staff members and students should be based upon mutual respect and trust; an understanding of the appropriate boundaries between adults and students in an educational setting; and consistent with the educational mission of the schools.
The district recognizes that MSAD #60 staff may have appropriate and healthy personal relationships with students and other staff that exist outside of and that are separate from relationships that develop at work. Staff are expected to maintain clear and discrete boundaries between work-related and personal relationships. The following guidelines are expected to be followed by all staff in order to ensure that all work-related relationships are appropriate and professional.
Possible Violations
Examples of unacceptable conduct by staff members that are expressly prohibited include but are not limited to the following:
* Any type of sexual or inappropriate physical contact with students or any other conduct that might be considered harassment under the board's policy on Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students;
* For non-guidance/counseling staff, encouraging students to confide their personal or family problems and/or relationships. If a student initiates such discussions, staff members are expected to be supportive but to refer the student to appropriate guidance/counseling staff. In either case, staff involvement should be limited to a direct connection to the student's school performance.
* Sexual banter, allusions, jokes or innuendos with students;
* Asking a student to keep a secret;
* Disclosing personal, sexual, family, employment concerns, or other private matters to one or more students;
* Addressing students with terms of endearment, pet names or otherwise in an overly familiar manner; and
* Permitting students to address you by your first name, nickname or otherwise in an overly familiar manner during school hours.
Before engaging in the following activities, staff members are expected to be sensitive to the appearance of impropriety in their conduct with students and use discretion when:
* Being alone with individual students out of public view;
* Inviting or allowing students to visit the staff member's home;
Page 1 of 2
* Visiting a student's home, unless on official school business;
* Maintaining personal contact with a student outside of school by telephone, computer (such as e-mail, Instant Messenger social networking sites like Facebook and My Space), or letters (beyond homework or other legitimate school business);
* Exchanging personal gifts (beyond the customary student-teacher gifts); and/or
* Socializing or spending time with students (including but not limited to activities such as going out for meals or movies, shopping, traveling, and recreational activities) outside of school-sponsored events except as participants in organized community activities.
Staff members are expected to be sensitive to the appearance of impropriety in their conduct with students. Staff members are encouraged to discuss issues with their building administrator or supervisor whenever they are unsure whether particular conduct may constitute a violation of this policy.
Reporting Violations
Students and/or their parents/guardians are strongly encouraged to notify the principal (or other appropriate administrator) if they believe a teacher or other staff member may be engaging in conduct that violates this policy.
Staff members are required to notify promptly the appropriate building administrator or superintendent if they become aware of a situation that may constitute a violation of this policy.
Disciplinary Action
Staff violations of this policy shall result in disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. Violations involving sexual or other abuse will also result in referral to the Department of Health and Human Services and/or law enforcement in accordance with board's policy.
Policy to the Included in Handbooks
This policy shall be included in all employee, student and volunteer handbooks.
Cross Reference: ACAA - Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
JLF-Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect
Adopted: April 10, 2008
Revised: October 19, 2017
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBEC
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE
The Board of Directors recognizes that alcoholism and drug dependency are treatable diseases. Left untreated, they may result in serious personal and family problems. At the same time, the Board is also seriously concerned about the effects of alcohol and drug dependency upon an employee’s job performance and ability to serve as a role model for our students.
The Board believes strongly that all employees and students should be able to work and learn in an environment free from alcohol and drug abuse. Accordingly, the Board expects all employees to report for work and to perform their duties in a manner which does not jeopardize the health, safety and well-being of co-workers and students.
No employee shall distribute, dispense, possess, use or be under the influence of any alcoholic beverage, malt beverage or fortified wine or other intoxicating liquor. Nor shall an employee unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use or be under the influence of any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, anabolic steroid or any other controlled substance (as defined in schedules I through V of section 202 of the federal Controlled Substance Act [21 USC § 812]; by regulation at 21 CFR, § 1300.11 through 1300.15; and in 17-A MRSA, § 1101). This applies before, during and after school hours, at school or in any other school system location, defined as follows:
“School system location” means in any school building or on any school premises; in any school-owned vehicle or in any other school-approved vehicle used to transports students to and from school or school activities; off school property at any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event or function, such as a field trip or athletic event, where students are under the jurisdiction of the school unit; or during any period of time such employee is supervising students on behalf of the school system or otherwise engaged in school unit business.
Any employee who suspects that he/she may have an alcohol or drug dependency problem is strongly encouraged to contact his/her supervisor to seek voluntary diagnosis and treatment. The employee will be provided confidential referral services to an outside agency upon request and assisted in determining the extent to which insurance coverage to help pay for such services is available. All voluntary referrals shall be kept confidential.
Any illegal use, possession, furnishing, selling or provision of assistance in obtaining alcoholic beverages or scheduled drugs not covered by the preceding paragraph may, depending upon the circumstances, constitute sufficient grounds for discipline, up to and including dismissal. Referrals under foregoing paragraphs of this policy will not preclude disciplinary action under this paragraph, depending on the circumstances.
As provided in the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988, any employee is required to notify the school unit of a criminal or civil conviction for a drug violation occurring in the workplace no later than five calendar days after such conviction. In turn, the Superintendent, within 10 calendar days of learning of such a conviction, is to give written notification to the U.S. Department of Education and to any other federal agency from which the unit receives grant funds.
Appropriate personnel sanctions shall be taken against any employee who violates the terms of this school unit’s drug and alcohol policy, up to and including termination.
Page 1 of 2
Any employee who violates the terms of this policy may be allowed to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the Board. If such employee fails to satisfactorily participate in such program, the employee shall have appropriate personnel sanctions taken against him/her, up to and including termination.
Implementation
The Superintendent shall be responsible for developing and administering appropriate procedures to implement this policy.
Communication
A copy of this policy is to be given or mailed to all current employees and to new employees at the time of their employment and is to be posted in appropriate locations throughout the school system.
Legal Reference: 21 U.S.C. § 812 (Controlled Substances Act)
21 C.F.R. §§ 1300.11-1300.15
Fed. P.L. 101-226
17-A MRSA § 1101
Cross Reference: JICH - Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
Adopted: August 31, 1989
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: October 13, 2016
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: GBO
FAMILY CARE LEAVE
This policy governs employee leave under 26 M.R.S.A. Subsection 636, ("An Act to Care for Families"), referred to in this policy as the "Family Care Act." Leave under this policy is referred to as "Family Care Leave".
The Board recognizes that under Maine's "Family Care Act", if an employer provides paid leave under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement or employment policy, the employer must allow an employee to use the paid leave for the care of an immediate family member who is ill.
In law and for the purpose of this policy, the following definitions apply:
1. "Employer" means a public or private employer with 25 or more employees.
2. "Immediate family member" means an employee's child, spouse or parent.
3. "Paid leave" means time away from work by an employee for which the employee receives compensation. Paid leave is limited to sick time, vacation time, compensatory time and leave that is provided as an aggregate amount for use at the discretion of the employee for any of these purposes. Paid leave does not include paid short-term or long-term disability, catastrophic leave or similar types of benefits.
Employees may take up to 40 hours of paid leave as Family Care Leave per 12 month period, or the amount provided by an applicable collective bargaining agreement, whichever is greater.
The 12-month period shall be the same for all employees and shall be the 12 month period consistent with the 12-month period identified for the school unit's administration of the Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA).
An employee is not entitled to use paid leave until that leave has been earned.
a. An employee may elect which type of paid leave and the amount of each type of paid leave to use for Family Care Leave.
b. Any employee electing to take Family Care Leave must apply such leave against available paid sick leave and if sick leave is exhausted, against vacation leave until all paid leave available has been exhausted, except as otherwise provided in applicable collective bargaining agreements.
Notice/verification of illness for Family Care Leave shall be the same as that required for the employee's own illness. The employee must specify that leave is being taken pursuant to the Family Care Act.
APPLICATION OF FAMILY MEDICAL LEAVE REQUIREMENTS
For purpose of applying family medical leave requirements (i.e., FMLA), the school unit shall treat leave under the Family Care Act in the same manner as the employer treats leave for an employee illness. Therefore, Family Care Act leave and FMLA leave shall run concurrently.
Legal Reference: 26 M.R.S.A. Subsection 636
Adopted: September 22, 2005
Revised: October 19, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCFB
RECRUITING AND HIRING OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
In response to An Act to Promote Equality of Opportunity for Women in Administrative Positions in the Public School System (PL 1990, Chap. 889), the Board affirms its commitment to the strict prohibition of discrimination in employment on the basis of race, national origin, religion, sex, age, or disability, and to the principle of affirmative action to obtain wide and representative candidate pools.
In accordance with 20-A MRSA, § 1001.13, the Superintendent shall prepare a procedure designed to ensure nondiscriminatory practice in recruitment and hiring for all positions requiring administrator certification, as well as to result in selection of the most qualified candidates. This procedure shall be attached hereto as GCFB-R, and shall be reviewed periodically.
Moreover, upon each occasion of administrative vacancy, the Superintendent shall review the procedure and make appropriate adaptations as may be warranted by special circumstances. In the case of a vacancy in the Superintendency, the Board shall review the procedure, adapting as appropriate.
In accordance with 20-A MRSA, § 4502.4-A, the unit’s Affirmative Action Plan shall include: a description of the status of the unit’s nondiscriminatory administrator hiring practice; plans for in-service training programs on gender equity for teachers, administrators and the Board of Directors; and the relationship of the above to the State’s five-year goal for the employment of women in administrative positions. MSAD #60 Affirmative Action Plan
Legal Reference: 5 MRSA § 4576
20-A MRSA §§ 256.1, 1001.13, 4502.4A, 13011.6, 13019-A.1D, 13019-B.1C
Cross Reference: AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
GCFB-R – Recruiting and Hiring of Administrative Staff Administrative Procedure
Adopted: February 1, 2001
Revised: October 13, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCFB-R
RECRUITING AND HIRING OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
These procedures implement School Board policy GCFB and are designed to establish a thorough, efficient and nondiscriminatory practice for the recruiting and hiring of the most qualified candidates for administrative positions.
A. Job Description Development/Review
To ensure that a written job description of the vacant position accurately represents the current functions and needs, the Superintendent/designee (the Board in a Superintendent search) is to:
1. Conduct a review of (if none exists, develop) the job description, with input from persons affected by the position;
2. Include the criteria (skills, knowledge, abilities) required to perform the duties/responsibilities of the position; and
3. List the minimum qualifications (training, education and experience) for the position.
B. Recruitment
To attract a strong pool of qualified candidates, the Superintendent/designee is to advertise (except in the circumstances described in K below) by:
1. Posting notice of the vacancy within the RSU and/or;
2. Placing a display advertisement in appropriate media (electronic/newspaper), considering at least one appearance in a major Maine distribution area; and
3. Identifying and notifying other possible sources of potential candidates, such as professional associations, educational administration programs and placement offices at colleges and universities in Maine and other states, and the Maine Department of Education.
C. Screening
To ensure that a fair and efficient screening process will occur, the Superintendent/designee is to:
Page 1 of 4
D. Interviewing
To ensure that the interview process will be conducted in a legal and proper manner, the Superintendent/designee is to:
1. Appoint an interview panel (may be the same persons who serve the screening function) with representation as deemed appropriate to the particular vacancy;
2. Provide orientation on the process including the function and extent of responsibility of the panel, the weighting of criteria and the nomination/hiring procedure; and
3. Conduct training to ensure that panel members are aware of the legal aspects of interviewing, including confidentiality and equity issues.
The interviewing panel is to:
1. Design interview questions which match the criteria and the duties/responsibilities outlined in the job description; and
2. Provide equal opportunity for the candidates to respond to the same questions/questioners.
E. Selection
The interview panel is to:
1. Individually assess the candidates according to their answers to the job description-related questions, rating and commenting on each using a specially prepared form corresponding to the questions/criteria; and
2. Submit a report to the Superintendent, including the individual rating forms as well as a list (usually 2 to 4) of candidates to be considered further for the position.
The Superintendent/designee is to:
1. Have reference contacts made, as appropriate, to check perceived strengths and weaknesses of the candidates;
2. Review the material on the finalist candidates to determine whether additional information is needed;
3. Conduct final interviews of any or all finalists, as deemed necessary;
4. Select the most qualified candidate who fits the criteria and the duties/responsibilities outlined in the job description, based on his/her own professional judgement along with those of the interview panel (or, reject all finalists, reopen the position and begin the process anew); and
Page 2 of 4
5. Have any further reference checks made, as appropriate.
F. Nomination for Employment
The Superintendent is to:
1. Notify and obtain agreement of the successful candidate, pending Board approval;
2. Inform the interview panel; and
3. Nominate and employ the successful candidate in accordance with state law and local policies.
G. Notification The Superintendent/designee may:
1. Notify the nominee of the Board approval and employ the administrator; and
2. Notify the other candidates interviewed.
H. Orientation and Support
To ensure that the new administrator is provided with the proper information about the system and job expectations, the Superintendent/designee is to provide an orientation that includes expectations of the duties/responsibilities of the position along with the policies and procedures of the local school unit.
I. Record Keeping
To ensure that the confidentiality of employee and applicant records are properly maintained, the Superintendent is to provide for the maintenance in secure files of all applications and documentation of the hiring, screening and interviewing process for a period of three (3) years.
J. Confidentiality
To ensure that confidentiality is maintained throughout and permanently following the hiring process, the Board, all employees involved, and any other participants are to maintain absolute confidentiality about candidates, including names, in accordance with state law (20-A MRSA § 6101). The Board is to assume responsibility through the Superintendent for providing adequate orientation at appropriate stages of the process, including at the completion.
K. Hiring of Current Employees
The school unit may forego one or more of the steps set forth in sections B-E of this procedure and appoint a person who is currently employed by the unit to fill an administrative position only if the Superintendent, after consultation with the School Board, or the Board in a Superintendent search, determines that the following circumstances exist:
1. The currently employed candidate is exceptionally well qualified for the position; and
2. The decision to forego all or part of the recruitment and screening process will not detract from the goals of this policy.
Page 3 of 4
Adopted: February 1, 2001
Revised: November 10, 2016
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCI
PROFESSIONAL STAFF DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES
All employees are responsible for continuing to improve their qualifications and professional development.The Board recognizes the importance of developing, maintaining, and extending the skills of staff members and encourages employees to engage in programs and activities that will lead to their professional growth and increased competence.
The Superintendent is authorized to initiate programs and activities which are designed to serve the following purposes:
A. To provide a structure through which staff members can stay abreast of new developments in their areas of specialty;
B. To familiarize staff members with new research and innovative teaching methods;
C. To assist staff members in the process of change and school improvement; and
D. To facilitate the development, implementation and evaluation of new programs.
Within budgetary limitations, visitations and attendance at conferences may be approved by the Superintendent in accordance with Board policy.
Legal Reference: Chap. 125.23 B (5)(m) (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Adopted: February 1, 2001
Revised: October 13, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCOA
SUPERVISION AND EVALUATION OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF
A well-planned and systematic program of supervision and evaluation of performance tied to educational outcomes is vital to the ongoing improvement of the instructional program. It is incumbent upon the Board of Directors to ensure that sufficient administrative time and energy are expended to supervise (observe and assist) and evaluate (measure and assess) teachers. The evaluation program shall address all aspects of teaching performance and recognize that the fulfillment of student needs is of primary importance.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for development, implementation and periodic review of a comprehensive program of supervision and evaluation. The program shall provide for minimum standards for the number and frequency of formal performance reviews, with the understanding that probationary teachers require closer support and more frequent performance reviews.
A. Evaluative criteria shall be in written form and made permanently available to the teacher;
B. Evaluations shall be made by an immediate supervisor, administrator or consultant;
C. Results of the evaluations shall be put in writing and shall be discussed with the teacher;
D. The teacher being evaluated shall have the right to attach a memorandum to the written evaluation; and
E. Results of all evaluations shall be kept in confidential personnel files maintained at the Superintendent’s office.
In keeping with the Board’s goal of employing the best qualified staff to provide quality education for all students, all teachers are expected to participate fully in the evaluation process, self-appraisal and continuous improvement of professional skills.
While supervision and evaluation policies and procedures are not negotiable in collective bargaining, the Superintendent is to seek appropriate involvement of staff in the development and periodic review of the supervision and evaluation program, according to MRSA 20-A Chap. 180.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1055, 13802
Chap. 180, Performance Evaluation and Professional Growth Systems.
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: October 13, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: GCOC
EVALUATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
The Superintendent shall implement and supervise an evaluation system for all administrative personnel. A report shall be made to the Board annually on the performance of all administrators (i.e. MDOE Administrator Performance Report), with recommendations regarding their employment and/or salary status.
Formal evaluations shall be made at least once a year. They shall be conducted according to the following guidelines:
A. Evaluative criteria shall be in written form and made permanently available to the administrator;
B. Evaluations shall be made by the Superintendent, Assistant Superintendent or immediate supervisor;
C. Results of the evaluations shall be put in writing and shall be discussed with the administrator;
D. The administrator being evaluated will have the right to attach a memorandum to the written evaluation; and
E. Results of all evaluations shall be kept in confidential personnel files maintained at the Superintendent’s office.
In keeping with the Board’s goal of employing the best qualified staff to provide quality education for all students, all administrators are expected to participate fully in the evaluation process, self-appraisal and continuous improvement of professional skills.
While supervision and evaluation policies and procedures are not negotiable in collective bargaining, the Superintendent is to seek appropriate involvement of administrators in the development and periodic review of the supervision and evaluation program, according to MRSA 20-A Chap. 180.
Legal Reference: MRSA 20-A §§ 1055, 13802
Chap. 180 Performance Evaluation and Professional Growth Systems.
Adopted: January 7, 1988
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: October 13, 2016
NEPN/NSBA CODE: GCSA
EMPLOYEE COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE
M.S.A.D.#60’s computers, networks and Internet access are provided to support the educational mission of the schools and to enhance the curriculum and learning opportunities for students and school staff. This policy and the accompanying rules also apply to computers issued directly to staff, whether in use at school or off school premises. Employees are allowed to use privately-owned computers at school with prior authorization, provided that they comply with this policy and the accompanying rules.
School unit computers, network and Internet services are provided for purposes related to school programs and operations, and performance of their job responsibilities. Incidental personal use of school computers is permitted as long as such use: 1) does not interfere with the employee’s job responsibilities and performance; 2) does not interfere with system operations or other system users; and 3) does not violate this policy and the accompanying rules, or any other Board policy, procedure or school rules. “Incidental personal use” is defined as use by an individual employee for occasional personal communications.
Compliance with the school unit’s policies and rules concerning computer use is mandatory. An employee who violates this policy and/or any rules governing use of the school unit’s computers shall be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Illegal uses of the school unit’s computers will also result in referral to law enforcement.
M.S.A.D.#60 computers remain under the control, custody and supervision of the school unit at all times. The school unit reserves the right to monitor all computer and Internet activity by employees. Employees have no expectation of privacy in their use of school computers.
Employees shall be informed of this policy and the accompanying rules through handbooks, the school website, computer start-up page and/or other means selected by the Superintendent.
The Superintendent is responsible for implementing this policy and the accompanying rules. Additional administrative procedures or school rules governing the day-to-day management and operations of the school unit’s computer system may be implemented, consistent with Board policies and rules. The Superintendent may delegate specific responsibilities to the Technology Director and others as he/she deems appropriate.
Cross Reference: GCSA-R – Employee Computer and Internet Use Rules
IJNDB – Student Computer and Internet Use
EGAD – Copyright Compliance
Adopted: February 14, 2008
November 16, 2017
NEPN/NSBA CODE: GCSA-R
EMPLOYEE COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE RULES
These rules accompany Board policy GCSA (Employee Computer and Internet Use). Each employee is responsible for his/her actions and activities involving school unit computers, networks and Internet services, and for his/her computer files, passwords and accounts. These rules provide general guidance concerning the use of the school unit’s computers and examples of prohibited uses. The rules do not attempt to describe every possible prohibited activity by employees. Employees who have questions about whether a particular activity or use is prohibited are encouraged to contact a building administrator or the Technology Director.
A. Consequences for Violation of Computer Use Policy and Rules
Failure to comply with Board policy GCSA, these rules and/or other procedures or rules governing computer use may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Illegal use of the school unit’s computers will also result in referral to law enforcement.
B. Access to School Computers, Networks and Internet Services
The level of employee access to school unit computers, networks and Internet services is based upon specific job requirements and needs. Unauthorized access to secure areas of the school unit’s computers and networks is strictly prohibited.
C. Acceptable Use
M.S.A.D.#60 computers, networks and Internet services are provided to employees for administrative, educational, communication and research purposes consistent with the school unit’s educational mission, curriculum and instructional goals. All Board policies, school rules and expectations for professional conduct and communications apply when employees are using the school unit’s computers, networks and Internet services
D. Personal Use
School unit computers, network and Internet services are provided for purposes related to school programs and operations, and performance of their job responsibilities. Incidental personal use of school computers is permitted as long as such use: 1) does not interfere with the employee’s job responsibilities and performance; 2) does not interfere with system operations or other system users; and 3) does not violate this policy and the accompanying rules, or any other Board policy, procedure or school rules. “Incidental personal use” is defined as use by an individual employee for occasional personal communications.
E. Prohibited Uses
Examples of unacceptable uses which are expressly prohibited include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Any use that is illegal or which violates other Board policies, procedures or school rules, including harassing, discriminatory or threatening communications and behavior; violations of copyright laws, etc. The school unit assumes no responsibility for illegal activities of employees while using school computers.
Page 1 of 4
2. Any use involving materials that are obscene, pornographic, sexually explicit or sexually suggestive.
3. Any inappropriate communications with students or minors.
4. Any use for private financial gain, or commercial, advertising or solicitation
purposes except interactions/exchanges within the staff.
5. Any use as a forum for communicating by e-mail or any other medium with other school users or outside parties to solicit, proselytize, advocate or communicate the views of an individual or non-school sponsored organization; to solicit membership in or support of any non-school sponsored organization; or to raise funds for any non-school sponsored purpose, whether profit or not-for-profit. No employee shall knowingly provide school e-mail addresses to outside parties whose intent is to communicate with school employees, students and/or their families for non-school purposes. Employees who are uncertain as to whether
particular activities are acceptable should seek further guidance from the building principal or other appropriate administrator.
6. Any communication that represents an employee’s personal views as those of the
school unit or that could be misinterpreted as such.
7. Downloading or loading software or applications without permission from the system administrator. Unauthorized copying of software is illegal and may subject the copier to substantial civil and criminal penalties. The school unit
assumes no responsibility for illegal software copying by employees.
8. Sending mass emails to school users or outside parties for school or non-school purposes without the permission of the Technology Director or building administrator.
9. Any malicious use or disruption of the school unit’s computers, networks and Internet services; any breach of security features; or misuse of computer passwords or accounts (the employee’s or those of other users).
10. Any misuse or damage to the school unit’s computer equipment, including opening or
forwarding e-mail attachments (executable files) from unknown sources and/or that may contain viruses.
11. Any attempt to access unauthorized sites, or any attempt to disable or circumvent the school unit’s filtering/blocking technology.
12. Failing to report a breach of computer security to the system administrator.
13. Using school computers, networks and Internet services after such access has been denied or revoked.
14. Any attempt to delete, erase or otherwise conceal any information stored on a school computer that violates these rules or other Board policies or school rules, or refusing to return computer equipment issued to the employee upon request.
Page 2 of 4
F. No Expectation of Privacy
M.S.A.D.#60 computers remain under the control, custody and supervision of the school unit at all times. The school unit reserves the right to monitor all computer and Internet activity by employees and other system users. Employees have no expectation of privacy in their use of school computers, including e-mail, stored files and Internet access logs.
G. Disclosure of Confidential Information
Employees are expected to use appropriate judgment and caution in communications concerning students and staff to ensure that personally identifiable information remains confidential.
H. Employee/Volunteer Responsibility to Supervise Student Computer Use
Employees and volunteers who use school computers with students for instructional purposes have a duty of care to supervise such use. Teachers, staff members and volunteers are expected to be familiar with the school unit’s policies and rules concerning student computer and Internet use and to enforce them. When, in the course of their duties, employees or volunteers become aware of a student violation, they are expected to stop the activity and inform the building principal.
I. Compensation for Losses, Costs and/or Damages
The employee is responsible for compensating the school unit for any losses, costs or damages incurred by the school unit for violations of Board policies and school rules while the employee is using school unit computers, including the cost of investigating such violations. The school unit assumes no responsibility for any unauthorized charges or costs incurred by an employee while using school unit computers.
J. Additional Rules for Use of Privately-Owned Computers by Employee
1. An employee who wishes to use a privately-owned computer in school must complete an Employee Request to Use Privately-Owned Computer Form (JCSA-R1). The form must be signed by the employee, the school principal or supervisor and the Technology Director. There must be a legitimate work-related basis for any request.
2. The Technology Director will determine whether an employee’s privately-owned computer meets the school unit’s network requirements.
3. Requests may be denied if it is determined that there is not a suitable work-related reason for the request and/or if the demands on the school unit’s network or staff would be unreasonable.
4. The employee is responsible for proper care of his/her privately-owned computer, including any costs of repair, replacement or any modifications needed to use the computer at school.
5. The school unit is not responsible for damage, loss or theft of any privately-owned computer.
6. Employees are required to comply with all Board policies, administrative procedures and
school rules while using privately-owned computers at school.
Page 3 of 4
7. Employees have no expectation of privacy in their use of a privately-owned computer
while it is being used at school.
8. The school unit may confiscate any privately-owned computer used by an employee in school without authorization as required by these rules. The contents of the computer may be searched in accordance with applicable laws and policies.
Cross Reference: GCSA – Employee Computer and Internet Use
JCSA-R1 Employee Request to Use Privately Owned Computer Form
Adopted: February 14, 2008
Revised: November 16, 2017
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: IGA
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND ADOPTION
As defined in Maine Department of Education rules, “curriculum” means MSAD #60’s written document that sets forth the learning expectations for all students for all content areas of Maine’s system of Learning Results, as well as for other content areas as specified by the Board.
The MSAD #60’s curriculum shall reflect continuous, sequential and specific instruction aligned with the content areas of the Learning Results including the knowledge and skills described in the “Parameters for Essential Instruction” and the “Guiding Principles” of the Learning Results.
Through its curriculum, the schools will provide courses and/or learning experiences that support multiple pathways for learning, accommodate variety of learning styles, provide multiple options for students to demonstrate proficiency, and prepare students for responsible citizenship and success in a global society.
The Board recognizes that curriculum development, review and evaluation is an ongoing process, and that programs and practices may need to be adjusted or revised to meet educational standards, to reflect community aspirations and values, and to serve the best interests of students.
In development, revision and evaluation of curriculum, the Board expects that:
A. School administrators and staff will be sensitive to initiatives such as the Common Core and Next Generation Science Standards, and other changing conditions that may require modifications in curriculum.
B. All programs will be subject to ongoing review and evaluation to ensure that they meet the instructional needs of students.
C. The school system will undertake intensive curriculum revision as needed.
D. The Superintendent/designee will take the lead in the ongoing curriculum development and review process and in aligning the alignment of curriculum with educational standards and with advances in knowledge, educational research and “best practices.”
E. Curriculum development and revision will be achieved with appropriate involvement of administrators, instructional and support staff, students, parents, community and the Board.
MSAD #60’s curriculum shall reflect continuous, sequential and specific instruction aligned with the content areas of the Learning Results knowledge and skills and the 21st Century Learning Expectations.
The Board will review and adopt (approve) all curriculum guides, course descriptions and courses of study prior to their implementation.
The Superintendent/designee is expected to develop plans and timelines as necessary for the development, implementation and evaluation of the curriculum.
Page 1 of 2
The Superintendent is expected to make recommendations to the Board, consistent with Board policy, in regard to professional development, instructional materials and the resources needed for curriculum implementation.
The Superintendent will report annually, or as otherwise requested, to the Board on the status of the curriculum.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. §§ 1001(6), 4701-4729, 6209
Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule Chapters 125, 127
Cross Reference: ADF-School Unit Commitment to the Learning Results
IHA–Basic Instructional Program
IJJ-Instructional and Library-Media Materials Selection
IL–Evaluation of Instructional Programs
Adopted: September 22, 2016
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBA
INDIVIDUAL EDUCATION PLANS
MSAD#60 provides a completed Individual Education Plan (IEP) for all identified students with disabilities. These IEP’s provide for all required sections as identified in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and clearly document services, settings and time constraints that provide for educating the student with disabilities in the least restrictive environment.
Legal Reference: 20 USC 1414(d) 34 CFR 300.320-.328(2006) MDOE. C 101 §1X(3)
Adopted: by the M.S.A.D. #60 Board of Directors on March 25, 1999
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: November 19, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAA
REFERRAL AND USE OF GENERAL EDUCATION INTERVENTIONS
It shall be the policy of MSAD #60 to refer all school-age students suspected of having a disability that requires special education to the IEP Team for an evaluation in all suspected areas of disability. Referrals of students to the IEP Team may be made by parents at any time, and by professional school staff regardless of the results of the initial child find activities, but after completion of the general education intervention process. Other individuals or agency representatives (including representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services) with knowledge of the child may also make referrals. Any such referral should be made in accordance with procedures that may be approved by the Superintendent of Schools.
Regardless of the source of the referral, a referral will be considered received by MSAD #60 on the date that the written referral is received by the office of the Director of Special Education. It shall be signed and dated by the Director(s) of Special Education or designee, thereby indicating the date of the receipt of the referral.
The Superintendent, in consultation with the Director(s) of Special Education, may develop procedures for referral and the use of general education interventions within MSAD #60, and may from time to time amend those procedures as necessary.
Legal References: Ch. 101 subsection II(17), III, IV(2)(D), (E), V($)(A) (July 2011)
Adopted: June 20, 2013
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAA-R
REFERRAL AND USE OF GENERAL EDUCATION INTERVENTIONS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
These procedures are established for the purpose of meeting the obligations of MSAD #60 under state regulations and the Board’s policy IHBAA governing referral and use of general education interventions.
I. GENERAL EDUCATION INTERVENTIONS
General education interventions are general education procedures involving regular benchmark assessment of all children, using curriculum based measurements, to monitor child progress and identify those children who are at risk of failing. Children who are at risk receive responsive interventions in the general education program that attempt to resolve the presenting problems of concern. General educators are encouraged to confer with specialists and teaching professionals, but general education personnel are responsible for the implementation of the intervention.
MSAD #60 shall implement general education interventions. These interventions shall include:
a. Documentation that every child, prior to entering the general educational intervention process, was provided with appropriate instruction in reading, including the essential components of reading instruction (as defined in section 1208(3) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA), appropriate mastery based instruction in math, appropriate instruction in the writing process, and positive behavioral supports:
b. A team-based decision making process:
c. Screening at reasonable intervals to determine whether all children are progressing toward meeting the content standards of the parameters for essential instruction and graduation requirements;
d. Data Analysis of screening results focusing on determining to what extent all children are progressing toward meeting the content standards of the parameters for essential instruction and graduation requirements and identifying which children are not making adequate progress towards these goals and are in need of targeted general education interventions;
e. A determination as to whether a child’s assessed difficulties are likely the results of linguistic or cultural differences;
f. Provision of research-based general education interventions targeted at the child’s presenting academic and/or behavioral concerns as determined by screening results;
g. Repeated formative assessments of student response to targeted interventions, conducted at reasonable intervals, that generate rate based measurable data for both specifying academic and behavioral concerns and monitoring child progress during general education interventions;
h. Documentation that parents were notified about the process, given the opportunity to participate in instructional decision-making, and kept informed of their child’s progress during targeted general educational interventions;
Page 1 of 4
i. A team shall review the child’s progress during no later than 60 school days after the start of formal general education interventions and approximately every 30 school days thereafter. At each meeting the team shall review data on the child’s progress to determine if modifications to the general education interventions are needed and/or if a referral to special education is indicated; and
j. Provisions for targeted general education interventions to continue during any subsequent special education referral.
The parent of a child receiving general education interventions may request that the agency conduct a full and individual evaluation for possible special education eligibility determination at any time during MSAD #60’s established general education intervention process.
The general education interventions developed through this pre-referral process shall continue in the event of a referral while the referral is being handled by the IEP Team, and the resulting data shall become part of the child’s special education file.
II. REFERRAL
MSAD #60 shall refer to the IEP Team all school-age students suspected of having a disability that requires special education and related services. Referrals to the IEP Team may be made by a child’s parent, by professional school staff, or by others with knowledge of the child. Referrals should be made and processed consistent with these procedures.
Referrals by parents. A parent may refer his or her child to the IEP Team at any time. That referral shall be made in writing directly to the office of the Director(s) of Special Education. Should the parent seek to make a referral through other professional staff (such as teachers, guidance counselors, or administrators), that professional staff member shall directly assist the parent in making the referral in writing to the office of the Director(s) of Special Education. Should a parent attempt to make a referral orally, professional staff shall assist the parent in reducing that referral to writing and submitting it to the office of the Director(s) of Special Education.
A parent referral shall be processed consistent with these procedures and governing timelines even if the child is receiving interventions pursuant to MSAD #60’s general education interventions. Those general education interventions shall continue during the referral process, however.
Referrals by staff. Any professional employee of MSAD #60 may refer a child to the IEP Team regardless of the results of initial child find activities, but only after completion of any general education intervention process used by MSAD #60. MSAD #60 may move directly forward with the referral process in those circumstances where MSAD #60 and parent agree to do so. Even in that situation, however, general education interventions will continue during the referral process.
Professional school staff shall prepare a referral in writing and shall submit that referral directly to the office of the Director(s) of Special Education.
Referrals by others. Individuals or agency representatives (including representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services) with knowledge of the child may refer that child to the IEP Team regardless of the results of the initial child find activities, but only after completion of any general education intervention process used by MSAD #60. MSAD #60 may move directly forward with the referral process in those
Page 2 of 4
circumstances when MSAD #60 and parent agree to do so. Even in that situation, however, general education interventions will continue during the referral process.
Should such a person attempt to make a referral orally, professional staff shall assist that person in reducing that referral to writing and submitting it to the office of the Director(s) of Special Education.
Receipt of Referral. Regardless of the source of the referral, a referral is received by MSAD #60 on the date that the written referral is received by the office of the Director(s) of Special Education. It shall be signed and dated by the Director(s)’s or his/her designee, thereby indicating the date of the receipt of that referral.
Time-Line for Processing Referral. Once the referral has been received in the office of the Director(s) of Special Education, the IEP Team shall review existing evaluation data and determine the need for additional evaluations. The IEP Team may conduct its review without a meeting. If additional evaluations are needed, MSAD #60 must send a “consent to evaluate” form to the parent within 15 school days of receipt of the referral. Also upon receipt of the referral (from any source), MSAD #60 shall send the parent its Written Notice form documenting that referral.
Once the office of the Director(s) of Special Education receives the signed consent for evaluation back from the parent, MSAD #60 shall have 45 school days to complete the evaluation and to hold an IEP Team meeting to determine whether the student qualifies for special education services. If the student is identified as a child with a disability in need of special education, the Team should develop an IEP for that child either at that same meeting, or within 30 calendar days of determining that student is eligible.
MSAD #60 shall implement the IEP as soon as possible following the IEP Team meeting when the child is found eligible, but no later than 30 calendar days after that meeting.
Transfer Students. Students who have already been identified as in need of special education services and who transfer into MSAD #60 from another school unit within Maine (and who had an IEP that was in effect in a previous school unit in Maine) shall on enrollment and in consultation with the parent be provided with FAPE, Free and Appropriate Public Education, (including services comparable to those described in the child’s IEP from the previous school unit) until MSAD #60 either adopts the child’s IEP from the previous unit or develops, adopt and implements a new IEP.
Students who have already been identified as in need of special services and who transfer into MSAD #60 from another school unit from outside of Maine (and who had an IEP that was in effect in a previous school unit in another state) shall on enrollment and in consultation with the parent be provided with FAPE (including services comparable to those described in the child’s IEP from the previous school unit) until the local unit conducts an evaluation (if determined to be necessary by MSAD #60) to determine whether the student is eligible for special education, and if so, develops, adopt and implements a new IEP.
If the transfer student’s current IEP from his or her prior school unit is not available, or is believed to be inappropriate by either the parent or the school, MSAD #60 should develop a new IEP through appropriate procedures within a short time after the student enrolls at the school.
If a child transfers into MSAD #60 after the referral time-line has begun in the previous school unit but before an eligibility determination has been made, the time-line references above for completing that process shall not apply if the local unit is making sufficient progress to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent and MSAD #60 agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed and the eligibility decision made.
Page 3 of 4
References: Ch. 101 subsections II (17), III, IV (2)(D), (E), V (4) (A) (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rules) (May 2012)
Adopted: June 20, 2013
Revised: November 19, 2015
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAC
CHILD FIND
MSAD #60 seeks to ensure that all children between the ages of three and 20 within its jurisdiction who are in need of special education and supportive services are identified, located and evaluated—whether those children live with their parents and attend MSAD #60 public schools, do not yet attend school, are tuitioned to schools in other units, receive home schooling, or are state wards, state agency clients or institutional residents as defined by Maine law.
MSAD #60’s child identification procedure includes a unit-wide screening process offered at public expense to eligible students of school age to determine whether they may need referral to a pupil evaluation team (PET) and special education.
The child identification procedure shall also include, in addition to information sent out regularly to parents in MSAD #60, written notification of M.S.A.D. #60’s child identification obligations sent on at least an annual basis to the following agencies, entities and persons:
* Private schools within the school district;
The local Child Development Services;
Homeless shelters within the school district;
Pediatricians and hospitals within the school district;
Licensed day care facilities within the school district;
Parent support groups within the school district;
Home schooling parents within the school district;
State facilities and institutions within the school district (i.e., jails, mental hospitals, etc.); and
That notification shall request the assistance of the entity notified in identifying any children who may be in need of special education. The notice shall list the name, address and telephone number of the special education director of the district. MSAD #60 shall also publish this information on at least an annual basis in the local newspaper serving the school district.
Adopted: by the M.S.A.D. #60 Board of Directors on March 25, 1999.
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: December 17, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBAL
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
MSAD #60 has adopted this grievance procedure to provide a local avenue for persons with disabilities to raise concerns about whether MSAD #60 is fully meeting its obligations under state and federal laws to protect persons with disabilities. This procedure is intended to meet the requirements of the federal Rehabilitation Act and the federal Americans with Disabilities Act.
Questions about this grievance procedure should be directed to the ADA/504 compliance coordinator, Susan Austin, MSAD #60, PO Box 819, No. Berwick, ME 03906.
STEP ONE
A person with an identifiable disability, or someone acting on that person’s behalf, may file a written grievance regarding compliance with state or federal disabilities laws with the building principal where the grievance arose, or with the ADA/504 compliance coordinator. If filed with the ADA/504 compliance coordinator, that person shall forward it to the appropriate building principal. No grievance will be heard if it involves actions that occurred more than 60 days prior to the filing of the grievance.
The building principal, after consultation with the ADA/504 compliance coordinator, shall respond in writing to the grievance within fifteen (15) working days of its receipt. Extensions of fifteen (15) working days may be allowed if necessary to address fully the issues in the grievance. The principal’s written response shall be forwarded to the grievant and to the ADA/504 compliance coordinator.
STEP TWO
If dissatisfied with the response, the grievant may obtain a review by the Superintendent of the principal’s decision.
The grievant must request that review within fifteen (15) working days of the decision by the Principal. The Superintendent, after consultation with the ADA/504 compliance coordinator, shall respond in writing to the grievance within fifteen (15) working days. Extensions of fifteen (15) working days may be allowed when necessary to address fully the issues in the grievance. The Superintendent’s written response shall be forwarded to the grievant and to the ADA/504 compliance coordinator.
Legal References:
Rehabilitation Act [34 CFR § 104.7(b)]
Disabilities Act [28 CFR § 35.107(b)]
Adopted: by the M.S.A.D. #60 Board of Directors on May 13, 1999
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: November 19, 2015
Revised: November 10, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBG
HOME SCHOOLING
Parents/guardians who wish to have their children fulfill the compulsory school attendance law through equivalent education by home schooling must comply with the provisions of 20-A MRSA Subsection 5001-A(3)(A)(4).
A. The student's parent/guardian must provide a written notice of intent to provide home instruction simultaneously to the Superintendent of Schools of the school unit in which the student resides and to the Commissioner of the Department of Education within ten calendar days of the beginning of home instruction. The notice must contain the following information:
1. The name, signature and address of the student's parent/guardian;
2. The name and age of the student;
3. The date the home instruction program will begin;
4. A statement of assurance that indicates the home instruction program will provide at least 175 days annually of instruction and will provide instruction in: English and language arts, math, science, social studies, physical education, health education, library skills, fine arts, and, in at least one grade from grade 6 to 12, Maine studies. At one grade level from grade 7 to 12, the student will demonstrate proficiency in the use of computers; and
5. A statement of assurance that indicates that the home instruction program will include an annual assessment of the student's academic progress that includes at least one of the forms of assessment described in 20-A MRSA Subsection 5001-A(3)(A)(4)(b) and paragraph B below:
B. On or before September 1 of each subsequent year of home instruction, the student's parent/guardian must file a letter with the Superintendent of the administrative unit in which the student resides and to the Commissioner stating the intention to continue providing home instruction and enclose a copy of one of the following forms of annual assessment of the student's academic progress:
1. A standardized achievement test administered through the administrative unit in which the student resides or through other arrangements approved by the Commissioner. If the test is administered through the administrative unit in which the student resides, that administration must be agreed to by the Superintendent of the administrative unit prior to submission of the written notice of intent to provide home instruction;
2. A test developed by the Superintendent/designee of the administrative unit in which the student resides appropriate to the student's home instruction program, which must be agreed to by the Superintendent of the administrative unit prior to submission of the written notice of intent to provide home instruction.
3. A review and acceptance of the student's progress by an identified individual who holds a current Maine teacher's certificate.
4. A review of acceptance of the student's progress based on, but not limited to, a presentation of an educational portfolio of the student to a local area homeschooling support group whose membership for this purpose includes a currently certified Maine teacher or administrator; or
5. A review and acceptance of the student's progress by a local advisory board selected by the Superintendent of the administrative unit in which the student resides that includes one administrative unit employee and two home instruction tutors. A "home instruction tutor" means the parent/guardian or other person who acts or will act as a primary teacher of the student in the home instruction program. This provision must be agreed to by the Superintendent of the administrative unit in which the student resides prior to submission of the written notice of the intent to provide home instruction.
Page 1 of 2
C. Dissemination of any information filed under 20-A MRSA Subsection 5001-A(3)(A) (which applies to alternatives to attendance at public day school, including home schooling) is governed by the provisions of 20-A MRSA Subsection 6001 (dissemination of information); the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, 20 USC Subsection 1232g (2002); and the federal Education for All Handicapped Children Act of 1975, 20 USC Subsection 1401-1487 (2002), except that "directory information" as defined by the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) is confidential and is not subject to public disclosure unless the parent/guardian specifically permits disclosure in writing or a judge orders otherwise. Copies of any information filed under 20-A MRSA Subsection 5001-A(3)(A) must be maintained by the student's parent/guardian until the home instruction program concludes. The records must be made available to the Commissioner upon request.
D. If the home instruction program is discontinued, students of compulsory school age must be enrolled in a public school or an equivalent instruction alternative as provided by law. The receiving school shall determine the placement of the student. At the secondary level, the principal of the receiving school shall determine the value of the prior educational experience toward meeting the standards of Maine's system of Learning Results.
The Board accepts no responsibility for the unit in the application, review, approval, or oversight of home instruction programs except as provided for by law or this policy.
Participation by home-schooled students in the public school program shall only be permitted as described elsewhere in Board policy.
The Superintendent shall maintain a roster of all students eligible to attend school within the school unit who are receiving equivalent instruction, as provided in the Department of Education rules.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA Subsection 5001-A(3)
Ch. 125 Subsection 12.02, Ch. 130 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Cross Reference: JEA - Compulsory School Attendance
IHBGA - Home Schooling - Participation in School Programs
IHBGB - Special Education Services for Students in Private Schools or
Home Schooling
JGAB - Assignment of Students to Classes: Transfer Students and Home
Schooling Students
Adopted: June 10, 2004
Revised: November 10, 2016
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHBGA
HOMESCHOOLING—PARTICIPATION IN SCHOOL PROGRAMS
The School Board acknowledges the provisions for equivalent instruction under Maine law. The Board further recognizes the Legislature's statement "that the term 'equivalent' is intended to mean meeting state standards for alternate or other instruction and is not intended to mean the same as the education delivered in the public school system."
In addition, it is the intention of the Board to, "cooperate in the home instruction of any child who resides in the school administrative unit to the degree that the level of cooperation does not interfere with the responsibilities to the students enrolled in MSAD #60's regular programs". Furthermore, participation of students in such school programs shall be limited to homeschool students whose home instruction programs are in compliance with applicable Maine law and Department of Education regulations.
In order to maintain an efficient and orderly school program, the Board directs the Superintendent/designee to develop procedures, as appropriate, regarding the availability of school system resources and services to homeschool students who would otherwise be eligible to attend school in MSAD #60. The procedures shall be in accord with the following provisions.
I. PROVISIONS OF INFORMATION
At the request of the student or the student's parent/guardian, this school unit shall make available to homeschool students, in a form determined by the school, information regarding access to public school activities and attendance at the school unit's schools. This information must include:
A. Requirements regarding initial health and developmental screening for motor skills, vision, hearing and immunization; and
B. Criteria for participation of homeschool students in curricular, co-curricular and extracurricular activities.
II. PERMITTED PARTICIPATION
A. Participation in Regular Classes. Homeschool students may enroll in specific, day- school classes provided that the student's attendance is regular, the class is deemed to be age and grade appropriate, and all prerequisite course requirements are met. In addition, the following shall also apply.
2. The student shall demonstrate prior satisfactory academic achievement consistent with school unit policy and procedures applicable to all students.
3. The student shall comply with behavioral, disciplinary, attendance and other classroom rules applicable to all students. If a student fails to comply, the school may withhold credit or terminate the student's participation.
Page 1 of 7
4. Transportation must be provided by the parent/guardian or student. However, the student may use the same transportation as all other students in the school unit as long as additional expenses are not incurred and vehicle capacity is not exceeded.
5. The student shall complete all assignments and tests as required of all students in the same class.
B. Course Auditing. homeschool students may audit a course(s) provided the following conditions have been met.
2. The student agrees to meet established behavioral, disciplinary, attendance and other classroom rules applicable to all students. If a student fails to comply, the school may terminate participation.
III. SPECIAL EDUCATION SERVICES
Special Education Services will be available to eligible special education students in accordance with applicable federal and state laws and regulations.
IV. ADMISSION TO REGULAR PROGRAM/PLACEMENT
A student who has been receiving homeschool instruction and who seeks admission to other regular school program will be placed in a grade commensurate with the level of the student's academic achievement. Placement must be guided by the following.
A. For students who transfer into school from an educational program that is not required to meet the standards of the established system of Learning Results, the principal of the receiving school shall determine the value of the student's prior educational experience toward meeting these standards.
B. Appropriate school staff may make recommendations concerning placement based on, but not limited to, factors such as the student's completed curricula and records of achievement, conferences with the student's parent/guardian, and administration of tests.
C. The final grade placement decision shall be made by the principal. The principal's decision may be appealed to the Superintendent, whose decision shall be final.
V. RE-ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL PROGRAM
Placement of homeschool students who wish to be readmitted to the school program will be determined by the principal who shall consult with members of the professional staff to the extent appropriate and, as deemed necessary, to make a reasonable determination that the requisite academic standards have been met, and collect from parents actual samples of coursework (e.g., homework, papers, and examinations).
Page 2 of 7
The principal may also direct that a test or tests be administered to help determine the student's progress toward meeting the content standards of the Learning Results for the purpose of determining an appropriate grade level. The decision of the principal may be appealed to the Superintendent.
VI. USE OF SCHOOL TEXTBOOKS AND LIBRARY BOOKS
Subject to availability, a student receiving home instruction may use school textbooks, if the number of particular copies are sufficient, and library books owned by the school unit, subject to the following conditions.
A. The use does not disrupt regular student, staff or special program functions.
B. The student's sign-out period for a library book is the same as that applicable to regularly enrolled students.
C. The student may sign out a textbook for a period not to exceed one school year.
D. The parent/guardian and student agree to reimburse the school unit for lost, unreturned or damaged library books and textbooks and for consumable supplies used.
VII. USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
A student receiving homeschool instruction may use public school facilities and equipment on the same basis as regularly enrolled students if the following conditions are met.
A. The use does not disrupt regular school activities.
B. The use is approved by the school principal in accordance with established school policy.
C. The use does not create additional expense to the school unit.
D. The use is directly related to the student's academic program.
E. The use of potentially hazardous areas, such as shops, laboratories and gymnasiums, is supervised by a qualified employee of the school unit, approved and assigned by the Superintendent.
VIII. MAINE EDUCATIONAL ASSESSMENT
If a parent of a student in an equivalent instruction program requests to have the student participate in the Maine Educational Assessment (MEA), such request must be granted. Participation in such examinations must be in compliance with all rules and procedures governing testing conditions in the school unit.
IX. ACADEMIC CREDIT
A student receiving homeschool instruction must receive academic credit subject to the following requirements.
Page 3 of 7
A. Academic credit for individual courses must be awarded if the student meets required academic standards applicable to all students enrolled in the same course.
B. Academic credit must be awarded for successful completion of alternative instruction opportunities sponsored by the school and available to all students.
X. HIGH SCHOOL COURSE CREDITS AND DIPLOMA ELIGIBILITY
The following standards govern the awarding of course credits and a graduation diploma to a student receiving homeschool instruction who seeks admission or readmission to the high school.
A. A student shall earn high school credits for satisfactory completion of courses in the high school pursuant to 20-A MRSA Subsection 5021(2)(A).
B. A student may earn credit for coursework completed through homeschool instruction if the principal determines both in advance and, upon completion of the course, that the course satisfies the requirements for awarding the credit. The principal may direct that the student undergo a test or tests to assist in making a determination relative to the awarding of credit.
C. Requests for transfer credit for equivalent instruction completed at non-approved private schools, at private schools that elect not to meet requirements under 20-A MRSA Subsection 2901, or through other equivalent instruction programs must be evaluated on the merits of the documentation provided. The principal and guidance staff shall conduct these evaluations on request made by the student or the student's parent/guardian. The principal may direct that the student undergo a test or tests to assist in making a determination relative to the awarding of credit.
D. For students who transfer into a secondary school from another state or an educational program that is not required to meet the standards of the system of Learning Results, the principal of the receiving school shall determine the value of the prior educational experience toward meeting the standards through the local assessment system.
E. Awarding of a high school diploma by Noble High School is conditioned upon the student's demonstration of proficiency in all content areas established by the Board. Homeschool students must complete a minimum of eight credits at Noble High School, complete the requirements for a Senior Project, Round Tables and complete the requirements for Community Service to be eligible for a diploma. The eight credits required are two English, two math, two science, one social studies, and one elective.
XI. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION FROM NOBLE HIGH SCHOOL
A. Commencing with the Class of 2020, every Noble High School student will demonstrate proficiency in the skills and knowledge described by the Common Core State Standards and Maine Learning Results for the following content areas:
Page 4 of 7
Students’ demonstration of proficiency in the above content areas will accumulate the following credits:
Total - 24 credits *(or 23 ½ credits)
B. All graduating students must meet the cross content performance standards set forth by the Maine Learning Results’ “Guiding Principles.” These Guiding Principles are expressed in our Academic (A), Social (S), and Civic (C) Noble High School 21st Century Learning Expectations:
A1. Effective Communication
i. Written Communication
ii. Presentations
A2. Critical Thinking
A3. Creative Use of Resources
i. Research
ii. Technology (supportive)
iii. Design & Professionalism (supportive)
A4. Work Habits
S1. Collaboration
S2. Social Responsibility and Awareness
C1. Informed Citizenship
C. All students will complete a Graduation Portfolio in order to graduate. The graduation portfolio consists of four elements: Student-led conferences (i.e. Roundtables) at the end of the freshman, sophomore, and junior years, and the Senior Project, through which students will demonstrate their knowledge and skills in conducting in-depth research, as well as proficiency in the presentation of their research through the application of technology.
D. All students will complete 60 hours of community service.
Page 5 of 7
E. Completion of all components of the Maine High School Assessment during the third year of high school.
XI. PARTICIPATION IN CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Students receiving homeschool instruction may participate in co-curricular activities such as field trips, assemblies, and academically-related fairs provided:
A. Prior written permission is obtained from both the parent/guardian and the principal: and
B. The student has agreed to meet established behavioral, disciplinary, attendance, and other rules applicable to all students.
XII. PARTICIPATION IN EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Students receiving homeschool instruction are eligible to tryout for extracurricular activities sponsored by the school unit provided the student applies in writing if the following requirements are satisfied:
A. The student agrees to abide by equivalent rules of participation as are applicable to regularly enrolled students participating in the activity and provides evidence that the rules of participation are being met.
B. The student complies with the same physical examination, immunization, insurance, age, and semester eligibility requirements as regularly enrolled students participating in the activity. All required documentation must be made available upon request by the school unit. The school principal is authorized to collect from the student's parent/guardian actual samples of coursework (e.g. homework, examinations, etc.) as he/she deems necessary in order to make the determination that the necessary academic standards have been met.
C. The student meets equivalent academic standards as those established for regularly enrolled students participating in the activity and provides evidence that the academic standards are being met.
D. The student abides by the same transportation policy as regularly enrolled students participating in the activity.
XIII. STANDARDS FOR PARTICIPATION WHEN TUITION PAYMENT TO ANOTHER UNIT IS REQUIRED.
If and when the school unit does not provide academic instruction for specific grade levels, the following applies for students enrolled in an approved program of equivalent instruction.
A. Class participation. The homeschool student or the student's parent/guardian shall request authorization from the resident local unit to apply to another school unit for permission to participate in classes or activities in that other school unit.
B. Tuition payment. Tuition payments for homeschool student participation in a local school unit, including attendance at any applied technology center or an applied technology region other than in the applicant's resident district is the responsibility of the homeschool students, the student's parent/guardian, or the student's resident school administrative unit, in accordance with school unit policy. Participation may not be unreasonably withheld.
Page 6 of 7
C. Participation Eligibility. A tuitioned, homeschool student is subject to the rules relating to eligibility for participation in co-curricular or extracurricular activities as may apply at the receiving school unit.
D. Interscholastic activities. A tuitioned, homeschool student attending classes in more than one receiving school unit is not eligible for participation in interscholastic activities at any local school unit.
XIV. APPEALS
Appeals from administration and application of the Board policy are heard by the Board, whose decision is final and binding. Appeals that question the Board policy compliance with legal requirements must be made to the Commissioner, whose decision is final and binding.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA Subsections 5001-A(3), 5021-5025
Ch. 127, 130 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Cross Reference: IHBG - Homeschooling
Adopted: June 10, 2004
Revised: December 21, 2017
Page 7 of 7
Page 6 of 6
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHCDA
POST-SECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS RULE
1. The intent of this rule is to set the requirements for student participation and the allowable costs for post-secondary level courses taken before high school graduation.
2. Students may take courses at eligible post- secondary instructions within Maine, which include the University of Maine System, the Vocational Technical College System and Maine Maritime Academy.
3. To be eligible for this option, students must meet the following criteria:
a. follow the individual college's application for early study; if applicable, or the individual college's requirements for "special student".
b. maintain at least a B average in his or her courses overall;
c. must be enrolled in at least one course at Noble High School;
d. meet with a guidance counselor and draw up a plan to show how the course will meet graduation requirements. (The same course must not be available at Noble High School).
e. provide evidence of parent or guardian approval.
f. Exceptions must strictly meet the requirements for exceptions under the state Post Secondary Enrollment law, Title 20-A, Part 3, Chapter 208-A, subsection 4772-A:
A secondary school student who does not meet the requirements of section 4772, subsection 2 is eligible under this chapter if that student:
1. Enrolled as junior. Is enrolled in grade 11 or higher in the student's school unit:
2. Recommendation. Has received a recommendation to take a post secondary course or courses at an eligible institution from the student's school administration; and
3. Approval. Has been approved for participation in a course or courses by an eligible institution.
4. Graduation credits for courses taken under this option will be determined as follows:
a. The course must meet for one semester or its equivalent.
b. The student must earn a passing grade.
c. Graduation credits awarded may not exceed one-half credit for each three-credit semester course.
5. Financial assistance:
a. MSAD #60 will pay tuition costs (at the University of Southern Maine rate) and comparable textbook costs when a student is taking a college course to fulfill Noble High School's graduation requirements and a comparable course is not offered at Noble High School.
b. Limit-six credit hours per semester.
Adopted: February 8, 1990
Revised: February 28, 2996, November 19, 1998: February 1, 2001
Revised: December 1, 2005,
NEPN/NSBA Code: IHD
ADULT/COMMUNITY EDUCATION
MSAD #60 shall maintain an educational program for adults. This program shall provide, at convenient times and at reasonable costs, opportunities for residents of the community and surrounding areas to receive instruction in subjects commonly taught in the public schools and in such other fields as recommended by the Superintendent and approved by the Board. Appropriate recognition certificates of attendance and satisfactory performance of work shall be issued upon completion of units and instruction.
The adult education diploma program is primarily designed for adults who are not longer enrolled in school. Through its various programs and courses for adults, the Board shall seek to meet the needs of adults who have been unable to secure a high school diploma in a regular school program, who need additional training to become more proficient in their chosen occupations, or who would want to pursue interests related to academic, vocational or leisure time activities.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 8601 et seq.
Cross Reference: JEA – Compulsory Attendance Ages
Adopted: June 11, 1992
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: November 10, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ
INSTRUCTIONAL AND LIBRARY MATERIALS SELECTION
Objectives of Selection
The Board recognizes that it is the primary objective of the library media centers and the instructional program in our schools to implement, enrich and support the education programs of the schools. It is the duty of the library media centers and the instructional program to provide a wide range of materials on all levels of difficulty, with diversity of appeal and the presentation of different points of view.
To this end, the Board asserts that the responsibility of the School Library Media Center and the instructional program is:
A. To provide materials that will enrich and support the curriculum, taking into consideration the varied interests, abilities, and maturity levels of the students served;
B. To provide materials that will stimulate growth in factual knowledge, literary appreciation, aesthetic values and ethical standards;
C. To provide a background of information that will enable students to make intelligent judgments in their daily lives;
D. To provide materials on opposing sides of controversial issues so that young citizens may develop under guidance the practice of critical analysis of all media;
E. To provide materials representative of the many religious, ethnic and cultural groups and their contributions to our American heritage; and
F. To place principle above personal opinion and reason above prejudice in selection of materials of the highest quality in order to assure a comprehensive collection appropriate for the users of the library media center and a variety of resources to be used in the instructional program.
In addition, the Board recognizes that the final authority as to what materials an individual student will be exposed rests with that student’s parents or guardians. However, at no time will the wishes of one child’s parents to restrict his/her reading or viewing of a particular item infringe on other parents’ rights to permit their children to read or view the same material.
Responsibility for Selection of Instructional and Library Materials
The Board is legally responsible for all matters relating to the operation of the schools. The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained personnel employed by the Board.
Selection of materials for the library media centers and the instructional program involves many people: principals, teachers, department heads, students and community members. The responsibility for the coordination of the selection of library and instructional materials and the recommendation for purchase rests with professionally trained personnel.
Page 1 of 3
Criteria for Selection
The needs of the individual school, based on knowledge of the curriculum and of the existing collection, are given first consideration.
Materials for purchase are considered on the following bases: overall purpose, timeliness or permanence, importance of the subject matter, quality of the writing/production, readability and popular appeal, authoritativeness, reputation of the publisher/producer, reputation and significance of the author/artist/composer/producer, etc., and format and price.
Gift materials are judged by the same standards and are accepted or rejected by those standards. Multiple copies of outstanding and much-in-demand materials are purchased as needed. Worn or missing standard items are replaced periodically. Out- of-date or no-longer-useful materials are withdrawn from the collection/circulation.
Procedures for Selection
In selecting the materials for purchase, the professional personnel evaluate the existing collection, consulting reputable, unbiased, professionally prepared selection aids and specialists from all departments and/or all grade levels.
Challenged Materials
Despite the care taken to select materials for student and teacher use and the qualifications of the persons who select the materials, it is recognized that occasional objections may be raised by community members, students, or school staff.
In the event a complaint is made, the following procedures will apply:
A. The complainant shall be asked to complete a “Request for Reconsideration of Materials” form.
B. A meeting shall be held with the complainant, the person who provided the material in question and the building principal. If the complaint is not resolved at this meeting, the parties shall meet with the Superintendent.
C. If the issue is not resolved at the meeting with the Superintendent, the Superintendent and Board Chairperson shall appoint an Educational Materials Review Committee composed of the following persons to review the complaint: two administrators, two members of the Board of Directors, two teachers, two parents, two students and the school librarian.
D. The Educational Materials Review Committee shall: read and examine the materials referred to them; check general acceptance of materials by reading reviews (if available); weigh merits and faults of the material, and form opinions based on the material as a whole and not on passages or portions pulled out of context; and meet to discuss the material and to prepare written recommendations for action of the Board of Directors.
E. The Committee recommendations shall be forwarded to the Superintendent who will place the issue on the next regular Board of Directors meeting agenda or call a special meeting if deemed appropriate by the Superintendent and Board Chairperson.
Page 2 of 3
The Board shall review the material and the Committee’s recommendation in terms of the best interests of students, the educational program, and the community.
F. No materials shall be removed from use until a final decision has been made.
G. The Board will announce its decision in writing not later than the conclusion of the next regular meeting of the Board.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1001 (10-A), 1055 (4), 4002
Ch. 125 (9.03) (B) (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference: IMBB – Exemption from Required Instruction
Adopted: January 6, 1994
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: November 10, 2016
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJJ-E
The MSAD #60 Board of Directors has delegated the responsibility for selection and evaluation of library/educational resources to the school library media specialist/curriculum committee, and has established reconsideration procedures to address concerns about those resources. Completion of this form is the first step in those procedures. If you wish to request reconsideration of school or library resources, please return the completed form to MSAD #60 Central Office at 21 Main Street, North Berwick, Maine 03906.
Name: ___________________________ Date:___________________________
Signature: _________________________
Address:_________________________ Town: ___________________________
State:___________________________ Zip:___________________
Phone:___________________________
Do you represent self? ____ Organization? ____
1. Resource on which you are commenting:
____ Book ____ Textbook ____ Video ____ Display ____ Magazine ____ Library Program
____ Audio Recording ____ Newspaper
____ Electronic Information/Network (please specify):__________________________________
Other:__________________________________
Title:________________________________ Author/Producer:__________________________
2. What brought this resource to your attention?
______________________________________________________________________________
3. Have you examined the entire resource?
______________________________________________________________________________
4. What concerns you about the resource? (use other side or additional pages if necessary)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Revised: November 10, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJND
SCHOOL SYSTEM WEBSITE/ WEB PAGES
M.S.A.D. #60 maintains an official website to provide general information about our school system, as well as information about educational programs, extracurricular activities, school events and student and staff achievements. This Website is intended to support the educational mission of the schools, to enhance the curriculum and learning opportunities for students and staff, and to provide valuable information to the larger community about our schools. inform The Website does not create, nor is it intended to create, a public or limited public forum.
The Board recognized that the schools must establish reasonable controls to protect the privacy of students and staff, to ensure that the website is in compliance with applicable laws, and to ensure that it meets the highest educational quality standards. The Superintendent shall be responsible for overseeing the implementation of this policy and the accompanying guidelines, and for advising the Board of the need for any future amendments or revisions to the policy or guidelines. The Superintendent may develop additional administrative procedures and/or rules governing the day-to-day management and operations of MSAD #60’s website, consistent with the Board’s policy and guidelines, The Superintendent may delegate specific responsibilities to the Technology Director or District Webmaster as he/she deems appropriate.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 99
20-A M.R.S.A. § 6001
17 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.
PL 106-554
Cross Reference: IJND-R - School System Website/ Web Pages Administrative Procedure
IJNDB - Student Computer and Internet Use
GCSA - Employee Computer and Internet Use
Adopted: May 15, 2008
Revised: November 16, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJND-R
SCHOOL SYSTEM WEBSITE/ WEB PAGES ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
A. Website Purpose
The purpose of M.S.A.D. #60's official Website is to provide general information about our school system as well as information about educational programs, extracurricular activities and school events. This Website is intended to support the educational mission of the schools, to enhance the curriculum and learning opportunities for students and staff, and to inform the larger community about our schools.
B. Website Structure
The Website includes the following content areas:
1. System-wide information (such as Central Office, Technology, Transportation, Facilities, Food Service);
2. School Board information (such as members, officers, committees, meeting agendas, minutes and policies);
3. School-wide information for each school;
4. Individual department, grade level and/or classroom information (which may include student work and/or teacher-created work and resources);
5. Information about school-sponsored extracurricular organizations;
6. Information about school events and activities; and
7. Contact information for School Board members and school staff.
C. School Unit Authority and Webmaster Responsibilities
M.S.A.D. #60 reserves the right to approve all Website content and to edit, delete, or modify any web page content as it sees fit to comply with the intended purposes of the Website and these guidelines.
The Superintendent shall designate a Webmaster, who is responsible for maintaining the Website, approving all material to be posted on the site, and monitoring all Website activities for compliance with Board policies, applicable laws and regulations, and these guidelines.
D. Website Content
1. M.S.A.D. #60's Website does not create, nor is it intended to create, a public or limited public forum. All materials placed on the Website must serve the educational mission of the school.
2. Website content is limited to school-sponsored information and activities. No personal student or staff web pages, blogs or other interactive features are permitted on the Website.
3. Web page content must comply with Board policies, administrative procedures and school rules.
4. All materials placed on the Website must meet academic standards for proper spelling, grammar, content, accuracy and appearance.
If the Webmaster is unsure whether particular material is appropriate for the Website, he/she shall consult with the Superintendent, whose decision shall be final.
E. Confidentiality of Student Information.
Page 1 of 3
1. The Website shall be in compliance with all applicable state and federal confidentiality laws and regulations.
2. At no time shall personal information about students (such as home address, telephone number, e-mail address, birth date, social security number, etc.) or any other information made confidential by state or federal law appear on the Website. The Website will not include any information that indicates the physical location of students at any given time, other than attendance at a particular school or participation in school activities.
3. Student information and photographs may only be published on the Website if the student's parent/guardian has signed the Student Publication / Media Permission Form. For purposes of these guidelines, student information includes name, class rosters, awards/honors received, and team/extracurricular activity participation lists. The Student Publication / Media Permission Form will stay on record for the duration of the students’ tenure in MSAD #60. Parents wishing to update their forms may contact their student’s school and request a change.
F. Confidentiality of Staff Information
1. At no time shall personal information about staff appear on the Website (including home address, home telephone number, home e-mail address, birth date, social security number, etc.)
2. Because the school unit's Website is maintained in part to enhance communication with students and their families, the school e-mail addresses and/or telephone numbers of staff are published on the Website.
G. Copyright
1. Appropriate permission will be obtained before any copyrighted or trademarked material is used on the Website. No copyrighted material may be reproduced, transmitted or stored on M.S.A.D. #60's Website without obtaining permission from the copyright owner.
2. Students shall retain the copyright on materials that they create.
3. An appropriate copyright notice will appear with all copyrighted material published on the Website.
4. Except for the above exceptions, all web pages and content on the Website are the property of and owned by M.S.A.D. #60.
H. Website Design and Accessibility
The Webmaster is authorized to develop standards for the design and appearance of M.S.A.D. #60's Website. These standards will include measures to make web pages accessible to persons with disabilities. School unit information available on the Website will also be made available to the public in alternative ways upon request.
I. Advertising
The M.S.A.D. #60's Website will not include any advertising, nor will it include any selling activities outside of publicity for school-sponsored and/or approved fundraising activities.
J. Links to External Sites
1. The M.S.A.D. #60 Website will not include links to any personal Websites of students or staff.
2. The Website may include links only to Websites that have demonstrated educational value to students, staff and/or the community, as deemed appropriate by the Webmaster.
Page 2 of 3
3. The Website shall include a disclaimer informing users that links are provided as a convenience, and that M.S.A.D. #60 does not endorse these sites or have any responsibility for the content of these sites.
K. Additional Requirements
1. The Website shall inform users about how to contact the Webmaster.
2. The Webmaster will provide information to school users regarding technical requirements for publishing material on the Website.
Cross Reference: IJND MSAD #60 Website
Adopted: May 15, 2008
Revised: December 6, 2012
MSAD #60
Student Publication / Media Permission
Student’s Full Name: __________________________________________________
I give permission for individual and/or group photographs or video footage including my son/daughter to be published on MSAD #60’s Websites during his/her enrollment in MSAD #60.
____ YES ____ NO
I give permission for my son/daughter’s name to be included with school articles, photographs, student writing, or video footage published on MSAD #60’s Websites.
____ YES ____ NO
Parent / Guardian Signature: ____________________________ Date: _______________
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJNDB
STUDENT COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE POLICY
M.S.A.D. #60 provides computers, networks and Internet access to support the educational mission of the schools and to enhance the curriculum and learning opportunities for students and school staff. This policy and the accompanying rules also apply to laptops issued directly to students, whether in use at school or off school premises. Students are allowed to use privately-owned computers at school with prior authorization, provided that they comply with this policy and the accompanying rules.
Student use of school computers, networks and Internet services is a privilege not a right. Compliance with the school unit's policies and rules concerning computer use is mandatory. Students who violate these policies and rules may have their computer privileges limited, suspended or revoked. Such violations may also result in disciplinary action, referral to law enforcement and/or legal action.
M.S.A.D #60's computers remain under the control, custody and supervision of the school unit at all times. The school unit monitors all computer and Internet activity by students. Students have no expectation of privacy in their use of school computers.
M.S.A.D. #60 utilizes filtering technology designed to block materials that are obscene or harmful to minors, including child pornography. M.S.A.D. #60 takes precautions to supervise student use of the Internet, but parents/guardians should be aware that M.S.A.D. #60 cannot reasonably prevent all instances of inappropriate computer use by students in violation of Board policies and rules, including access to objectionable materials and communication with persons outside of the school. The school unit is not responsible for the accuracy or quality of information that students obtain through the Internet.
Students and parents/guardians shall be informed of this policy and the accompanying rules through handbooks, the school Website and/or other means selected by the Superintendent.
The Superintendent is responsible for implementing this policy and the accompanying rules. Additional administrative procedures or school rules governing the day-to-day management and operations of the school unit's computer system may be implemented, consistent with Board policies and rules. The Superintendent may delegate specific responsibilities to the Technology Director and others as he/she seems appropriate.
Cross Reference: IJNDB-R – Student Computer and Internet Use Rule
GCSA - Employee Computer and Internet Use
IJND - Distance Learning Program
Legal Reference: 47 USC subsection 254(h)(5) (Children's Internet Protection Act)
Adopted: February 14, 2008
Revised: December 6, 2012
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJNDB-R
STUDENT COMPUTER AND INTERNET USE RULES
These rules accompany Board policy INJDB (Student Computer and Internet Use). Each student is responsible for his/her actions and activities involving school unit computers, networks and Internet services, and for his/her computer files, passwords and accounts. These rules provide general guidance concerning the use of the school unit's computers and examples of prohibited uses. The rules do not attempt to describe every possible prohibited activity by students. Students, parents/guardians and school staff who have questions about whether a particular activity is prohibited are encouraged to contact a building administrator or the Technology Director
A. Consequences for Violation of Computer Use Policy and Rules
Student use of the school unit computers, networks and Internet services is a privilege, not a right. Compliance with the school unit's policies and rules concerning computer use is mandatory. Students who violate these policies and rules may have their computer privileges limited, suspended or revoked. Such violations may also result in disciplinary action, referral to law enforcement and/or legal action.
The building principal shall have final authority to decide whether a student’s privileges will be limited, suspended or revoked based upon the circumstances of the particular case, the student's prior disciplinary record and any other pertinent factors.
B. Acceptable Use
The school unit's computers, networks and Internet services are provided for educational purposes and research consistent with the school unit’s educational mission, curriculum and instructional goals.
All Board policies, school rules and expectations concerning student conduct and communications apply when students are using computers.
Students are also expected to comply with all specific instructions from teachers and other school staff or volunteers when using the school unit's computers.
C. Prohibited Uses
Examples of unacceptable uses of school unit computers that are expressly prohibited include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Accessing Inappropriate Materials – Accessing, submitting, posting, publishing, forwarding, downloading, scanning or displaying defamatory, abusive, obscene, vulgar, sexually explicit, sexually suggestive, threatening, discriminatory, harassing and/or illegal materials.
2. Illegal or Prohibited Activities – Using the school unit’s computers, networks and Internet services for any illegal activity or in violation of any Board policy or school rules, including “cyberbullying” and other harassing or discriminatory conduct. The school unit assumes no responsibility for illegal activities of students while using school computers.
3. Violating Copyrights – Copying, downloading or sharing of any type of copyrighted materials (including music or films) without the owner's permission. The school unit assumes no responsibility for copyright violations by students.
Page 1 of 4
4. Copying Software - Copying or downloading software without the express authorization of the Technology Director is prohibited. Unauthorized copying of software is illegal and may subject the copier to substantial civil and criminal penalties. The school unit assumes no responsibility for illegal software copying by students.
5. Plagiarism – Representing as one’s own work any materials obtained on the Internet (such as term papers, articles, music, etc.). When Internet sources are used in student work, the author, publisher and Website must be identified.
6. Non-School Related Uses – Using the school unit’s computers, networks and Internet services for non-school-related purposes such as private financial gain, commercial, advertising or solicitation purposes, or for any other personal use not connected with the educational program or assignments.
7. Misuse of Passwords/Unauthorized Access- Sharing passwords, using other user’s passwords, and accessing or using other user's accounts.
8. Malicious Use/Vandalism- Any malicious use, disruption or harm to the school unit's computers, networks and Internet services, including but not limited to hacking activities and creation/uploading of computer viruses.
9. Unauthorized Access to Blogs/Social Networking Sites, Etc. – Accessing blogs, social networking sites, etc. without specific authorization from the supervising teacher.
D. No Expectation of Privacy
M.S.A. D. #60 computers remain under the control, custody and supervision of the school unit at all times. Students have no expectation of privacy in their use of school computers, including e-mail, stored files and Internet access logs.
E. Compensation for Losses, Costs and/or Damages
The student and his/her parents/guardians are responsible for compensating the school unit for any losses, costs or damages incurred by the school unit for violations of Board policies and school rules while the student is using school unit computers, including the cost of investigating such violations. The school unit assumes no responsibility for any unauthorized charges or costs incurred by a student while using school unit computers.
F. Student Security
A student is not allowed to reveal his/her full name, address, telephone number, social security number or other personal information on the Internet without prior permission from a teacher. Students should never agree to meet people they have contacted through the Internet without parental/guardian's permission. Students should inform their teacher if they access information or messages that are dangerous, inappropriate or make them uncomfortable in any way.
G. Network Security
The security of the school unit's computers, networks and Internet services is a high priority. Any student who identifies a security problem must notify his/her teacher immediately. The student shall not demonstrate the problem to others or access unauthorized material. Any user who attempts to breach system security, causes a breach of system security or fails to report a system security problem shall be subject to disciplinary and/or legal action in addition to having his/her computer privileges limited, suspended or revoked.
Page 2 of 4
H. Additional Rules for Laptops Issued to Students
1. Laptops are loaned to students as an educational tool and are only authorized for use consistent with the school's mission.
2. Before a laptop is issued to a student, the student and his/her parents/guardians must sign the AUTHORIZED USE OF SCHOOL OWNED MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT Form.
3. Students are responsible for the proper care of laptops at all times, whether on or off school property, including costs associated with repairing or replacing the laptop. M.S.A.D. #60 has a shared risk pool to cover replacement costs and/or repair costs for damages not covered by the laptop warranty except for damage that is intentional or due to negligent / improper use. Parents/guardians who choose not to participate should be aware that they are responsible for any costs associated with loss, theft or damage to a laptop issued to their child.
4. If a laptop is lost or stolen, this must be reported to the building principal immediately. If a laptop is stolen, a report should be made to the local police and the building principal.
5. The Board's policy and rules concerning computer and Internet use and all other policies and rules apply to use of laptops at any time or place, on or off school property. Students are responsible for obeying any additional rules concerning care of laptops issued by school staff.
6. Violation of policies or rules governing the use of computers, or any careless use of a laptop may result in a student's laptop being confiscated and/or a student only being allowed to use the laptop under the direct supervision of school staff. The student will also be subject to disciplinary action for any violations of Board policies or school rules.
7. Parents/guardians will be informed of their child's login password. Parents/guardians are responsible for supervising their child's use of the laptop and Internet access when in use at home.
8. The laptop may only be used by the student to whom it is assigned.
9. Laptops must be returned in acceptable working order at the end of the school year or whenever requested by school staff.
I. Additional Rules for Use of Privately-Owned Computers by Students
1. A student who wishes to use a privately-owned computer in school must complete a Student Request to Use Privately-Owned Computer form. The form must be signed by the student, his/her parents/guardians, a sponsoring teacher, the school principal and the Technology Director. There must be an educational basis for any request.
2. The Technology Director will determine whether a student's privately-owned computer meets the school unit's network requirements.
3. Requests may be denied if it is determined that there is not a suitable educational basis for the request and/or if the demands on the school unit's network or staff would be unreasonable.
Page 3 of 4
4. The student is responsible for proper care of his/her privately-owned computer, including any costs of repair, replacement or any modifications needed to use the computer at school.
5. The school unit is not responsible for damage, loss or theft of any privately-owned computer.
6. Students are required to comply with all Board policies, administrative procedures and school rules while using privately-owned computers at school.
7. Students have no expectation of privacy in their use of a privately-owned computer while at school. The school unit reserves the right to search a student's privately-owned computer if there is reasonable suspicion that the student has violated Board policies, administrative procedures or school rules, or engaged in other misconduct while using the computer.
8. Violation of any Board policies, administrative procedures or school rules involving a student's privately-owned computer may result in the revocation of the privilege of using the computer at school and/or disciplinary action.
9. The school unit may confiscate any privately-owned computer used by a student in school without authorization as required by these rules. The contents of the computer may be searched in accordance with applicable law and policies.
Cross Reference: IJNDB – Student Computer and Internet Use
Adopted: February 14, 2008
Revised: December 6, 2012
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJO
EXTERNAL CREDITS FOR COMMUNITY-BASED ACTIVITIES:
The M.S.A.D.#60 Board of Directors recognizes the value of student learning outside the public school system. The purpose of this policy is to accommodate students who are making a serious effort to develop high-level capabilities and to allow them to be involved in programming that is either not offered by the school district or is at an advanced level beyond that offered by the school district.
Noble High School Students may receive up to a total of four non-grade bearing elective credits for courses or programs experienced in non-school settings. These credits may not replace graduation requirements. These experiences must:
Credits may be earned in:
Health: Students may receive 1/2 credit for Health related training such as an Emergency Responder (Fire or Rescue)
Fine Arts: One Fine Arts credit may be granted to students participating in a formal music, dance, ballet, theater, or art program beyond those offered by Noble High School.
Physical Activities: ½ credit for Personal Fitness may be granted for activities not offered at NHS such as: Martial Arts, competitive skiing or snowboarding, AAU sports, competitive swimming, Gymnastics, Equestrian, Tennis, or Scuba which meet the requirements listed above. Passage of a fitness test administered by the Phys. Ed. Department is required.
Foreign Language: Students may receive up to two elective credits for a language not offered by Noble High School. To determine proficiency, MSAD#60 will use the SAT administered by the College Board, the STAMP assessment, or tests administered by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Language (ACTFL).
Other: Students may receive one elective credit for participating in a leadership program such as Junior ROTC, or People to People OR in an unpaid apprenticeship/internship in a vocational trade. Activities used to meet the community service requirement may not be used for credit.
Adopted: April 29, 2010
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJOB
OVERNIGHT TRIPS
The MSAD #60 Board of Directors supports overnight activities for students if they serve an educational purpose, are well planned and are considered safe for all involved.
Overnight activity requests have to carry the support of the building principal and should be turned in to the Superintendent in writing a minimum of three weeks prior to the proposed activity.
If the request is routine, then the Superintendent will use his/her discretion in making the decision as to approve or not to approve.
If, in the judgment of the Superintendent the request is not routine, then he/she will discuss the request with the Board Chairperson and they will decide whether: 1) it be approved; 2) it not be approved; or 3) it be placed on the upcoming agenda for a Board decision.
The Superintendent will inform the Board of approved overnight activities at the next regularly scheduled meeting after it has been approved.
Adopted: June 6, 1996
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: June 1, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: IJOC
SCHOOL VOLUNTEERS
The Board supports the use of community resources, including volunteers, to complement and support instructional programs and extracurricular activities in the schools. Volunteers work in partnership with, under the supervision of, and at the request of school administrators and staff.
The purposes of the volunteer program are to:
1. Assist teachers in providing more individualized instruction and enrichment opportunities for students; assist staff with school projects; supervise or chaperone student activities; and perform clerical work;
2. Build an understanding of and support for school programs among interested citizens; and
3. Strengthen school/community relations.
Prospective volunteers must complete an application form and confidentiality agreement. Reference and criminal background checks, including sex offender registry checks, will be performed for all prospective volunteers who will work regularly in the schools or in potentially unsupervised settings with students. Applications will be screened and approved by the Superintendent and school principal. The Superintendent and school principal are authorized to use their discretion to terminate the services of a volunteer if they determine it is in the best interests of the school department.
The school principal must approve all volunteer assignments before volunteers begin work. The supervising staff member is responsible for giving volunteers a clear understanding of the duties, procedures and expectations necessary to perform their assignments.
All volunteers who are approved to work with students and/or in support of school programs are expected to comply with the following requirements.
1. Volunteers shall attend any required volunteer orientation/training sessions provided by the school department.
2. Volunteers will work with students under the immediate supervision and direction of authorized school staff.
3. Volunteers shall perform only such duties and tasks specifically approved and assigned by an administrator or supervising staff member.
4. Volunteers must keep all student and staff information strictly confidential. Volunteers may not access, review, disclose or use confidential student or staff information without specific authorization from a school administrator. This requirement applies even after a volunteer stops performing services for the schools.
5. Volunteers will conduct themselves in a professional manner and comply with all Board policies, school rules and directions from school personnel.
6. In accordance with Maine law, a member of the Board or a member's spouse may not serve as a volunteer when he/she has primary responsibility for a curricular or extracurricular program or activity and reports directly to the Superintendent or a school administrator.
M.S.A. D. #60 will bear the costs for criminal background checks.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA subsection 1002
Adopted: August 23, 2007
Revised; September 17, 2015 Page 1 of 4
MSAD #60
VOLUNTEER APPLICATION FORM
The following information is requested to help us coordinate volunteer services and to ensure student safety.
Full Name:__________________________________________________________
Permanent Address:___________________________________________________
Telephone: ______________________ E-mail Address:______________________
Date of Birth (required for background check): _____________________________
Area(s) of interest in volunteering: _______________________________________
Children in MSAD #60 (names, grades and school):
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Do you have some special skills or interest that you'd like to share with our students?:
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
References: List three persons who can comment on your character and abilities whom we may contact:
Name Address Phone Relationship
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
BACKGROUND:
The following information is asked of all individuals who volunteer to work with our children to help insure the safety of our students.
Have you ever been charged with or investigated for sexual abuse or harassment
of another person? Yes __ No __
Have you every been convicted of a crime (other than a minor traffic offense)?
Yes __ No__
Have you ever entered a plea of guilty or "no contest" (nolo contendere) to
any crime (other than a minor traffic offense)? Yes __ No __
Has any court ever deferred, filed or dismissed proceedings without a finding of guilty and required that you pay a fine, penalty or court costs and/or imposed a requirement as to your behavior or conduct for a period of time in connection with any crime (other than a minor traffic offense)? Yes __ No __ Page 2 of 4
If you answered YES to any of the previous questions, provide full details below, including with respect to court actions, the date, offense in question, and the address of the court involved (attach additional page(s) if necessary).
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
If you have lived outside of Maine, please identify the states and dates:
_______________________________________________________________________
Refusal to provide information for reference and/or criminal records checks and/or providing false or misleading information on this registration shall constitute sufficient reason to deny approval to serve as a volunteer or termination as a volunteer in MSAD #60.
I understand that MSAD #60 performs reference and criminal background, including sex offender registry checks, on all volunteers and I authorize persons and entities contacted by the school department in connection with this application to provide information about me. I expressly waive in connection with any request for or provision of such information, any claims, including without limitation, defamation, emotional distress, invasion of privacy, or interference with contractual relations that I might otherwise have against the school department, its agents and officials or against any provider of such information. I further understand that I am approved as a volunteer, that I will be required to sign a Volunteer Agreement and attend a Volunteer Orientation.
_______________________________ ________________
Applicant Signature Date
_____________________________________________________________________
OFFICE USE ONLY
_____ Application reviewed for completeness
_____ References checked (attach documentation)
_____ Criminal record checked (attach documentation)
Application approved: __________
Application denied: ____________
Date: ________________________
Page 3 of 4
VOLUNTEER AGREEMENT FORM
I understand that as a volunteer in MSAD #60 that ALL student and staff information is confidential. I agree not to access, review, disclose or use confidential student or staff information without specific authorization from a school administrator. I also understand that even when I am no longer a volunteer in the schools, any confidential information I have learned must continue to be kept confidential. I understand that any breach of these confidentiality requirements will result in my immediate termination as a volunteer and may result in legal action against me.
I understand that I must comply with all Board policies and school rules applicable to school staff as well as all directions from school administrators and staff while serving as a volunteer. I further understand that my authorization to serve as a volunteer may be terminated at the discretion of the Superintendent and school principal at any time if they determine it is in the best interests of MSAD #60.
_________________________________ _____________________
Signature of Volunteer Date
_________________________________
Printed Name
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKE
PROMOTION, RETENTION AND ACCELERATION OF STUDENTS
It is the intent of the Board that all students receive appropriate instruction in a progressive and sequential manner. Therefore, the grade placement of each student will be made on an individual basis, understanding that the level of instruction at each grade is not a single level of instruction but rather a series of levels intended to meet the individual learning needs of student assigned to that grade level.
In some cases, a student may benefit from an additional year at his or her current school. The transition from one building to another can be particularly challenging for students who have experienced academic difficulties. As required by Maine Chapter 127, M.S.A.D. #60 is developing a Local Assessment System consisting of common grade level assessments and classroom indicators to measure progress toward grade level standards. Promotion from grade to grade will be based on progress towards these standards. Students who are not making adequate progress will not be promoted to the next grade level building unless there are extenuating circumstances, (a learning disability, the numbers of times a student has already been retained, etc.). These decisions will be considered on an individual basis using a team approach. Team members may include teachers, specialists, and administrators who have worked with the student, and the student's parents/guardians. If consensus is not reached regarding grade level assignments, it shall fall upon the principal to make the final decision. Students who have been retained who show evidence of catching up and meeting the standards may be eligible for promotion during the school year.
All M.S.A.D. #60 schools provide a range of supplemental services in reading, writing, and math. A plan for continuation of supplemental services and interventions (such as summer school, after school programs, etc.) will be established to assist students in meeting grade level standards.
Parents will be notified as early as possible that retention is being considered. Parents dissatisfied with any placement decision may appeal to the Superintendent of Schools.
Legal Reference: CH. 125.23, B, 5, 1 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference: IK - Academic Achievement
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: February 1, 2001
Revised: April 3, 2003
Revised: May 30, 2014
NEPN/NSBA Code: IKF
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Overview
In response to Maine LD 1627 and the current research indicating best education practices, MSAD #60 has adopted a standards and proficiency-based curriculum, instruction, and assessment system. Noble High School graduates, in order to be college-ready and career-ready, will need to demonstrate what they know, what they can do, and how well they can do it. A Noble High School standards and proficiency-based diploma provides evidence that our graduates have acquired the knowledge and skills to move on to postsecondary experiences. The proficiency-based diploma system also guides the implementation of interventions, supports, and flexible learning pathways for students.
Communicating Graduation Requirements
The superintendent, through the high school principal or other designee, shall be responsible for communicating accurate information concerning diploma requirements to incoming students and their parents prior to the start of their ninth grade school year. An overview of graduation requirements also will be reviewed with all incoming ninth grade students at the time of course selection. This policy will also be referenced in each edition of the high school student handbook and on the school district website.
The Board has approved the following schedule of requirements for graduation, which includes minimum requirements specified by the State of Maine. The Board is aware that current law and regulations are subject to change.
The Board expects the superintendent/designee to inform students and parents as soon as practical of any additional standards established by the State that must be met before students may be awarded a high school diploma.
Academic Requirements for Graduation from Noble High School
A. Commencing with the Class of 2020, every Noble High School student will demonstrate proficiency in the skills and knowledge described by the Common Core State Standards and Maine Learning Results for the following content areas:
English Language Arts
Mathematics
Science and Technology
Social Studies
Health Education and Physical Education
Visual and Performing Arts
Career and Education Development
World Language
Page 1 of 4
Students’ demonstration of proficiency in the above content areas will accumulate the following credits:
Total - 24 credits *(or 23 ½ credits)
B. All graduating students must meet the cross content performance standards set forth by the Maine Learning Results’ “Guiding Principles.” These Guiding Principles are expressed in our Academic (A), Social (S), and Civic (C) Noble High School 21st Century Learning Expectations:
A1. Effective Communication
i. Written Communication
ii. Presentations
A2. Critical Thinking
A3. Creative Use of Resources
i. Research
ii. Technology (supportive)
iii. Design & Professionalism (supportive)
A4. Work Habits
S1. Collaboration
S2. Social Responsibility and Awareness
C1. Informed Citizenship
C. All students will complete a Graduation Portfolio in order to graduate. The graduation portfolio consists of four elements: Student-led conferences (i.e. Roundtables) at the end of the freshman, sophomore, and junior years, and the Senior Project, through which students will demonstrate their knowledge and skills in conducting in-depth research, as well as proficiency in the presentation of their research through the application of technology.
D. All students will complete 60 hours of community service.
E. Completion of all components of the Maine High School Assessment during the third year of high school.
Page 2 of 4
Additional Considerations Applicable to the Awarding of a Diploma
Most students will satisfy graduation requirements during a four-year experience; however, students may fulfill
the requirements for a diploma in a time period that is accelerated or lengthened, based on their individual needs. These students are expected to develop a Personal Learning Plan with assistance from counselors, teachers and/or administrators.
In order to pursue a multiple pathway to graduation, a student must have a Personal Learning Plan detailing how the student will demonstrate proficiency when a pathway is in lieu of core academic experiences. Each option must provide a quality learning experience that is rigorous. Multiple pathway experiences will be determined, assessed, and documented through the school.
Pathway options include the following:
Early College / Dual Enrollment Courses
CLEP Testing
Career and Technical Education Programming
Online / Virtual Learning
Alternative / At-Risk Programming
Apprenticeships / Internships & Additional Field Work and/or Exchange Experiences
Adult Education
Transfer Students
For students who transfer to Noble High School from another state, country, home-schooling program, or from an educational program that is not required to be aligned with the content standards of the Common Core or the Maine Learning Results, the principal shall determine the value of the student’s prior educational experience towards meeting graduation requirements for a high school diploma. The superintendent will ultimately determine whether these students are certified to receive a diploma.
Home-schooled Students
For home-schooled students wishing to receive a diploma from Noble High School, the principal shall determine the value of the student’s prior educational experience toward meeting graduation credit requirements. A home-schooled student must have attended Noble High School for a minimum of two (2) semesters in order to receive a Noble High School diploma.
Students Receiving Special Education Services
Students who successfully meet the graduation requirements, as specified in the goals and objectives of their Individualized Education Plans (IEP) and in accordance with Maine law, will be awarded diplomas.
Delayed Awarding of Diplomas
A student who leaves high school to attend an accredited, degree-granting institution of higher education may upon satisfactory completion of the freshman year be awarded a high school diploma, provided that the student
Page 3 of 4
has notified the principal at the time of the early admission.
Extended Study
Students are eligible for extended years of study to complete the requirements of a diploma if they have not reached the age of 20 at the start of the school year. Students eligible for extended years of study may be referred to adult education or other resources.
Participation in the Graduation Ceremony
A student must complete all Board requirements for a Noble High School diploma in order to participate in any graduation exercises.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. § 4722-A (as revised) Proficiency-Based Diploma Standards
Ch. 489 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule) (as revised)
Cross Reference:
IHCDA – Post-Secondary Enrollment Options
IK – Assessment of Student Performances
IKFA – Early Graduation
NHS Student/Athletic Handbook
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: July 11, 1996; February 1, 2001; July 10, 2003; March 3, 2005 and March 30, 2006
Revised: October 4, 2007
Revised: September 20, 2007
Revised: June 21, 2012
Revised: May 14, 2014
Revised: November 10, 2016
Revised: June 1, 2017
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: ILA
STUDENT ASSESSMENT/ LOCAL ASSESSMENT SYSTEM
A "local assessment system" is defined as a coordinated collection of assessments administered to students that, as a whole, provides information on individual students, the school, and the school administrative unit with respect to achievement of the content standards of the system of the Common Core State Standards in English Language Arts and Math, Next Generation Science Standards, and Maine's Learning Results.
Through this policy, the Board adopts and directs the Superintendent to implement, the MSAD #60 Local Assessment System. The Superintendent shall be responsible for reviewing the Local Assessment System for compliance with applicable statutes and rules and for certifying to the Commissioner that it is in compliance with Maine Department of Education standards.
The purpose of the Local Assessment System is to provide information that will be used to guide and enhance classroom instruction, monitor student progress, and certify student achievement with respect to the school system curriculum and Common Core State Standards in English Language Arts and Math, Next Generation Science Standards, and Maine's Learning Results. In addition, the Local Assessment System is designed to provide valid and reliable information on student achievement in order to evaluate educational programs and practices and to make informed decisions related to curriculum and instruction, professional development, and the allocation of resources to better meet students' needs.
The following general principles apply to the Local Assessment System.
A. Assessment will be aligned with the curriculum and with the performance indicators of the content standards of the Common Core State Standards in English Language Arts and Math, Next Generation Science Standards, and Maine's Learning Result.
B. The Local Assessment System will use multiple measures of student learning for each grade. The assessment measures should be developmentally appropriate for the age span.
C. The system is intended to provide for a fair and equitable opportunity for students to demonstrate knowledge and understanding.
D. The system will include at a minimum classroom, school, school administrative unit, and state level of assessment. Regional and commercially produced tests may be used, but commercially produced tests may not carry a majority of the weight in determining student performance.
E. A commercially produced test may not be the only measure of student achievement.
F. Effort shall be made to see that testing contributes to the learning process rather than detracts from it.
G. Accommodations may be made in an assessment based on the needs of a student as established in the student's Individualized Education Plan or Section 504 plan.
The Superintendent, through the Director of Teaching and Learning, will be responsible for the design of the Local Assessment System. The Board expects that there will be input from teachers and administrators in the development and refinement of the System.
Page 1 of 2
The Board recognizes that teachers and school administrators will be primarily responsible for administering assessments and for collecting, organizing, and interpreting information. School personnel should be appropriately trained to develop, use, and adapt assessment data.
The Superintendent will be responsible for ensuring that provisions are made for review and analysis of information obtained through the Local Assessment System and for appropriate instructional intervention when individual students or groups of students fail to achieve performance standards.
The Superintendent will be responsible for implementing a record-keeping and reporting system that will be used to provide understandable information to the Board and to students, parents, teachers/professional staff, administrators, and the community. Data will be presented in a way that conveys school and school unit performance on the content areas of the system of the Common Core State Standards in English Language Arts and Math, Next Generation Science Standards, and Maine's Learning Results and allows for comparison to statewide performance.
The Board will annually review the tests of the Local Assessment System.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. subsections 6201-6205
Ch. 127 subsections 2, 4 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules
Adopted: December 4, 2003
Revised: May 29, 2014
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: ILD
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH:
STUDENT SUBMISSION TO SURVEYS, ANALYSES, OR EVALUATIONS
In this policy, “surveys, analyses, or evaluations” refer to methods of gathering data for research purposes.
No student shall be required as part of any program wholly or partially funded by the U.S. Department of Education to submit to any survey, analysis, or evaluation that reveals information concerning:
A. Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent;
B. Mental or psychological problems of the student or the student’s family:
C. Sex behavior or attitudes;
D. Illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating, or demeaning behavior;
E. Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
F. Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those of lawyer, physicians, and ministers;
G. Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or student’s parents; or
H. Income (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program) without the prior written consent of the student’s parent/guardian, or of the student, if he/she is 18 years of age or older.
All instructional materials, including teachers’ manuals, films, tapes, or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any such survey, analysis, or evaluation shall be available upon request for inspection by the student’s parent/guardian. For the purpose of this policy, “instructional material” does not include academic tests or assessments.
A parent may inspect, upon request, a survey created by a third party before the survey is administered or distributed to a student.
The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for implementing any procedures necessary to protect the privacy of participating students and to provide parents with access to surveys within a reasonable time before administration or distribution.
MSAD #60 will notify parents of this policy at least annually at the beginning of the school year and within a reasonable time of any substantive change in policy. Insofar as practicable *, MSAD #60 will also directly notify parents annually at the beginning of the school year when surveys, analyses, or evaluations are scheduled or anticipated. Parents shall have the opportunity to opt their child out of participation in any survey, analysis, or evaluation. Students who are 18 years of age or older may opt out of such survey, analyses, or evaluations.
* “Insofar as practicable” acknowledges that there may be circumstances in which a research request is made or is approved only after the school year has begun. When this occurs, MSAD #60 should notify parents far enough in advance for them to access surveys and related instructional materials and to opt their children out, if desired.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. Subsection 1232(h)
Cross Reference: JRA – Student Educational Records
Adopted: February 20, 2003
Revised: September 17, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMB-R
STUDY OF CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES GUIDELINES
The teaching of controversial issues requires responsible action on the part of the teacher to his/her students, the principal to the school, and the school to the community.
Teachers shall adhere to the following guidelines:
A. The issue shall be within the framework of MSAD #60 district philosophy and reasonably related to the established instructional program.
B. The issue shall be consistent with the students’ maturity and educational needs.
C. The discussion shall contribute significantly to developing the skills of critical thinking and problem solving.
D. The presentation of the material shall be impartial and objective.
E. Materials shall be based upon factual information and a variety of viewpoints.
F. Teachers shall consult with the principal before presenting controversial issues.
In the event that a concern with the teaching of a controversial issue is expressed, the following procedure shall be followed:
A. Discussion with School Principal
1. A conference will be held between the person expressing a concern (citizen, student, or parent), the teacher and the principal in an attempt to resolve the issue and to promote mutual understanding.
2. The principal will prepare a written report on the results of this conference and submit said report to the Superintendent’s office. A copy will also be provided to the citizen/student/parent and the teacher involved.
B. Appeal
1. If the result of the initial conference with the principal is unsatisfactory to the complainant or teacher involved, he/she may submit a written appeal to the Superintendent.
2. The Superintendent will refer the complaint to a Review Committee. The Committee membership will be appointed by the Superintendent and will include a
parent, a representative from the appropriate Curriculum Review Team and an Assistant Superintendent.
3. The Review Committee shall meet with the concerned parties, examine conflicting views and prepare a report. The report shall contain the recommendation of the Committee.
4. The Superintendent will review the report, make a decision about the complaint, and forward the decision to the parties and the Review Committee.
Page 1 of 2
C. Final Appeal to the Board of Directors
1. If the decision of the Superintendent does not satisfy the complainant or teacher, the complainant may request in writing that the Board review the appeal at the next regularly-scheduled Board meeting.
2. The Board will review the Review Committee report, the decision of the Superintendent, and the appeal of the complainant/teacher involved, and make such investigation as the Board deems necessary. The Board will make a final determination on the complaint, and all parties will receive notification of the results in writing.
D. Second Challenge
If the same issue is challenged at a future date, the principal and a representative of the Review Committee will examine the previous decision in light of any new information presented. If they find any significant difference in the new challenge, the Review Committee may review the matter again. Otherwise, the original decision will stand, and a copy will be sent to the complainant, explaining that the issue has already been evaluated.
Adopted: April 30, 1992
Revised: February 1, 2001
Updated: December 17, 2015
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMBB
EXEMPTION FROM REQUIRED INSTRUCTION
The Curriculum of MSAD #60 is designed to include statutory requirements and other areas of study deemed appropriate by the professional staff and the Board. The curriculum includes topics and materials that are age and ability appropriate to the students.
The Board acknowledges that from time to time individual students may be exposed to some ideas and materials with which they or their parent(s)/legal guardian disagree, but such disagreement alone is not a sufficient basis to exempt a student from the prescribed curriculum. Exemptions from the required curriculum should be minimized because they can detract from the overall instruction provided to the class as a whole and the educational objectives sought to be achieved by the curriculum.
The Board recognizes, however, that there could be topics in the curriculum which may be objectionable to individual students and/or parent(s)/legal guardian based on their particular, sincerely held religious, moral or philosophical beliefs. Exemption from instruction which infringes on such beliefs may be requested by the parent(s)/legal guardian.
Requests for exemption from instruction must be made in writing to the building Principal and are subject to the approval of the Principal. The Principal shall notify the Superintendent as soon as possible of any request for exemption from instruction and of his/her decision. If the Principal denies an exemption request, the parent(s)/legal guardian may appeal to the Superintendent, whose decision shall be final.
In considering requests for exemption, factors that the Principal should consider may include:
A. Whether the course of instruction is required by state law or school policy;
B. Whether an exemption will adversely affect the instruction provided to other students;
C. The educational importance of the material or instruction from which exemption is requested:
D. Evidence regarding the sincerity of the belief on which the request is based;
E. Whether the school has a legal obligation to accommodate the exemption request; and
F. Other factors that bear upon the particular request.
When a student is exempted from a portion of the regular curriculum, the staff will make reasonable efforts, within the scope of existing resources, to accommodate alternative instruction for the student. Alternative instruction may be provided by the school or through approved independent study. Any alternative instruction shall be approved in advance by the Principal in consultation with the classroom teacher, and shall meet the standards and objectives of the part of the curriculum that is being replaced.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA subsection 6209
LD 1536 Chap. 51 Resolves
Chap. 127 and 131 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Page 1 of 2
Cross Reference: ADF – School District Commitment to Learning Results
IJJ – Instructional and Library Material Selection
IMB – Teaching About Controversial/Sensitive Issues
IMBAA – Alternatives to Biological Dissection
Adopted: October 17, 2002
Revised: October 1, 2015
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMD
PERIOD OF SILENCE
A one-minute period of silence may be made available in the schools prior to classes for reflection or meditation.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 4805
Adopted: February 1, 2001
Revised: September 17, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMDA
PATRIOTIC EXERCISES
Maine state law requires display of and instruction about the American flag in the classrooms of our schools.
To foster appreciation and respect for our nation and its symbol, the Board of Directors requires that on each morning and other appropriate occasions in every school, the Pledge of Allegiance is to be given by all students and staff. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent through the Principal to ensure that this policy is adhered to, but he/she may determine the manner in which it will be done, such as through an intercom or by the individual classroom teacher.
Students who object to participating in the flag salute as a matter of conscience shall be excused from doing so upon submission of a request in writing and signed by a parent/ guardian, which provides evidence of sincere conviction. Such excusal shall not intimidate nor embarrass the student. An excused student may stand, remain seated or arrangements can be made so that he/she may leave the room during the Pledge. When in the presence of staff and students conducting a salute, an excused student shall have appropriate respect for the others’ participation.
A teacher may also be so excused, but is not released from the responsibility of regular supervisory duty of covering a classroom of students, nor of appropriate participation in teaching the curriculum including patriotic songs and holiday-based instructional activities.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1055, 4805
Cross Reference: IMDB - Flag Displays
Adopted: February 1, 2001
Revised: September 17, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMDB
FLAG DISPLAYS
In accordance with Maine state law, the United States and Maine flags are to be displayed from the public school buildings of this school unit every school day and on appropriate occasions. Further, the American flag is to be displayed in every classroom in each public school in the unit.
The Superintendent is responsible to furnish each school and facility accordingly, and to recommend to the Board annually the amount of expenditure necessary to provide sufficient flags and flagstaffs. This Board shall appropriate the necessary funds.
It shall be the duty of instructors to impress upon the youth by suitable references and observances the significance of the flag, to teach them the cost, the object and principles of our government, the inestimable sacrifices made by the founders of our nation, the important contribution made by all who have served in the armed services of our country since its inception, and to teach them to love, honor and respect the flag of our country that costs so much and is so dear to every true American citizen.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 1055, 4805
Cross Reference: IMDA - Patriotic Exercises
Adopted: February 1, 2001
Revised: September 17, 2015
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMG
ANIMALS IN SCHOOLS
The Board recognizes that having animals in the classroom can offer valuable student learning experiences but is also concerned with the health and safety of students, staff and visitors and the humane treatment of animals when they are brought to school.
For the purpose of this policy “animals” includes mammals, reptiles, amphibians, birds, insects, and fish.
The presence of live animals in the classroom must be directly related to the objectives of the instructional program. Permission must be obtained from the building principal before any animal is brought into the school by a teacher, student or any other person.
The following guidelines shall apply to the presence of animals in the MSAD #60 schools:
A. The presence of an animal in the classroom must be directly related to the instructional program. Staff who wish to have animals in the classroom must submit a written request to the principal; the request should include the instructional purpose and activity, the type of animal, the length of time the animal is expected to be present, and a plan for the care of the animal. The principal, at his/her discretion, may approve or deny the request.
B. Students or parents who wish to bring animals to school for educational purposes must consult with the teacher who, in turn, will request permission from the building principal. All other persons who wish to bring animals to school must obtain written permission, in advance, from the building principal.
C. The Superintendent will be responsible for developing procedures to inform parents that animals may be visiting or residing in classrooms during the school year. Parents are expected to notify the school if their child has an allergy or other health condition that will be affected by the presence of animals in the classroom.
The building principal and staff will respond appropriately when health considerations are brought to their attention. An animal will not be housed in a classroom if a student in that classroom has a documented allergy to the animal.
D. Animals may not be transported in school vehicles.
E. No domestic mammals/pets (including dogs, cats, ferrets, and primates) or
livestock will be allowed in school unless current proof of rabies and/or other vaccination is provided.
Page 1 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMG
Smaller mammals such as mice, hamsters, gerbils, guinea pigs, and rabbits do not need to be vaccinated against rabies. Bats, as they may be carriers of rabies, are not allowed in the schools.
Parrots, parakeets and other psittacine birds (birds that may carry psittacosis, a severe infectious human respiratory disease) shall not be brought to school unless they have been tested and certified as psittacosis free.
Red-eared turtles (also known as painted turtles) are carriers of salmonella and shall not be kept in the classroom without written documentation from the supplier that they are salmonella-free.
F. No wild, exotic, aggressive or poisonous animals will be allowed in school unless under the control of an individual trained in the care and management of the animal and properly licensed by state or federal agencies as appropriate (e.g., zookeepers, veterinarians, biologists, Maine Fish and Wildlife personnel). Students will not be permitted to handle such animals.
G. No animals will be allowed free range of the classroom or the school. All animals brought to school must be restrained by the owner/handler. The teacher is responsible for the proper supervision and control of students whenever there is an exhibit or activity involving animals in school.
H. Animals kept in classrooms must be housed in suitable cages or containers and fed and otherwise cared for appropriately. Only the teacher or students designated or supervised by the teacher may be allowed to handle these animals. Animal waste must be removed on an as-needed basis and in a sanitary manner. Only staff members or adult volunteers will be allowed to clean cages or containers or remove animal waste.
J. The building principal must notify appropriate public health authorities and the Maine Department of Health and Human Services Center for Disease Control of each incident. An accident/injury report must also be completed and forwarded to the Superintendent. If a stray or wild animal appears on school grounds, students shall not be allowed in the area until the animal has left the premises or is removed by the local animal control officer, game warden or other appropriate official.
Page 2 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMG
K. No animal may be used as part of a scientific experiment or for any other purpose in which the normal health of the animal is interfered with or which causes pain or distress.
No person may practice vivisection or exhibit a vivisection animal in the schools. Dissection of dead animals shall be confined to the classroom and to the presence of students engaged in the study of dissection and shall not be for the purpose of exhibition.
L. The Board recognizes that service animals may be used to assist persons with disabilities. This policy does not apply to the presence of service animals that have been or are being specifically trained for the purpose of assisting a person with a disability.
Legal Reference: Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. $ 12101 et seq.) 7 MRSA § 3971
22 MRSA §§ 801-825
Cross Reference: EBBB - Accident Reports
IMGA - Service Animals in the Schools
JLCE - First Aid and Emergency Medical Care
Adopted: June 12, 2019
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMGA
SERVICE ANIMALS IN SCHOOLS
The Board recognizes that service animals may be used to provide assistance to some persons with disabilities. This policy governs the presence of service animals in the schools, on school property, including school buses, and at school activities.
DEFINITION
As applied to schools, federal and Maine laws define a "service animal" as a dog that is individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of an individual with a disability, including a physical, sensory, psychiatric, intelle disability. Other species of animals, whether wild or domestic, trained or untrained, are not service animals for the purpose of this definition.
The work or tasks performed by a service animal must be directly related to the individual's disability. Examples of such work or tasks include, but are not limited to, assisting an individual who is totally or partially blind with navigation and other tasks, alerting an individual who is deaf or hard of hearing to the presence of people or sounds, providing nonviolent protection or rescue work, pulling a wheelchair, assisting an individual during a seizure, alerting an individual to the presence of allergens, retrieving items such as medicine or a telephone, providing physical support and assistance with balance and stability to an individual with a mobility disability and helping a person with a psychiatric or neurological disability by preventing or interrupting impulsive or destructive behaviors.
The crime deterrent effects of an animal's presence and the provision of emotional support, well-being, comfort or companionship do not constitute work or tasks for the purposes of this definition.
USE OF SERVICE ANIMALS IN SCHOOLS
Use of a service animal by a qualified student with a disability will be allowed in school when it is determined that the student's disability requires such use in order to have equal access to the instructional program, school services and/or school activities.
Use of a service animal by a qualified employee with a disability will be allowed when such use is necessary to enable the employee to perform the essential functions of his/her job or to enjoy benefits of employment comparable to those of similarly situated non disabled employees.
The parent/guardian of a student who believes the student needs to bring a service animal to school, or an employee who wishes to bring a service animal to school, must submit a written request to the building principal.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: IMGA
The building principal, in consultation with the Section 504 Coordinator or Director of Special Services, as appropriate, and the Superintendent will determine whether or not to permit the service animal in school.
Parents or animal handlers who will be present in school for the purpose of assisting a student with his/her service animal will be required to submit to a sex offender registry and criminal background check. In addition, parents and handlers must comply with all standards of conduct that apply to school employees and volunteers.
The school unit may impose additional conditions on the presence of a service animal, depending upon the circumstances.
The building principal may remove or exclude a service animal from the school or school property if the presence of the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others or the student, employee or handler is unable to fully control the animal; or the animal fails to consistently perform the function(s)/service(s) for which it has been trained and brought to school.
A parent or employee whose service animal has been removed or excluded may appeal the decision to the Superintendent. If dissatisfied with the Superintendent's decision, the parent or employee may appeal to the Board.
SERVICE ANIMALS AT SCHOOL-SPONSORED EVENTS
Individuals with disabilities may be accompanied by their service animals to events or activities open to the public that are held in schools or on school property. The use of a service animal may not be conditioned on the payment of a fee or security deposit, but the individual is liable for any damage done to the premises or facilities by such an animal.
The building principal may revoke or exclude the service animal only if the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others, the use of the animal would result in substantial physical damage to the property of others, or would substantially interfere with the reasonable enjoyment of the event or activity by others.
Legal Reference: 42 USC § 12101 et seq.
36 CFR § 104, 302 5 MRSA §§ 4553, 4592
Me. Human Rights Commission Rule Chapter 7
Cross References: AC - Nondiscrimination, Equal Opportunity, and Affirmative Action
IMG - Animals in Schools
Adopted: June 12, 2019 Page 2 of 2
MSBA/NEPN: IMGB
USE OF ANIMAL-ASSISTED THERAPY DOGS IN SCHOOLS
MSAD #60 has a long-standing practice of supporting Animal-Assisted Therapy AAT dogs (AAT dogs) overseen by district employees, specifically Guidance Counselors and Social Workers. Benefits from working or visiting with an AAT dog include reduced stress, improved physical and emotional well-being, lower blood pressure, decreased anxiety, improved self esteem and normalization of the environment, increasing the likelihood of successful academic achievement by the student. Examples of activities that students may engage in with an employee’s AAT dog
include petting and/or hugging the dog, speaking to the dog, giving the dog simple commands that the dog is trained to respond to and reading to the dog.
An AAT dog is a dog who has been individually trained, evaluated and registered with his/her handler to provide animal-assisted activities and animal-assisted interactions within a school or other facility. AAT dogs are not "emotional support animals" or "service animals."
Animal-assisted activities and animal-assisted interactions are non-goal-driven interactions where the specific content of the visit is spontaneous and is meant to provide motivational, educational and/or recreational activities that enhance the quality of life.
A handler is an individual school district staff member who owns an AAT dog and who has been individually trained, evaluated, and registered with his/her AAT dog to provide animal assisted- activities and animal- assisted interactions within a school or other facility.
An AAT dog is the personal property of the handler and is not the property of the school district. The handler shall assume full responsibility for the AAT dog's care, behavior and suitability for interacting with students and others in the school while the AAT dog is on school district property.
Cross Reference: IMG Animals in Schools
IMGB-R Animal- Assisted Therapy Dogs and Procedures
IMGB-E Animal- Assisted Therapy Dogs Request
Adopted: June 12, 2019
MSBA/NEPN: IMGB-R
ANIMAL-ASSISTED THERAPY DOGS PROCEDURES
The following requirements must be satisfied before an AAT dog will be allowed in school buildings or on school district property.
Request:
A visiting handler who wishes to bring an AAT dog on school district property shall submit a completed written request form (IMGB-E) to the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee, for approval. Such approval may be rescinded at any time at the sole discretion of the Superintendent. Once the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee approves the request, a plan for dog visits shall be developed with the Building Principal or the Principal's designee.
Training and Registration
All handlers shall submit proof of registration as an AAT dog handler with each individual AAT dog. Such registration shall be from an AAT dog registering organization as approved by the Superintendent. The registration shall remain current and in good standing at all times.
Health and Vaccination
All handlers shall submit proof from a licensed veterinarian that the AAT dog is in good health and has been immunized against diseases common to dogs. Such vaccinations shall be kept current and up-to-date at all times.
Licensing
All handlers shall submit proof of licensure from their local dog licensing authority.
Insurance
The visiting handler must submit a copy of an insurance policy that provides liability coverage for the work of the visiting handler and AAT dog while the two are on school district property. The visiting handler will submit the Certificate of Insurance in the amount of $1 million General Liability coverage with $2 million aggregate and naming MSAD 60 as an additional insured. Approved MSAD 60 AAT dogs are covered by District insurance.
Once a handler has been approved by the Superintendent to bring an AAT dog on school district property, such handler shall adhere to the rules of his/her registering organization and the following rules of the school district.
Page 1 of 3
MSBA/NEPN: IMGB-R
Identification
The visiting AAT dog shall wear appropriate identification issued by the registering organization identifying them as an AAT dog.
Health and Safety
All handlers shall ensure that the AAT dog does not pose a health and safety risk to any student, employee, or other person at school and that the AAT dog is brought to the school district only when properly groomed, bathed, free of illness or injury and of the temperament appropriate for working with children and others in the schools. The Building will alert all staff, students and families of the expected presence of the AAT dog.
Control
The visiting handler shall ensure that the AAT dog wears a collar or harness and a leash no longer than four feet and shall maintain control of the AAT dog by holding the leash at all times that the AAT dog is on school district property, including during breaks, unless holding such leash would interfere with the AAT dog's safe, effective performance of its work or tasks; however, the handler shall maintain control of the AAT dog at all times and shall not tether the AAT dog to any individual or object.
Supervision and Care of the AAT Dog
The visiting handler shall be solely responsible for the supervision and humane care of the AAT dog, including feeding, exercising, and cleaning up after the AAT dog while the dog is in a school building or on school property, shall not leave the AAT dog unsupervised or alone on school property at any time. The school district is not responsible for providing any care, supervision or assistance to the AAT dog.
Authorized Area(s)
The visiting handler shall ensure that the AAT dog has access to only such areas of the school buildings or properties that have been authorized by school district administrators.
Allergies and Aversions:
The handler shall remove the AAT dog to a separate area as designated by the school administrator in such instances where any student or school employee who suffers dog allergies or aversions is present in an office hallway or classroom. The handler will meet with the Building Principal and School Nurse to discuss any expected allergies and steps that will be taken to limit, if necessary, an AAT dog's access to certain building areas.
Page 2 of 3
MSBA/NEPN: IMGB-R
Damages and Injuries
The visiting handler shall assume full responsibility and liability for any damage to school property or injury to district staff, students or others in the school caused by the AAT dog.
Exclusion or Removal from School District Property
An AAT dog may be excluded from school district property if a school administrator determines that (1) the handler does not have control of the AAT dog; (2) the AAT dog is not housebroken: (3) the AAT dog presents a direct and immediate threat to others in the school; or (4) the AAT dog's presence otherwise interferes with the educational program. The handler shall immediately remove his/her AAT dog from school property when instructed to do so by a school administrator,
Cross Reference: IMG Animals in Schools
IMGB Use of Animal- Assisted Therapy Dogs
IMGB-E Animal- Assisted Therapy Dogs Request
Adopted: June 12, 2019
Page 3 of 3
MSBA/NEPN: IMGB-E
REQUEST ANIMAL-ASSISTED THERAPY DOGS IN SCHOOLS
NAME:______________________________BUILDING: _________________________
DOG'S NAME: _______________________
AGE: ____________WEIGHT: ________BREED: _________
VETERINARIAN RECORDS -SHOTS AND IMMUNIZATIONS
TRAINING/CERTIFICATIONS
RATIONALE/PURPOSE OF AAT DOG
MONITORING THE AAT DOG When the District is requested to allow a visiting animal-assisted therapy dog (AAT dog) on school property, the school may use the following checklist to determine if the animal should be allowed to remain on school property. If any of the questions are answered in the negative, the District may deny the visiting AAT dog access to school property.
Observation | Yes | No |
Animal is clean, well groomed, and does not have an offensive odor. | ||
Animal does not urinate or defecate in inappropriate locations. | ||
Animal does not solicit attention, visit or annoy any other student or employee. | ||
Animal does not vocalize unnecessarily (bark, growl, whine, etc). | ||
Animal shows no aggression or hostility. | ||
Animal does not solicit or take food or other items. | ||
Animal is in good health. | ||
Animal is certified and trained, | ||
Animal can obey basic commands (sit, lie, stay, etc.). |
APPROVED:
DISAPPROVED:
SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
BUILDING PRINCIPAL SIGNATURE:
SUPERINTENDENT SIGNATURE:
NEPN/NSBA Code: JEA
COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AGES
Under state law, full-time school attendance is required of all children from their 7th to their 17th birthday except:
A. A person who graduates from high school before their 17th birthday;
B. A person who has:
1. Reached the age of 15 years or completed the 9th grade; and
2. Permission to leave school from that person’s parent; and
3. Been approved by the principal for a suitable program of work and study or training; and
4. Permission to leave school from the Board of Directors or its designee; and
5. Agreed in writing with that person’s parent and the Board of Directors or its designee to meet annually until that person’s 17th birthday to review that person’s educational needs. When the request to be excused from school has been denied pursuant to this paragraph, the student’s parent may appeal to the Commissioner;
C. A person whose absence is excused under 20-A MRSA subsection 5051. The parent of a habitual truant who has been denied a waiver of this paragraph may appeal to the Commissioner in accordance with MRSA subsection 5051, (2) (E) (habitual truancy); or
D. A person who has matriculated and is attending an accredited, post-secondary, degree-granting institution as a full-time student. An exception to the attendance in public school under this paragraph must be approved by the Commissioner.
Alternatives to Attendance at Public Day School
A. Equivalent instruction alternatives are as follows:
1. A person shall be excused from attending a public day school if the person obtains equivalent instruction in:
a) A private school approved for attendance purposes pursuant to 20-A MRSA subsection 2901;
b) A private school recognized by the department as providing equivalent instruction;
c) A home instruction program that complies with the requirements of 20-A MRSA Subsection 5001-A(3)(A)(4); or
d) Any other manner arranged for by the Board of Directors and approved by the Commissioner.
Page 1 of 3
2. A student shall be credited with attendance at a private school only if a certificate showing the name, residence and attendance of the person at the school, signed by the person or persons in charge of the school, has been filed with the school officials of the administrative unit in which the student resides.
3. The following provisions apply to home instruction programs:
a. The student's parent/guardian must provide a written notice of intent to provide home instruction that meets the requirements of 20-A MRSA subsection 5001-A(3)(A)(4)(a) simultaneously to the school officials of the administrative unit in which the student resides and to the Commissioner within 10 calendar days of the beginning of home instruction.
b. On or before September 1 of each subsequent year of home instruction, the student's parent/guardian must file a letter with the school officials of the administrative unit in which the student resides and the Commissioner stating the intention to continue providing home instruction and enclose a copy of one of the forms of annual assessment of the student's academic progress described in 20-A MRSA Subsection 5001-A(3)(A)(4)(b).
c. Dissemination of any information filed under 20-A MRSA subsection 5001-A(3)(A) is governed by the provisions of 20-A MRSA subsection 6001 (dissemination of information); the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, 20 USC subsection 1232g (2002); and the federal Education for All Handicapped Children Act of 1975, 20 USC subsection 1401-1487 (2002), except that "directory information" as defined by the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) is confidential and is not subject to public disclosure unless the parent/guardian specifically permits disclosure in writing or a judge orders otherwise. Copies of any information filed under 20-A MRSA subsection 5001-A(3)(A) must be maintained by the student's parent/guardian until the home instruction program concludes. The records must be made available to the Commissioner upon request.
d. If the home instruction program is discontinued, students of compulsory school age must be enrolled in a public school or an equivalent instruction alternative as provided for by law. The receiving school shall determine the placement of the student. At the secondary level, the principal of the receiving school shall determine the value of the prior educational experience toward meeting the standards of Maine's system of Learning Results.
B. A person may be excused from attendance at a public day school pursuant to 20-A MRSA subsection
5104-A or subsection 8605 (other public or private alternative programs).
Excusable Absence
A person's absence is excused when the absence is for the following reasons:
A. Personal illness;
B. An appointment with a health professional that must be made during the regular school day;
C. Observance of a recognized religious holiday when the observance is required during the regular school day;
D. A family emergency; or
E. A planned absence for a personal or educational purpose which has been approved. Page 2 of 3
Compulsory education is essential to the preservation of the rights and liberties of the people and the continued prosperity of our nation. Maintaining regular student attendance is necessary to achieve the goal of an educated citizenry. Public schools should ensure the rights of access for all school-age persons to an appropriate educational opportunity and, when necessary, should develop alternatives to regular school curricula for those children and youth at risk of becoming dropouts and those who may have left school.
Parents are responsible for the attendance of students who are under 17 years of age. The Board shall work with families in an effort to ensure compliance.
Secondary school pupils 20 years of age or more will not be admitted to the school system without prior Board approval.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA subsection 5001-A, et seq.
Ch. 125.23 B,5,1 (Maine Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Cross Reference: IHBG - Home Schooling
JFC - Student Withdrawal From School/Dropout Prevention Committee
Adopted: January 15, 2004
Revised: November 20, 2014
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFAA
ADMISSION OF RESIDENT STUDENTS
The school unit shall admit as students those of legal school age whose parents or guardians legally reside within the unit. Adequate proof of residence shall be required. The Board reserves the right to verify residency through appropriate means for any enrolled student or any family applying for enrollment.
“Residence” means bona fide residence—one’s actual residence maintained in good faith—and does not include a temporary or superficial residence established for the purpose of free school attendance in this system. It shall be considered the place where important family activity takes place—the place where the family eats, sleeps, relaxes and plays. It is a place which can be called a “home.” While it is possible for an individual to maintain property and pay taxes in more than one location or community, for purposes of student eligibility for school attendance, “residence” shall mean where the custodial parent maintains a home and where the student spends the majority of their time.
Guardianship shall be substantiated by a copy of a court order or probated will appointing the resident as guardian of the student. No student shall be accepted for enrollment or allowed to continue in enrollment on the basis of guardianship established by a power of attorney.
Resident students entering school for the first time shall be admitted upon presentation of an original birth certificate to the Principal, along with a record of required inoculations and pertinent health records. Photocopies shall be made and retained in the student’s file.
New resident students who are transferring into the school system shall be admitted on the basis of age, immunization and academic records received from the previous school. However, original documentation may be required if deemed necessary to appropriately determine a student’s eligibility for enrollment and assignment.
Legal Reference: 18-A MRSA § 5-201, et seq.
20-A MRSA §§ 5202 et seq., 6002
Maine Commissioner of Ed. Administrative Letter No. 13, 10/9/97
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: November 1, 2018
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JFABD
ADMISSION OF HOMELESS STUDENTS
The Board recognizes that homelessness alone should not be a sufficient reason to separate students from the mainstream school environment. MSAD #60 will strive to ensure that homeless students are identified and provided access to the same free and appropriate public education provided to other students in the school system. In accordance with federal and state law and regulations, the school unit will provide homeless students with access to the instructional programming that supports achievement of the content standards of Maine’s system of Learning Results and to other services for which they are eligible. Students shall not be segregated into a separate school or program based on their status as homeless, nor shall they be stigmatized in any way.
I. DEFINITIONS
A. “Homeless” students are those who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence and include the following:
1. Children and youths who are sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason; are living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to the lack of alternative adequate accommodations; are living in emergency or transitional shelters; are abandoned in hospitals; or are awaiting foster care placement.
2. Children and youths who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designated for or ordinarily used as regular sleeping accommodation for human beings.
3. Children and youths who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings.
4. Migratory children who meet one of the above-described circumstances.
B “School of origin” means the school that the child or youth attended when permanently housed or the school in which the child or youth was last enrolled.
C. “Unaccompanied youth” refers to a youth not in the physical custody of a parent or guardian (e.g., runaway and “throwaway” children and youth).
II. ENROLLMENT/PLACEMENT
The school unit will determine, according to the best interest of the child or youth, whether the child or youth will be enrolled in the school of origin or in the public school that non-homeless students who live in the attendance area in which the child is actually living are eligible to attend. In determining the best interest of the child or youth, the school unit will, to the extent feasible, keep the child or youth in the school of origin, unless doing so is contrary to the wishes of the parent.
If the youth is unaccompanied by a parent or guardian, the homeless liaison will assist in placement and enrollment decisions, with the views of the youth taken into consideration.
Page 1 of 3
The school selected shall immediately enroll the homeless child or youth, even if the child or youth is unable to produce records normally required for enrollment, such as previous academic records, immunization records, evidence of residency, or other documentation.
The school unit may require a parent or guardian of a homeless child or youth to provide contact information.
The school unit must provide a written explanation, including a statement regarding the right to appeal, to the parent or guardian of the homeless child or youth if the school unit sends the child or youth to a school other than the school of origin or other than a school requested by the parent or guardian.
In the case of an unaccompanied youth, the homeless liaison will provide notice of the right to appeal.
The enrolling school shall contact the school last attended by the child or youth to obtain relevant academic and other records. If the child or youth needs to obtain immunizations or immunization or medical records, the parent or guardian of the homeless child or youth will be referred to the homeless liaison for assistance.
III. ENROLLMENT DISPUTES
If there is a dispute concerning enrollment, the child or youth shall be immediately enrolled in the school in which enrollment is sought, pending resolution of the dispute. The parent or guardian will be provided, in writing, with a written explanation of the school unit’s decision and the right to appeal the decision.
The homeless liaison shall ensure that an unaccompanied youth is enrolled in school, pending resolution of a dispute.
IV. SERVICES
Homeless students shall be provided services comparable to services available to other students in the school system including, but not limited to, transportation services; educational services for which the student meets
the eligibility criteria, such as educational programs for disadvantaged students, students with disabilities, gifted
and talented students, and students with limited English proficiency; vocational and technical programs; preschool programs; before and after school-care programs; and school meals/nutrition programs.
V. TRANSPORTATION
Homeless students are entitled to transportation to their school of origin or the school where they are to be enrolled. If the school of origin is in another school unit and the student is enrolled in MSAD #60, or if a homeless student’s school of origin is in MSAD #60 but he or she is enrolled in a different school unit, the school systems will coordinate the transportation services necessary for the student, or will share the responsibilities and costs equally.
VI. RECORDS
Any records ordinarily kept by the school, including immunization records, medical records, academic records, birth certificates, guardianship records, and evaluations for special services or programs, regarding each homeless student, shall be maintained so that records may be transferred when a student enters a new school system. Access to records will be available to parents and students in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
Page 2 of 3
VII. HOMELESS STUDENT LIAISON
A. The Superintendent shall designate an individual to act as the school unit’s Homeless Student Liaison. The school unit shall inform school personnel, service providers and advocates working with homeless families of the duties of the school unit’s Homeless Student Liaison.
B. The Homeless Student Liaison will be responsible for ensuring that:
1. Homeless children and youths are identified by school personnel and through coordination activities with other entities and agencies;
2. Homeless children and youths enroll in and have a full and equal opportunity to succeed in schools within the school unit;
3. Homeless families, children, and youths receive educational services for which they are eligible, including Head Start, Even Start, and preschool programs administered by the school unit, and referrals to health care services, dental services, mental health services, and other appropriate services;
4. The parents or guardians of homeless children and youths are informed of the educational and related opportunities available to their children and are provided with meaningful opportunities to participate in the education of their children;
5. Public notice of the educational rights of homeless children and youths is disseminated where such children and youths receive services, such as schools, family shelters, and soup kitchens;
6. Enrollment disputes are mediated in accordance with law;
7. The parent or guardian of a homeless child or youth, and any unaccompanied youth, is fully informed of all transportation services, including transportation to the school of origin, and is assisted in accessing transportation to the school the student will be attending;
8. Unaccompanied youths are assisted in placement or enrollment decisions and provided notice of the right to appeal; and
9. Children or youths who need to obtain immunizations or immunization medical records receive assistance.
Legal References: 42 U.S.C. § 11431-11435
20-A MRSA §§ 1(13-A), 261, 5161-5164, 5207(7)
Ch. 14 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Maine State Plan for the Education of Homeless Children and Youth
Adopted: 9/22/2016
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFC
DROPOUT PREVENTION STUDENT WITHDRAWAL FROM SCHOOL
The Board believes that a high school diploma signifies the minimum preparation for life. Therefore, the Board strongly urges every teacher, guidance counselor, principal, parent, and citizen to exert influence to keep all students in school through high school.
Dropout Prevention Committee
In order to reduce the school dropout rate, the Superintendent shall establish a Dropout Prevention Committee to study the problem of dropouts, habitual truancy, and the need for alternative programs, kindergarten to grade 12. The Committee will meet at least annually, make recommendations for addressing the problem, and submit a plan of action to the Board in accordance with the provisions in Maine law. The Committee will consider the following when developing its plan: reasons why students drop out of school; maintenance of continuing contacts with recent dropouts in order to extend opportunities for alternate educational program, counseling, and referral; education of teachers and administrators about the dropout problem; use of human services programs to help dropouts; the Board’s policies on suspension, expulsion, and other disciplinary action; and discriminatory practices and attitudes within the unit.
Committee Membership
As required by law, the Dropout Prevention Committee shall be composed of the following members:
A. A member of the Board selected by the Board;
B. A school administrator selected by the Superintendent;
C. A teacher and a school counselor selected by the teachers’ organization;
D. A parent selected by the local parent group or by the Board if no such group exists;
E. A school attendance coordinator from the school system selected by the Superintendent;
F. A high school student selected by the Dropout Prevention Committee members selected in paragraphs A to E;
G. A dropout selected by the Dropout Prevention Committee members selected in paragraphs A to E; and
H. Community resident of the district selected by the Dropout Prevention Committee members selected in paragraphs A to E.
The Board recognizes the importance of success as a motivator and as a factor in a student’s commitment to education. For those students who have been identified as at risk of dropping out, every effort will be made to provide alternative instructional arrangements that take into account both the student’s need for success and the unit’s commitment to adequate minimum standards of achievement.
Page 1 of 2
Student Withdrawal From School
In the event that students do withdraw from school, school administrators shall arrange for regular contacts to be made with them for the purpose of informing them of the process for readmission, making them aware of alternatives in the community for continuing their education and stating the unit’s willingness to assist them in their educational efforts.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 5001-A; 5102-5103
Cross Reference: JEA - Compulsory Attendance Ages
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: November 10, 2016
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFCA
SCHOOL RE-ENTRY POLICY
It is the belief of the M.S.A.D. #60 Board of Directors that close communication is vital for a successful reintegration of students who have been absent for an extended period of time for the following circumstances. Therefore students who are absent for an extended period due to incarceration, substance abuse treatment, or hospitalization for a physical or mental health issue are required to attend a re-entry meeting with their parent(s) and school staff prior to returning to school. Students dismissed from school to obtain a risk assessment for concerns involving harm to themselves or others also require a re-entry meeting. The purpose of this meeting is to ensure that the school is prepared to best meet the needs of the student. These meeting will include the student’s parent(s), an administrator, counselor, nurse, and other school staff as needed. Meetings are required following:
A long-term suspension for circumstances that warrant a re-entry plan
Substance abuse treatment
A hospitalization for any medical or physical ailment requiring accommodations (change in medication, mobility, accessibility, etc.)
A hospitalization for a mental health issue
A risk assessment
An incarceration
Please call your child’s Dean, Assistant Principal, or Guidance Counselor to schedule the re-entry meeting prior to your child returning to school. Parents are asked to bring any relevant information (discharge summary, physician recommendations) needed to develop a successful re-entry plan. Students will not be allowed to return to school or attend school sponsored events until the re-entry meeting is held.
Adopted: January 5, 2012
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFCK
STUDENT USE OF CELLULAR TELEPHONES AND OTHER ELECTRONIC DEVICES
The Board recognizes that many students possess cellular telephones and other electronic devices. These devices may not be used in any manner that disrupts the educational process or violates Board policies or school rules. MSAD #60 is not responsible for damage, loss or theft of such devices. The Superintendent is authorized to develop, with input from administrators, any school rules necessary to implement this policy.
Cross Reference: IJNDB- Student Computer and Internet Use Policy IJNDB-R-Student Computer and Internet Use Rules
JFCK-R Student Use Of Cellular Telephones and Other Electronic Devices School Rules
JIH- Questioning and Searches of Students
JICIA-Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JICK-Bullying
Adopted: November 16, 2006
Revised: October 18, 2018
NEPN/NSBA Code: JFCK-R
STUDENT USE OF CELLULAR TELEPHONES AND OTHER ELECTRONIC DEVICES
SCHOOL RULES
The Board recognizes that many students possess cell phones and other electronic devices. These devices may not be used at school or during school activities in any manner that disrupts the educational process or violates Board policies or school rules.
a. K-5 parents need to write a letter explaining the reason why the student should bring a cell phone to school.
b. During classes and school activities, all such devices must be turned off.
c. The only exception to this rule is when a staff member specifically authorizes students to use such a personal electronic device for a specific purpose (such as entering an assignment in PDA).
d. If this rule is violated, the staff member will immediately confiscate the device for the remainder of the school day, and discipline may be imposed as provided below.
e. Students may use MP3 players and cell phones while riding district buses at the discretion of the bus driver.
f. The use of cameras or camera/video function on any device, without permission, is strictly prohibited on school grounds or while engaged in school activities. Students are required to obtain permission before photographing or taking videos of any individual. Students are also required to obtain prior permission before posting any photos or videos of individuals taken at school on social media or elsewhere.
g. When on school premises, the use of personal electronic devices that violates Board policy, administrative procedure or school rule is prohibited. In addition, accessing, viewing, submitting, forwarding, downloading or displaying any materials that are defamatory, abusive, obscene, vulgar, sexually explicit, sexually suggestive, threatening, discriminatory, harassing, bullying and/or illegal is prohibited.
h. Student cell phones and other electronic devices may be subject to search if there is reasonable suspicion that a student is violating Board policies, procedures or school rules, or engaged in other misconduct. School administration may confiscate electronic devices for as long as necessary to complete their investigation.
1. The use of cameras, including camera phones, is strictly prohibited in locker rooms, restrooms and classrooms. In other school locations, students are required to obtain permission before photographing any individual.
Page 1 of 2
2. Any use of cellular telephones and other electronic devices that violates any Board policy, administrative procedure or school rule is strictly prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to violations of the student code of conduct, harassment and cheating.
3. Students violating these rules will be subject to discipline, which may include:
a. Exclusion of the device from school for an extended period;
b. Sanctions ranging from detention to expulsion from school depending upon the nature of the offense and the student's disciplinary record.
Cross Reference: ACAA- Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ACAA-R- Student Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure
ACAB-Harassment and Sexual Harassment of School Employees
ACAB-R- Employee Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure
JIH- Questioning and Searches of Students
JIH-R-Questioning and Searches of Students - Administrative Procedure
JFCK- Student Use of Cellular Telephones and Other Electronic Devices
Adopted: November 16, 2006
Revised: June 21, 2012
October 18, 2018
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JHB
TRUANCY
I. Definition
A student is habitually truant if the student:
A. Is subject to the compulsory attendance law; and
B.
1. Is at least seven years of age and has not completed grade six and has the equivalent of seven full days of unexcused absences or five consecutive school days of unexcused absences during a school year; or
2. Has completed grade six and has the equivalent of 10 full days of unexcused absences or seven consecutive school days of unexcused absences during a school year.
II. Attendance Coordinators
The Board shall appoint one or more attendance coordinators in accordance with state law.
III. Truancy Procedure
As required by law, the following procedure shall be followed when a student is habitually truant:
A. The principal, upon determining that a student is truant, shall notify the Superintendent of the student’s truancy within five school days of the last unexcused absence.
B. Within five school days of notification, the Superintendent/ designee will refer the student who has been determined to be truant to the school’s student assistance team.
C. The student assistance team will meet to determine the cause of the truancy and assess the effect of the student’s absences, as well as any future absences for the student. If it is determined that a negative effect exists, the student assistance team shall develop an intervention plan to address the student’s absences and the negative effect of these absences.
1. Frequent communication between the teacher and the family;
2. Changes in the learning environment;
3. Mentoring;
4. Student counseling;
5. Tutoring, including peer tutoring;
6. Placement into different classes;
Page 1 of 3
7. Evaluation for alternative education programs;
8. Attendance contracts;
9. Referral to other agencies for family services; and
10. Other interventions including but not limited to referral to the school attendance coordinator, student assistance team, or dropout prevention committee.
Failure of the student or the student’s parents to appear at scheduled meetings does not preclude school administrators from implementing a plan to address a student’s truancy.
B. As part of correcting the problem informally, the Superintendent/designee shall require the student and his/her parents to attend one or more meetings with the student’s teacher or other school personnel designated by the Superintendent. The purpose of the meeting(s) is to reinforce the plan referenced in Paragraph A or to develop an alternative plan. Such meetings may involve others including but not limited to case managers, therapeutic treatment providers, and representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services, and the Department of Corrections. The Superintendent/designee shall schedule the meeting(s) at mutually convenient times.
C. If the Superintendent/designee is unable to correct the student’s truancy, the Superintendent/designee shall serve or cause to be served upon the parent in-hand or by registered mail a written notice that the student’s attendance at school is required by law. The notice shall:
1. State that the student is required to attend school pursuant to 20-A M.R.S.A. § 5001-A (the compulsory attendance law);
2. Explain the parent’s right to inspect the student’s attendance records, attendance coordinator’s reports, and principal’s reports;
3. Explain that the failure to send the student to school and maintain the student in regular attendance is a civil violation in accordance with 20-A M.R.S.A. § 5053-A and explain the possible penalties;
4. State that the Superintendent/designee may notify local law enforcement authorities of a violation of the habitual truancy statute, and, if the violation falls under Section I.B.2, may notify the Department of Health and Human Services; and
5. Outline the plan developed to address the student’s habitual truancy and the steps that have been taken to implement that plan.
D. Prior to notifying local law enforcement authorities, the Superintendent/designee shall schedule at least one meeting as required in Section III.B and may invite a local prosecutor.
E. If after three school days after the service of the notice described in Section III.C of this policy the student remains truant and the parent and student refuse to attend the meeting referred to in Section III.D, the Superintendent/designee shall report the facts of the unlawful absence to local law enforcement authorities.
Page 2 of 3
Local law enforcement may proceed with enforcement action unless the student is at once placed in an appropriate school or otherwise meets the requirements of the compulsory attendance law.
F. When a student is determined to be habitually truant and in violation of the compulsory attendance law, and the Superintendent/designee has made a good faith attempt to meet the requirements of Section
III. The Superintendent/designee shall notify the Board and local law enforcement authorities of the truancy. After this notification, a local law enforcement officer who sees the truant student may transport the student to the appropriate school if the truant student is off school grounds during school hours and not under the supervision of school personnel.
IV. Annual Report to Commissioner
The Superintendent shall submit an annual report regarding habitual truancy to the Commissioner of Education by October 1. The report must identify the number of habitual truants in the school administration unit in the preceding school year; describe the school unit’s efforts to deal with habitual truancy; account for actions brought to enforce the habitual truancy law; and include any other information on truancy requested by the Commissioner.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. §§ 5001-A; 5051-A to 5054
Cross Reference: JEA - Compulsory Attendance
JFC – Dropout Prevention Committee
Adopted: January 31, 2008
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICC
STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES
Parents are responsible for the supervision of students before boarding and after leaving the bus at the end of the day. Once on the bus the student becomes the responsibility of the district.
Because a school bus is an extension of the classroom, the Board shall require students to conduct themselves on the bus in a manner consistent with established standards for classroom behavior.
If a student does not conduct him/herself properly on the bus, the problem will be brought to the attention of the building principal by the bus driver. The building principal will inform the parents immediately of the misconduct and request their cooperation in correcting the student’s behavior.
Students who become a serious disciplinary problem on the school bus may have their riding privileges suspended by the principal. Any damage caused by students will be incurred by the student and the student's family.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. §5401
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revision: May 16, 2002
Revised: March 1, 2007
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICE
SCHOOL-SPONSORED STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
School-sponsored student publications are any publications approved by the school, supervised by school staff members and designed to impart particular knowledge or skills to student participants and audiences. These include but are not limited to the yearbook, the student newspaper, and the literary magazine. Administrators and staff shall exercise control of school-sponsored publications to assure that the participants learn whatever lessons the activity is designed to teach, that readers or listeners are not exposed to material that may be inappropriate for their level of maturity, and that the views of the individual writer or speaker are not erroneously attributed to the school.
To the extent deemed educationally appropriate by teachers or advisors for school-sponsored publications, student editors shall have initial responsibility for determining content. Advisors and administrators shall give substantial and due regard to the judgment of student editors and to the educational value of the decision-making process. However, an advisor or administrator may override a student editor’s decision if they deem content to be inconsistent with the educational goals of the schools. Factors that advisors and administrators should consider in determining whether content is appropriate include but are not limited to:
A. The educational objectives of the school-sponsored activity (for example, teaching accuracy and fairness are legitimate educational objectives of the student newspaper);
B. The privacy and reputation of individuals and staff;
C. The emotional maturity of the intended audience;KHC
D. Whether the material might reasonably be perceived to advocate alcohol use, drug use, or irresponsible sex; promote hostility, disorder, violence; inhibit the rights of others; or disrupt the functioning of the school;
E. Whether the contents are obscene or constitute “hate” literature that attacks ethnic, religious or any other group;
F. Whether the content might be attributed to the school rather than the views of an individual; and
G. Any other factors as appropriate to the materials and/or particular situation.
Cross Reference: JICEC – Student Distribution of Non-School Materials
KHC – Public Distribution of Non-School Materials
Adopted: November 12, 1992
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: June 1, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICEC
STUDENT DISTRIBUTION OF NON-SCHOOL MATERIALS
It is beneficial to the basic educational mission of the school for students to express their own views concerning a wide variety of topics and issues and share them in an appropriate manner with other students in the school. Students’ rights to express their views in the school, however, must be exercised responsibly and with consideration for the special characteristics of the school environment. The school has a duty to ensure students views are expressed in a manner that is consistent with the basic educational mission of the school.
The following rules shall apply to student distribution of non-school materials on school premises.
A. Distribution Limited to Student-Prepared Materials
Student expression of their own views in their own words or through preparation of their own materials can have educational value. Materials that are not prepared by students, however, may not provide such educational benefit, and the schools shall not be used by outside individuals or groups to further their goals through communication with students and/or staff. All materials must meet the guidelines delineated in Section D.
B. Copy for Principal 24 hours in advance of the time.
A copy of the materials shall be provided to the principal at or before the time distribution is to begin, along with the name of the student or students who are distributing the materials.
The principal shall determine whether the materials comply with the guidelines of this policy and shall consult with the Superintendent and legal counsel if necessary.
The school's determination that the material complies with the guidelines does not imply approval of its contents by the school, the administrators of the school, the Board of Directors, or the individual reviewing the material submitted. The distributors and authors of the material shall be solely responsible for its contents.
C. Guidelines - see section F
Materials distributed on school premises shall not include expression that: (see Section G for definitions)
1. Is obscene to minors;
2. Is libelous;
3. Is pervasively indecent or vulgar, if distributed in the high school or junior high school; contains any indecent or vulgar language, if distributed in the elementary schools;
4. Advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;
5. Constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence or harassment based on race, religion, ethnic origin, handicap or gender);
6. Presents a clear and present likelihood that it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, or will cause/promote the commission of unlawful acts or violation of Board/school policies/rules;
Page 1 of 2
7. Expresses religious beliefs or points of view that students would reasonably believe, due to the content or format, to be sponsored, endorsed or given official imprimatur1 by the school; and/or
8. Is deemed inappropriate to the age and emotional maturity of students.
D. Time, Place and Manner of Distribution
Students may distribute materials at any entrance or exit to the school before and after school and in a location in the cafeteria designated by the principal during all lunch periods. Students shall not distribute materials in a manner which disrupts any school activity or blocks or impedes the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entranceways of the school. No students or staff members shall be compelled or coerced to accept any materials. Students who distribute materials shall be responsible for cleaning up materials thrown on the grounds and within school buildings.
E. Compliance with Policy
Violations of this policy may result in disciplinary action.
F. Policy Definitions
1. Obscene to minors is defined as:
a) The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole appeals to the prurient2 interest of minors;
b) The material depicts or describes sexual conduct in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community; and/or
c) The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.
2. Minor means any person under the age of 18.
3. Libel is a false statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual’s reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.
4. Distribution means circulation or dissemination of materials by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies. It includes displaying materials in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.
5. Materials include any form of communication including but not limited to writing, printing, recorded tape, film, video, computer disk, and amplified voice. For purposes of this policy, “materials” include tangible objects bearing no verbal communication or messages that are nonetheless distributed for the purpose of communication or expression.
Cross Reference: JICE – School-Sponsored Student Publications
KHC – Public Distribution of Non-School Materials
1 A person's acceptance or guarantee that something is of good standard
2 Encouraging interest in sexual matters
Adopted: November 12, 1992
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: June 1, 2017
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICFASTUDENT HAZING
Maine statute defines injurious hazing as “any action or situation which recklessly or intentionally endangers the mental or physical health of a student enrolled in a public school.”
It is the policy of the Board that injurious hazing activities of any type, either on or off school property, by any student, staff member, group or organization affiliated with this school unit, are inconsistent with the educational process and shall be prohibited at all times.
No administrator, faculty member, or other employee of the school unit shall encourage, permit, condone, or tolerate injurious hazing activities. No student, including leaders of students organizations, shall plan, encourage, or engage in injurious hazing activities.
Persons not associated with this school unit who fail to abide by this policy may be subject to ejection from school property and/or other measures as may be available under the law.
Administrators, faculty members, students, and all other employees who fail to abide by this policy may be subject to disciplinary action which may include suspension, expulsion, or other appropriate measures.
In the case of an organization affiliated with this school unit which authorizes hazing, penalties may include rescission of permission for that organization to operate on school property or to receive any other benefit of affiliation with the school unit.
These penalties shall be in addition to any civil or criminal penalties to which the violator or organization may be subject.
The Superintendent shall assume responsibility for administering this policy. In the event that an individual or organization disagrees with an action—or lack of action—on the part of the Superintendent as he/she carries out the provisions of this policy, that individual or organization may appeal to the full Board. The ruling of the Board, with respect to the provisions of this policy, shall be final.
A copy of this policy shall be included in all school handbooks or distributed to all school staff and students as deemed appropriate by the administration.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 6553
Adopted: November 12, 1992
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: June 1, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICH
STUDENT USE OF ALCOHOL, DRUGS, TOBACCO AND OTHER PROHIBITED SUBSTANCES
In order to promote the highest possible standards of learning, as well as the physical, social and emotional well-being of students, this policy is designed to aid students in abstaining from the unlawful use of alcohol, drugs, tobacco and other Prohibited Substances (as defined below); provide for early intervention when use is detected or a student seeks help; and provide consequences for policy violations.
This policy is also intended to support and encourage students to meet the standards for ethical and responsible behavior identified in the Student Code of Conduct.
Student compliance with this policy is mandatory. Any school staff member who has reason to suspect that a student has violated this policy is required to report the incident to an appropriate administrator as soon as possible.
This policy shall be disseminated through student-parent handbooks and reviewed with students in assemblies or other appropriate forums.
Prevention
The School Department will provide students with information and activities focused on abstaining from the use of Prohibited Substances. Such information and activities will address the legal, social and health consequences of use of Prohibited Substances and will provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use Prohibited Substances. The School Department will work in partnership with students, parents, social service organizations and local law enforcement to reduce risks for students where possible.
Intervention
MSAD #60 schools provide assistance through appropriate school staff, such as social workers, substance abuse counselors and guidance counselors, to intervene and counsel students who are involved with Prohibited Substances and to assist students in continuing their education. Information will be provided, as appropriate, about outside programs and resources that are available to assist students.
Prohibited Conduct
Students are prohibited from consuming, possessing, furnishing, selling, receiving, buying, manufacturing or being under the influence of prohibited substances before, during and after school hours:
Page 1 of 3
STUDENTS ARE ALSO PROHIBITED, AT SCHOOL OR DURING SCHOOL ACTIVITIES, FROM OFFERING OR ACCEPTING TO FURNISH, SELL, RECEIVE OR BUY PROHIBITED SUBSTANCES OFF SCHOOL PREMISES.
Students who participate in co-curricular and extracurricular activities are subject to additional rules and sanctions (see Board Policy JJJ).
Prohibited Substances
The term “Prohibited Substance” shall include, but not be limited to:
Consequences for Policy Violations
The consequences for violations of this policy and other information concerning implementation of this policy are contained in the accompanying administrative procedure, JICH-R.
Legal Reference: 21 USC § 812 (Controlled Substances Act); 21 CFR Part 1300.11-15
21 CFR Part 1300.11-15
Title IV- 21st Century Schools (20 USC § 7101 et seq.) (Safe and
Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act)
17-A MRSA § 1101
42 USC § 290dd-2; 42 CFR 2.1 et seq.
42 CFR § 2.1 et seq.
20 USC § 6081 (Pro-Children Act of 2001)
20-A MRSA §§ 1001(9); 4008; 6621 et seq.
22 MRSA § 1578-B
Me PL 470 (An Act to Reduce Tobacco Use by Minors)
Cross Reference: GBEC – Drug-Free Workplace
IJNDB/IJNDB-R – Student Computer and Internet Use
JICH-R – Administrative Procedure for Student Use of Alcohol, Drugs,
Tobacco, and Other Prohibited Substances
Page 2 of 3
JICIA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JKD – Suspension of Students
JKE – Expulsion of Students
JJJ – Extracurricular Substance Abuse
JLCD – Administering Medication to Students
JRA – Student Records
Adopted: January 4, 1996
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: December 1, 2005
Revised: November 16, 2006
Revised: November 10, 2016
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICH-R
STUDENT SUBSTANCE ABUSE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
I. Voluntary Referrals to Social Worker/Guidance Counselor (“Voluntary Help”)
The following progressive intervention and disciplinary procedures are intended as guidelines only. The administration reserves the discretion to impose consequences up to and including recommendation of expulsion for any violation of the Board’s student substance abuse policy. In determining the level of discipline, the administration may consider any relevant facts and circumstances, including but not limited to the student behavior accompanying the violation, the student’s willingness to cooperate with the investigation and referral recommendations, whether the student self-reported or voluntarily sought help, and the student’s prior disciplinary record.
II. K-7 Procedures
2) Meet with student;
3) Notify and meet with parent/guardian;
4) Notify Superintendent and/or law enforcement;
5) Refer student to designated school guidance counselor or Student Support Team (SST) member;
Page 1 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICH-R
6) Have SST member or designated school guidance counselor meet with parent/guardian to share recommendations;
7) Consider referral to Department of Health and Human Services if parent/guardian refuses to cooperate with above procedure; and
8) Provide for disciplinary action as appropriate (e.g., 0-3 day in-school suspension).
b. Second and Subsequent Offenses—The administrator shall:
1) Follow steps 1 – 7 as for first offense;
2) Provide for disciplinary action as appropriate (e.g., in-school or out-of-school suspension).
c. Discretion
1) The administrator has the authority and discretion to deviate from the disciplinary measures set out above.
2) The administrator shall take into account the degree to which a student voluntarily sought help.
2. Type 2: Furnishing, selling or buying of prohibited substances.
a. First Offense—The administrator shall:
1) Confiscate the prohibited substance and verify offense;
2) Meet with student;
3) Notify and meet with parent/guardian;
4) Notify Superintendent and/or law enforcement;
5) Refer student to designated school guidance counselor or Student Support Team (SST) member;
6) Have SST member or designated school guidance counselor meet with parent/guardian to share recommendations;
7) Consider referral to Department of Health and Human Services if parent/guardian refuses to cooperate with above procedure; and
8) Provide for out-of-school suspension (up to 10 days) and/or refer to Board of Directors for expulsion hearing.
b. Second and Subsequent Offenses—The administrator shall:
1) Follow steps 1 – 7 as for first offense; and
2) Provide for immediate out-of-school suspension (up to 10 days) and refer to Board of Directors for expulsion hearing.
c. Discretion
1) The administrator has the authority and discretion to deviate from the disciplinary measures set out above.
Page 2 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICH-R
2) The administrator shall take into account the degree to which a student voluntarily sought help.
III. High School Procedures (8-12)
A. Disciplinary Action
a. First Offense—The administrator shall:
1) Confiscate the prohibited substance and verify offense;
2) Meet with student;
3) Notify and meet with parent/guardian;
4) Notify Superintendent and/or law enforcement;
5) Refer student to designated school guidance counselor or Student Support Team (“SST”) member;
6) Have SST member or designated school guidance counselor meet with parent/guardian to share recommendations;
7) Consider referral to Department of Health and Human Services if parent/guardian refuses to cooperate with above procedure; and
8) Provide for in-school or out-of-school suspension.
b. Second and Subsequent Offenses—The administrator shall:
1) Follow steps 1 – 7 as for first offense;
2) Provide for out-of-school suspension (up to 10 days) and/or refer to Board of Directors for expulsion hearing.
c. Discretion
1) The administrator has the authority and discretion to deviate from the disciplinary measures set out above.
2) The administrator shall take into account the degree to which a student voluntarily sought help.
2. Type 2: Furnishing, selling or buying of prohibited substances.
a. First Offense—The administrator shall:
1) Confiscate the prohibited substance and verify offense;
2) Meet with student;
3) Notify and meet with parent/guardian;
4) Notify Superintendent and/or law enforcement;
5) Refer student to designated school guidance counselor or Student Support Team (“SST”) member; Page 3 of 4 NEPN/NSBA Code: JICH-R
6) Have SST member or designated school guidance counselor meet with parent/guardian to share recommendations;
7) Consider referral to Department of Health and Human Services if parent/guardian refuses to cooperate with above procedure; and
8) Provide for immediate out-of-school suspension (up to 10 days) and/or refer to Board of Directors for expulsion hearing.
b. Second and Subsequent Offenses—The administrator shall:
1) Follow steps 1– 7 as for first offense; and
2) Provide for immediate out-of-school suspension (up to 10 days) and refer to Board of Directors for expulsion hearing.
c. Discretion
1) The administrator has the authority and discretion to deviate from the disciplinary measures set out above.
2) The administrator shall take into account the degree to which a student voluntarily sought help.
Cross Reference: JICH – Student Substance Abuse
Adopted: November 2, 1995
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: October 17, 2019
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICIA
WEAPONS, VIOLENCE AND SCHOOL SAFETY
The Board of Directors believes that students and staff are entitled to learn and work in a school environment free of violence, threats and disruptive behavior. Students are expected to conduct themselves with respect for others and in accordance with Board policies, school rules, reasonable unwritten behavior expectations, and applicable state and federal laws.
School staff are required to immediately report incidents of prohibited conduct by students to the building administrator for investigation and appropriate action.
Prohibited Conduct
Students are prohibited from engaging in the following conduct on school property, while in attendance at school or at any school-sponsored activity, or at any time or place that such conduct directly interferes with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the school:
A. Possession and/or use of articles commonly used or designed to inflict bodily harm and/or to threaten, intimidate, coerce or harass another person. Examples of such articles include but are not limited to firearms, BB guns, pellet guns, any other kind of gun, ammunition, explosives, cross-bows, brass knuckles, switchblades, knives, chains, clubs, Kung Fu stars and numchucks;
B. Use of any object, although not necessarily designed to be a weapon, to inflict bodily harm and/or to threaten, intimidate, coerce or harass another person. Examples of such articles include but are not limited to bats, belts, picks, pencils, compasses, objects capable of ignition (e.g., matches, lighters), files, tools of any sort and replicas of weapons (including toys);
C. Possession and/or use of any object which, although not necessarily designed to be a weapon, has the potential to cause bodily injury or damage to property. Examples of such materials include but are not limited to: firecrackers, hazardous chemicals, etc.;
D. Violent or threatening behavior, including but not limited to fighting, assault and/or battery, taking hostages, threats to commit violence against persons or property (e.g., verbal or written death threats, threats of bodily harm, bomb threats);
E. Verbal or written statements (including those made on or through a computer) which threaten, intimidate, or harass others, which tend to incite violence and/or disrupt the school program;
F. Willful and malicious damage to school or personal property;
G. Stealing or attempting to steal school or personal property;
H. Lewd, indecent or obscene acts or expressions of any kind;
I. Violations of the school unit’s drug/alcohol and tobacco policies;
J. Violations of state or federal laws; and
K. Any other conduct that may be harmful to persons or property. Page 1 of 3
Disciplinary Action
Principals may suspend and/or recommend expulsion of students who violate this policy based upon the facts of each case and in accordance with applicable state and federal laws. Conduct which violates this policy is deliberately disobedient and deliberately disorderly within the meaning of 20-A MRSA § 1001(9) and will be grounds for expulsion if found necessary for the peace and usefulness of the school. Such conduct may also be grounds for expulsion under other provisions of 20-A MRSA § 1001(9 and 9-A) that specifically prohibit the use and possession of weapons, infractions of violence, and possession, furnishing and trafficking of scheduled drugs.
Students who are found to have brought a firearm to school (as defined by federal law), shall be expelled for a period of not less than one year, unless this requirement is modified by the Superintendent on a case-by-case basis in writing.
All firearms violations shall be referred to law enforcement authorities as required by law. Other violations of this policy shall be referred to law enforcement authorities at the discretion of the Superintendent.
Students with disabilities shall be disciplined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws/regulations and Board Policy JKF.
Theft of school property will result in the payment of restitution for the value of the property.
Psychological Evaluation Risk/Assessment
The Board authorizes the Superintendent to request a psychological evaluation of a student who engages in conduct prohibited by this policy when, in his/her opinion, such an evaluation will assist in assessing the risk the student poses to school safety if the student were to remain in school. The Superintendent is also authorized to request psychological evaluations of students who have been identified as posing a substantial risk of violent behavior. All such evaluations shall be performed at the school unit's expense.
If the parent/guardian and/or student refuse to permit a requested psychological evaluation, the Superintendent and the Board may draw any reasonable inferences from the student's behavior concerning the risk the student poses to school safety for purposes of determining appropriate action.
Legal References: 20-USC Sect. 7151
20-A MRSA §§ 1001(9); 1001(9-A); 6552
17-A MRSA §§ 2(9); 2(12-A)
5 - MRSA Subsection 4681
Cross References: ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ADC - Tobacco Use and Possession
EBCA - Crisis Response Plan
JICH - Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Suspension of Students
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JKF - Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
JIH – Questioning and Searches of Students
KLG - Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities Page 2 of 3
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: August 22, 2001
Revised: September 22, 2005
Revised: March 11, 2010
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JICK
BULLYING
It is the intent of the MSAD #60 Board of Directors to provide all students with an equitable opportunity to learn. To that end, the Board has a significant interest in providing a safe, orderly and respectful school environment that is conducive to teaching and learning.
The Board believes that bullying, including cyberbullying, is detrimental to student well-being and to student learning and achievement. It interferes with the mission of the schools to educate their students and disrupts the operations of the schools. Bullying affects not only students who are targets but also those who participate in and witness such behavior.
Bullying Prohibited
Bullying, including cyberbullying, harassment and sexual harassment are not acceptable conduct in MSAD #60 and are prohibited.
Retaliation for the reporting of incidents of such behavior is also prohibited.
In adopting this policy, it is not the Board’s intent to prohibit students from expressing their ideas, including religious, political and philosophical views that may offend the sensibilities of others, or from engaging in civil debate. However, the Board does not condone and will take action in response to conduct that directly interferes with students’ rights at school under applicable laws or with the educational mission, operations, discipline or general welfare of the schools.
Definitions
Bullying and cyberbullying have the same meaning in this policy as in Maine law:
Bullying
Bullying includes, but is not limited to a written, oral or electronic expression or a physical act or gesture or any combination thereof directed at a student or students that:
A. Has, or a reasonable person would expect it to have, the effect of:
1. Physically harming a student or damaging a student’s property; or
2. Placing a student in reasonable fear of physical harm or damage to his/her property;
B. Interferes with the rights of a student by:
1. Creating an intimidating or hostile educational environment for the student; or
2. Interfering with the student’s academic performance or ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities or privileges provided by the school; or
Page 1 of 4
C. Is based on:
a. A student’s actual or perceived characteristics identified in 5 MRSA § 4602 or 4684-A (including race; color; ancestry; national origin; sex; sexual orientation; gender identity or expression; religion; physical or mental disability) or other distinguishing personal characteristics (such as socioeconomic status; age; physical appearance; weight; or family status); or
b. A student’s association with a person with one or more of these actual or perceived characteristics or any other distinguishing characteristics;
and that has the effect described in subparagraph A. or B. above.
D. For the purpose of this policy, bullying does not mean teasing, put-downs, talking trash, trading of insults, or similar interactions among friends, nor does it include expression of ideas or beliefs so long as such expression is not lewd, profane, or does not interfere with student's opportunity to learn, the instructional program, or the operations of the schools. This does not preclude teachers or school administrators from setting and enforcing rules for civility, courtesy, and/or responsible behavior in the classroom and the school environment.
Under Maine law:
Sexual orientation means a person’s actual or perceived heterosexuality, bisexuality, homosexuality, or gender identity or expression.
Gender identity means gender-related identity, appearance, mannerisms, or other gender-related characteristics of an individual, regardless of the individual’s assigned sex at birth.
Cyberbullying
Cyberbullying means bullying through the use of technology or any electronic communication, including but not limited to, a transfer of signs, signals, writing, images, sounds, data or intelligence of any nature transmitted by the use of any electronic device including, but not limited to, a computer, telephone, cellular telephone, text messaging device.
Retaliation
Retaliation means an act or gesture against a student for asserting or alleging an act of bullying. Retaliation also includes reporting that is not made in good faith on an act of bullying.
Application of Policy
This policy applies to bullying that:
A. Takes place at school or on school grounds, at any school-sponsored or school-related activity or event or while students are being transported to or from school or school-sponsored activities or events; or
Page 2 of 4
B. Takes place elsewhere or through the use of technology, but only if the bullying also infringes on the rights of the student at school as set forth in the definition of bullying.
Consequences for Policy Violations
Students
Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary action which may include suspension, expulsion or a series of graduated consequences including alternative discipline or other behavioral interventions.
The Board retains the right to impose disciplinary consequences for bullying and other conduct that occurs at any time or place that substantially disrupts the instructional program, operations of the schools or welfare of students.
Any student violating this policy may also be subject to civil or criminal penalties.
School Employees and Others
Administrators, professional staff and all other employees who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal, and in accordance with any applicable collective bargaining agreements.
Volunteers, contractors and visitors who violate this policy will be barred from school property until the Superintendent is satisfied that the person will comply with Maine’s bullying law and this policy.
Any person violating this policy may also be subject to civil or criminal penalties.
Any school-affiliated organization that authorizes or engages in bullying or retaliation is subject to forfeiture of Board approval/sanctioning and/or suspension or revocation of its permission to operate on school grounds.
Staff Training
MSAD #60 will provide professional development and staff training in bullying prevention and response.
Delegation of Responsibility
The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for developing and implementing procedures in accordance with applicable law to implement this policy.
The Superintendent will designate the school principal and/or other school personnel to be responsible for implementation/enforcement of this policy and associated procedures on the school level.
Page 3 of 4
A student or his/her parent/guardian who is dissatisfied with a decision of the Superintendent or designee related to the taking or not taking of disciplinary action in the course of implementing this policy may appeal, in writing, to the Superintendent within 14 calendar days of notice of the decision. The Superintendent’s decision shall be final.
Dissemination of Policy
The Superintendent will be responsible for providing this policy, any associated administrative procedures and the names of the person(s) responsible for implementing the policy/procedure at the school level in writing to students, parents, school employees and volunteers in handbooks, on the school unit’s website and by such other means (if any) as may be determined by the Superintendent.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. § 1001(15), 6554
Cross Reference: AC - Nondiscrimination, Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
ACAA-R Student Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure
ACAD – Hazing
AD – Educational Philosophy/Mission
ADAA – School System Commitment to Standards for Ethical and
Responsible Behavior
ADF - School Unit Commitment to Learning Results
GCI – Professional Staff Development
IJNDB-R - Student Computer and Internet Use and Internet Safety
JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities
JIC - Student Code of Conduct
JICC - Student Conduct on School Buses
JICIA - Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Suspension of Students
JKE - Expulsion of Students
KLG - Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
Adopted: June 25, 2009
Revised: January 16, 2020
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH
QUESTIONING AND SEARCHES OF STUDENTS
The Board seeks to maintain a safe and orderly environment in the schools. School administrators may question and/or search students in accordance with this policy and accompanying administrative procedure.
Students, their personal property, and their vehicles may be searched upon reasonable suspicion that they possess any items or substances which are prohibited by law, Board policies and/or school rules, or which interfere with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the school.
When special circumstances exist, including but not limited to a suspected ongoing violation of the Board’s drug/alcohol or weapons policies, or when a potential threat to safety is identified, school administrators may search groups of students or the entire student body without individualized suspicion.
Student use of all school storage facilities, including but not limited to lockers, desks, and parking lots, is a privilege granted by the school. All storage facilities are school property and remain under the control, custody, and supervision of the school. Only locks provided by MSAD 60 may be used to secure student lockers.
Students have no expectation of privacy in school storage facilities or for any items placed in such storage facilities. School administrators have the authority to inspect and search storage facilities and their contents on a random basis, with or without reasonable suspicion, and without notice or consent. Canine patrols may be used.
If a search produces evidence that a student has violated or is violating the law, Board policies and/or school rules, such evidence may be seized and impounded by school administrators and appropriate disciplinary action may be taken. Evidence may be forwarded to law enforcement authorities as required by law or as deemed appropriate by school administrators.
The Superintendent is authorized to develop and implement, with input from legal counsel, administrators, and/or other appropriate persons, any administrative procedures necessary to carry out this policy.
This policy and the accompanying procedure will be included in student/parent handbooks. Such administrative procedures shall be subject to Board approval.
Cross Reference: JICH – Drug and Alcohol Use by Students
JIH - E Student Search checklist
JIH - R Questioning and Searches of Students - Administrative Procedure
JICIA – Weapons, Violence, and School Safety
JK – Student Discipline
KLG – Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
Adopted: October 20, 1994
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: September 22, 2005
Revised: September 19, 2019
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-E
STUDENT SEARCH CHECKLIST
This checklist is to be completed for each individualized student search incident as soon as possible after the search.
Name/Title of Person Performing Search and Completing Form:
________________________________________________________________
Date: ______________________
1. Who was searched? ________________________________________________
2. Date, time and location of search _____________________________________
3. What factors caused you to have a reasonable suspicion that a search of this student or the student’s possessions would provide evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law, Board policies or school rules?
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
4. Was student’s consent requested? __________ Given? ___________________
[Consent is not required for search to be conducted]
5. What was searched (i.e., person, personal belongings, storage facilities)?
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
6. Who witnessed the search? ________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
7. What did the search yield? __________________________________________
A. What evidence was seized? _______________________________________
B. Was receipt issued for seized items? _______________________________
8. Were police notified? _____________________________________________
9. Was any evidence released to police? Yes _____ No _____
If yes, what evidence? _____________________________________________
10. Were parents notified of the search, including the reasons and the scope?
Yes _____ No _____
A. If yes, how were they notified? ________________________________
B. If no, why not? _____________________________________________
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-E
11. Other relevant facts (if any)_________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Signature of Person Performing Search and Completing Form:
__________________________________________________
[NOTE: If search resulted in school disciplinary action and/or referral to law enforcement, this form should be retained in the student's file.
If search did not result in disciplinary action, this form should be retained in separate file in school or superintendent’s office.]
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-R
QUESTIONING AND SEARCHES OF STUDENTS -
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
The purpose of this administrative procedure is to provide guidelines for the conduct of student questioning and searches by school administrators. These are guidelines only and may be adjusted within reasonable and lawful limits on a case-by-case basis.
A. Questioning by school administrators.
1. School administrators are under no obligation to notify a student’s parents/guardians prior to questioning a student regarding alleged violations of Board policies, school rules and/or federal/state laws. If law enforcement officers are involved, refer to policy KLG – Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities.
2. School administrators shall inform the student of the reasons for the questioning and provide an opportunity for the student to respond to any allegations. School administrators shall make a reasonable effort to question the student in a location out of the sight and hearing of other students.
If a student fails to cooperate, lies, misleads or threatens any person during questioning,
he/she may be subject to additional disciplinary action.
B. Searches of Students and/or Personal Property in Students’ Immediate Possession
1. School administrators are authorized to search students and/or personal property in the students’ immediate possession when, in their judgment, there are reasonable grounds to suspect that a student has violated or is violating the Board policies, school rules and/or federal/state laws, or is interfering with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the school.
2. All searches of students and/or personal property shall be authorized and conducted by a school administrator in the presence of a witness, except where the circumstances render the presence of a witness impractical. A reasonable effort will be made to conduct searches out of the sight and hearing of other students.
3. Searches should be reasonably related to the suspected violation and no more intrusive than necessary to discover the evidence for which the search was instigated. Searches may include the student’s outer clothing (e.g., pockets, jacket, shoes, hat) and personal belongings (e.g., purse, backpack, gym bag, lunch bag). The student may be given the opportunity to open any closed items or items that are not easily accessible to visual search. If the student refuses, the administrator shall open and search the items. If the search discloses evidence, a broader search may be justified.
4. Searches which disclose evidence that a student has violated Board policies or school rules will be addressed through school disciplinary procedures. Evidence of violation of federal/state laws may result in school disciplinary action and/or be forwarded to law enforcement authorities for possible investigation/prosecution.
5 School administrators are required to document all searches and items seized/impounded on the Student Search Form or by another reasonable method.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JIH-R
C. Searches of Lockers, Desks and Other School Facilities
1. School staff, students and parents shall be informed of this policy/procedure on an annual basis. Students have no expectation of privacy in the school storage facilities or for any items placed in such storage facilities. School administrators have the authority to inspect and search storage facilities and their contents on a random basis, with or without reasonable suspicion and without notice or consent.
2. School administrators shall consult with the Superintendent prior to conducting random searches.
3. Searches of individual student lockers, desks or other storage facilities and their contents based upon reasonable suspicion will be conducted in the presence of the student and a witness, if practical under the circumstances of the search.
4. Searches which disclose evidence that a student has violated Board policies or school rules will be addressed through school disciplinary procedures. Evidence of violation of federal/state laws may result in school disciplinary action and/or be forwarded to law enforcement authorities for possible investigation/prosecution.
5 School administrators are required to document all searches and items seized/impounded on the Student Search Form or by another reasonable method.
D. Patrolling of Parking Lots
1. Students may drive vehicles to school and park in designated areas in accordance with school rules. School administrators retain the authority to patrol parking lots.
2. If school administrators have a reasonable suspicion that a vehicle which a student has parked at school contains evidence that the student has or is violating a federal/state law and/or there is a substantial threat to the welfare and safety of the schools, law enforcement authorities will be requested to render assistance in accordance with Board policy KLG – Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities.
E. Involvement of Law Enforcement Authorities
1 School authorities have the discretion to request the assistance of law enforcement authorities in accordance with Board policy.
Cross Reference: JIH-E – Student Search Checklist
KLG – Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: September 22, 2005
September 19, 2019
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJAB
LIMITED OPEN/CLOSED FORUM
Students in grades K-12 and Adult Education shall be permitted to organize and conduct meetings of non-curriculum-related student clubs or other groups to pursue specialized activities outside the classroom. Such groups shall not be considered school-sponsored student organizations nor be given all the privileges afforded to school-sponsored organizations.
Students may conduct meetings under this policy on school premises only during non-instructional time so that meetings do not interfere with the orderly conduct of the school. Meetings of non-curricular student groups must be scheduled, organized and conducted within the guidelines established by this policy and accompanying regulations.
For purposes of this policy, “non-instructional time” means time set aside by each school before actual classroom instructions begins or after actual classroom instruction ends.
Requests for permission to conduct a non-curricular student meeting must originate from a student or groups of students. At the elementary level, given the students’ developmental ages, principals are also authorized to hear requests from parents or non-school personnel. Persons not eligible to attend school in this district, parents, school personnel or any other non-school persons are prohibited from directing, conducting, controlling or regularly participating in the activities of a non-curricular student group.
All non-curricular student groups meeting on school premises are required to open membership to all interested and/or eligible students. Attendance at all meetings must be voluntary.
The administration shall develop general guidelines and rules so that students will be informed about the procedure for scheduling meetings and activities, the hours available for meetings and the facilities available for meeting space. Students must request permission for a meeting of a non-curriculum-related group from the principal and submit all scheduling requests to the principal for approval.
A member of the professional staff must attend every meeting or activity scheduled on school premises as a monitor for purposes of general supervision, unless other supervisory arrangements are made to the principal’s satisfaction. Students shall be responsible for ensuring the presence of a faculty monitor prior to every meeting.
School employees may be present at religious meetings of a non-curricular group only in a non-participatory capacity.
The school district, through the building principal, retains the authority to prohibit meetings which otherwise would be unlawful. Further, nothing in this policy shall be construed to limit the authority of the school to maintain discipline on school premises, to protect the well-being of students and faculty and to insure that attendance at meetings is voluntary. Neither shall anything in this policy be used to imply that the school is sponsoring a non-curricular student group. No district funding or support shall be extended to non-curricular student groups other than an opportunity to meet on school premises.
In providing equal access to school facilities for all non-curricular groups, the district is not expressing any opinion or approval of the subject matter discussed at any meeting nor is it advocating or supporting in any manner the point of view expressed by any student or group meeting as allowed by this policy.
Page 1 of 2
Non-curricular student groups shall not be denied equal access to school facilities solely on the basis of the religious, political, philosophical or other content of any speech at such meetings.
Adopted: October 17, 2002
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJE
STUDENT FUNDRAISING ACTIVITIES
It is the intent of the Board of Directors to provide, through the normal budget process, the facilities and resources necessary to support and achieve the educational mission and goals of our schools. The Board recognizes that appropriate fundraising activities can enrich the educational opportunities and resources available to students and enhance school facilities and equipment. Fundraising activities by students, school-affiliated organizations and community groups in support of the schools must be approved in advance by the administration and comply with the following guidelines. The Superintendent has the authority to develop any administrative procedures necessary to implement this policy.
FUNDRAISING GUIDELINES
A. Guidelines Applicable to All Fundraising Activities:
1. Fundraising activities must not interfere with the educational program.
2. The use of instructional time to promote or participate in fundraising activities is discouraged and will be approved only in unusual circumstances.
3. No student shall be required to participate in fundraising activities as a condition of participating in a required school program.
4. All students participating in fundraising activities must be supervised by an adult.
5. No door-to-door solicitation of homes or businesses is allowed unless invited. Introductory letters, phone contacts, or electronic solicitation are acceptable.
6. It is preferable that students be involved in an activity or provide a service rather than seeking outright donations.
7. No money may be raised or collected or binding commitments made to suppliers of any goods or services associated with a fundraising activity until the activity has been approved by the Superintendent or designee.
8. MSAD #60 and or the school’s name, logo or other insignia may not be used for fundraising purposes without the specific approval of the Superintendent or his/her designee.
9. Fundraising activities must comply with federal, state, and local laws, including those related to the school nutrition program and games of chance, and all applicable Board policies and school rules.
10. Revenue and expenditure reports for each activity must be submitted to the principal. All fundraising activities shall be subject to the district's accounting and auditing procedures.
11 . Fundraising organizers are encouraged to schedule activities as far in advance as possible. The principal has the discretion to deny approval of activities if activities overlap or otherwise place an undue burden on the school unit and/or the community.
12. In approving fundraising activities, the principal will consider the reasonableness (cost vs. benefit) and educational value of the activity the fundraising is meant to support.
13. The activity must be one in which schools and students may appropriately engage and must not subject the school or students to unnecessary risk or responsibility. If there is a question regarding the appropriateness of a newly proposed fundraising activity, the building principal shall consult with the Superintendent.
Page 1of 2
B. Guidelines Applicable to Activities Involving Alterations/Additions to School Unit Property
1. Any fundraising that will result in alterations or additions to district facilities or property must be approved by the Superintendent and the Board.
2. Any fundraising activity involving permanent donor recognition (such as installation of engraved bricks, tiles, signs, plaques, etc.) shall:
a. Include only the donor name (first and last name, no nicknames) or the name of the person the donor is honoring; or
b. In the case of a business, only the business name. Businesses selling services or products not legal for students to purchase or otherwise inappropriate to the public school setting will not be allowed.
c. The school unit reserves the right to review and refuse any submission which, in the judgment of administrators, is not appropriate to the public school setting or includes messages of a political, social or religious nature.
3. Any fundraising activity that involves the installation of art work or any other items created by individuals or groups is subject to school guidelines for such work.
4. Any items installed or affixed to school property become the property of the school unit. The school unit has complete discretion to remove or replace any item that is damaged, destroyed, becomes outdated or when the area is renovated or remodeled.
Cross Reference:
JJE-E Student Fundraising Activities Approval Form
KF- Community Use of School Facilities
KFA- Facilities Use Fee Schedule and Contract
KFB - High School Facilities Use
KF-E1 Facilities Form
Adopted: October 19, 2006
Revised: April 10, 2008
January 16, 2020
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJE-E
STUDENT FUNDRAISING ACTIVITIES APPROVAL FORM
This form must be submitted to the Office of the Principal for approval one month in advance of the proposed fundraising activity. Please see attached the electronic Student Fundraising Policy JJE and Sales Of Foods In Competition With the School Food Service Program Policy EFE.
Name of group, team or organization: Date submitted:
Advisor: Signature:
Contact person: Phone number:
How these funds will be used:
Are contracted services required? Yes No Company:
Person authorizing expenditures:
Location of fundraiser:
Has a building use form been completed and approved? Yes No NA
Note: All funds raised must be deposited in the School Activity Account as soon as possible.
Name of the account and the account #:
Person responsible for making the deposit(s):
Describe the proposed fundraising activity:
Describe the educational purpose of the proposed activity (How does it support the MSAD #60 curriculum?)
Date(s) (beginning and ending):
People involved in the fundraiser: students parents other (explain):
Projected amount to be raised:
Page 1 of 2
ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW
Approved by Principal: Date:
Approved by A.D. (if related to athletics): Date:
Rejected - reason(s):
Conflicts with other fundraising events
Does not meet one month application deadline
Interferes with the educational program
Requires mandatory student participation
Inadequate supervision
Requires door to door solicitation
Financial commitment was made before approval
Does not comply with federal, state or local laws
Violates district nutritional guidelines
Places an undue burden on the community or local businesses
Requires alteration or addition to district facilities (requires Superintendent's approval)
Other
cc: Business Manager
Cross Reference:
JJE Student Fundraising Activities
KF- Community Use of School Facilities
KFA- Facilities Use Fee Schedule and Contract
KFB - High School Facilities Use
KF-E1 Facilities Form
Adopted: January 16, 2020
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJE- R
STUDENT FUNDRAISING ACTIVITIES Approval Process
1. The person responsible for the proposed fundraising activity must complete a fundraising approval form and submit it to the building principal.
2. The principal will review the request to see if it meets the fundraising guidelines and any applicable school rules.
3. The principal will notify the organizer in writing within a reasonable time as to whether the activity is approved or denied.
4. The principal will provide the Superintendent with a copy of all fundraising requests and principal's decision.
5. If a principal denies a request, the organizer may ask the Superintendent to review the request. The Superintendent's decision is final.
6. As noted above, all fundraising requests that may involve alterations or additions to school unit property must be approved by the Superintendent and the Board. The Board's decision is final.
Cross Reference: KFB - Facilities Use
JJE- Student Fundraising Activities
JJE-E Student Fundraising Form
Approved: January 16, 2020
Page 1 of 1
JJIBC/KLA
RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER CLUBS
1.0 The Board of Directors recognizes the role of booster clubs in assisting the schools in enriching extra- and co-curricular activities and enabling more students to participate in such activities. A booster club is a parent and/or community club that is organized for the purpose of providing resources to support a particular sport or activity in the school or school system and to support the school in recognizing student participation in athletics and activities.
2.0 Only those booster clubs that have been approved by the Athletic Director/School Principal may use the name and/or logo of M.S.A.D.#60 or its schools. All booster clubs must follow school and district policies.
3.0 In order to be approved as a booster club, a club must meet the following criteria:
3.1 The club must be adults;
3.2 The booster president or designee must make application to the Director of Athletics/School Principal for all uses of school facilities for fund raising projects, in accordance with the Board’s facilities use policy and procedures (Policies KG, KG-R, KG-P);
3.3 Use of school facilities by the club will comply with all policies and regulations established by the Board and, as applicable, the Maine Principals' Association;
3.4 All fundraising activities must be approved in advance by the Athletic Director/School Principal. All booster clubs must follow board policy and MPA Sport Season Policy regarding fundraising. Any promotion, advertising, or announcement of booster activities must have advance approval of the Athletic Director/School Principal. Clubs must also follow the district’s Nutritional Guidelines for concession stands.
3.5 Fundraising activities will not be conducted within the school during school hours. Students and staff may assist booster club activities provided the assistance does not occur during instructional time.
3.6 All funds raised by the club must be used to achieve the stated purposes of the club;
3.7 Booster clubs may choose to be independent entities with their own tax identification number. In such cases:
A. The Booster club may not lawfully use the school’s sales tax exemption for purchases or sales;
B. The club must maintain bank and financial records separate from the school. The organization will provide to the Board quarterly or upon request, a complete set of financial records:
C. A copy of the bank statement and bank reconciliation assuring that the cash on
the balance sheet agrees with the reconciliation,
D. A summary statement of revenues and expenditures,
E. A detailed statement of revenues and expenses;
Page 1 of 2
F. At the Board's discretion, booster clubs may be required to submit to an independent audit conducted by a certified, independent auditor at the club's expense, and shall include all records since the last audit;
3.8 If a booster club does not wish to be an independent entity, it may use the district’s tax identification number. In such cases, the club must maintain an individual account in the Office of the Principal. All funds raised by the booster club will be submitted as soon as possible to the Athletic department for deposit into that booster club’s account through the Office of the Principal. The Athletic Director shall be notified of spending requests recommended by the booster club prior to the distribution of funds and all payments must be made through the Office of the Principal. Each booster club may maintain a petty cash account of up to $500, which must be turned in for final reconciliation within one month of the end of the sports season.
3.9 All booster club members must follow the MSAD 60 Cash Handling Policy.
3.10 Booster club gifts to students shall relate to the activity;
3.11 The Board will consider gender equity and budget implications before accepting Booster club donations;
3.12 Any booster club plan or project that would require expansion, renovation, or
construction of school facilities or would increase maintenance costs for facilities shall
require Board approval;
3.13 Any booster club plan to provide awards or recognition to teams or individual students must be approved by the appropriate administrator before any gift is purchased;
3.14 The Varsity Coach will be included in the booster club’s decision-making process. No coach or immediate family members of the coach will have sole fiscal or management responsibilities in the club.
3.15 Booster clubs may not directly pay coaches or officials unless appropriate tax documentation is collected before payment is made or the payment goes through the M.S.A.D.#60 payroll account.
3.16 Booster clubs will not influence the selection of coaches, assistant coaches or
advisors nor assume any supervisory responsibility of coaches or advisors.
4.0 The Board reserves the right to revoke the approval of any booster club if it is found that
the club’s operations and purposes are inconsistent with Board policies.
Adopted: May 28, 2009
Cross Reference: KLA
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJIF
CONCUSSION POLICY
The MSAD #60 Board of Directors recognizes that concussion and other head injuries are serious and could result in significant brain damage and/or death if not recognized and managed properly. The Board adopts this policy to promote the safety of students participating in school activities, including but not limited to extracurricular athletic activities and interscholastic sports.
TRAINING
By August 31, or prior to the beginning of each sports season, school personnel (including volunteers) identified by the MSAD #60 Concussion Policy Management Team, must be made aware of this school policy and protocols related to the management of concussive injuries and participate in concussion awareness training, that includes recognizing signs and symptoms that may suggest a concussive or other head injury. This training must be consistent with protocols as identified or developed by the Maine Department of Education (DOE) and include instructions in the use of reporting forms as required by the DOE.
Coaches are required to undergo refresher training every two years based on the recommendations of the DOE and/or when protocols and forms have been revised.
STUDENT AND PARENTS/GUARDIANS
Annually at the beginning of each year, students intending to participate in school-sponsored athletic activities and parents/guardians of these students will be provided information including:
A. The risk of concussion and other head injuries and the dangers associated with continuing to participate when a concussion or other head injury is suspected;
B. The signs and symptoms associated with concussion and other head injuries; and
C. MSAD #60’s protocols for:
1) Removal of the student from the activity when the student is suspected of having
sustained a concussion or other head injury,
2) Evaluation, and
3) Return to full participation in school activities.
The student participating in sports and his/her parent(s)/guardian(s) must sign a statement acknowledging that they received and read this information before the student is allowed to participate in any school-sponsored athletic activity.
MANAGEMENT OF CONCUSSIVE AND OTHER HEAD INJURIES
It is the responsibility of staff members involved in school activities and trained in the signs and symptoms related to concussion or other head injury, to act in accordance with this policy when the staff member recognizes that a student may be exhibiting such signs and symptoms of a concussion.
Page 1 of 2
Any student suspected of having sustained a concussion or other head injury during a school activity including but not limited to participation in interscholastic sports, must be removed from the activity immediately. A
student and his/her parent(s)/guardian(s) will be informed of the need for an evaluation for brain injury before the student is allowed to return to full participation in school activities including learning.
No student is permitted to return to the activity or to participate in other school activities on the day of the suspected concussion.
Any student having sustained a head injury is prohibited from further participation in any school activities until he/she is evaluated for concussion. If a concussion is suspected, the student must be removed from school activities and evaluated by a licensed health care provider trained in concussion management.
If a concussion is confirmed, the student is not permitted to return to full participation in any school activities until medically cleared to do so by a licensed health care provider trained in concussion management. More than one evaluation by the student’s health care provider may be necessary before the student is cleared for full participation.
Coaches and other school personnel shall comply with the student’s treating health care provider trained in concussion management recommendations regarding gradual return to participation. If at any time during the return to full participation in school activities the student exhibits signs and symptoms of concussion, the student must be removed from the activities and be re-evaluated by the treating licensed health care provider trained in concussion management.
COGNITIVE CONSIDERATIONS
School personnel should be alert to cognitive and academic issues that may be experienced by a student who has suffered a concussion or other head injury, including but not limited to:
* Difficulty with concentration, organization, long-and-short term memory and
* Sensitivity to bright light and sounds.
School personnel shall accommodate a gradual return to full participation in activities as appropriate, based on the recommendation of the student’s concussion trained health care provider and appropriate designed school personnel (e.g. 504 Coordinator).
CONCUSSION POLICY MANAGEMENT TEAM
The Superintendent will appoint a Concussion Policy Management Team including a school administrator to be responsible, under the administrative supervision of the Superintendent, to make recommendations related to the implementation of this policy. The Concussion Policy Management Team will include the school nurse and Athletic Administrator and may include one or more principals or assistant principals, the school physician and other school personnel or consultants as the Superintendent deems appropriate.
The team shall oversee and implement this policy and related protocols for concussive head injuries based on the generally accepted protocols. This team will identify the school personnel who shall be trained in concussion signs and symptoms and the school activities covered by this policy.
The policy and/or related protocols should be reviewed when generally accepted protocols change.
Adopted: June 20, 2013
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JJJ
EXTRACURRICULAR SUBSTANCE ABUSE POLICY
This policy applies to participation in extracurricular activities only.
The use, possession, sale, transportation, solicitation and/or distribution of alcoholic beverages and/or of any scheduled drugs and tobacco as defined are strictly prohibited. This policy is not limited to school property or to transportation to and from school events and includes any school related activity. Students found to be in violation of this policy will be subject to the following consequences and may also face additional disciplinary action as defined in the MSAD #60 Substance Abuse Policy. Students are encouraged to seek help for substance abuse related problems or incidents. To the degree legally possible, such meetings between students and the counselor will be maintained on a confidential basis.
VIOLATIONS: Athletics
First Infraction – The first infraction of any of the above, as determined by the school administration and after due process, shall result in:
A. A four (4) week suspension (28 days) from participation in all athletic and extra-curricular activities concurrent with any suspension provided in the System-Wide Code of Conduct.
The suspension will begin on the date of the incident or the date that the incident was discovered, whichever is later.
The suspension will include a minimum of one game, contest or performance.
B. After two (2) weeks (14 days), students may be able to practice. Students may not, however, participate in games, competitions or performances. Prior to this, students may have zero contact with their team.
C. Students must comply with conditions set forth from the school’s administration and attend a minimum of three (3) counseling sessions through a designated school Counselor before he/she will be allowed to participate in any extra-curricular activity. The student and his/her parent/guardian must attend one of the three sessions.
D. Students will be ineligible to receive individual honors or awards from the school activity,
but will be allowed to receive a letter or certificate if he/she fulfills criteria established by the coach/advisor.
E. Students shall forfeit leadership positions for that particular season.
Second Infraction: A second infraction of the above, as determined by the school administration, and after due process, will result in:
A. Permanent suspension from all athletic teams for the remainder of that season and/or from all extra-curricular activities for the remainder of the school year, concurrent with any suspension provided for in the System-Wide Code of Conduct.
Page 1 of 4
B. Interscholastic ineligibility for the next two competitive seasons as defined by the Maine Principal’s Association.
C. Student must comply with conditions set forth from the school’s administration and attend a minimum of three (3) counseling sessions through a designated school Counselor before he/she will be allowed to participate in any extra-curricular activity.
D. Student will be ineligible for awards.
Referral Procedures: The referral process exists for students to seek help safely for themselves (self-referral) or for other students (concerned-person referral) whom they suspect or know are involved with tobacco, alcohol, illegal drugs or the misuse of legal substances. On the first report of either type of referral (self or concerned-person) the student receives help and will be subject to a 50% suspension policy. (1st Referral – 14 days). The Athletic Director will follow up concerned-person referrals with a thorough investigation.
Additional Substance Abuse Prevention Policies. At his/her own discretion, a coach or advisor may check or inspect backpacks, gym bags, and duffel bags. The coach/advisor may exclude from the trip any student who refuses to comply. SMOKING AND OTHER USES OF TOBACCO PRODUCTS are prohibited on school property including transportation to, from and during activities. This policy applies to participation in extra-curricular activities only. The use, possession, sale, transportation, solicitation, and/or distribution of alcoholic beverages and/or any scheduled drugs or tobacco may also bring additional disciplinary action as defined in the MSAD #60 Substance Abuse Policy.
Suspensions will carry over from season to season and year to year.
- Should the suspension carry over from one season to the next, students will be allowed to try out for the activity. Suspension would then continue once the student has been selected to participate in the activity.
- The number of days between the end of school and beginning of the next preseason activity in the next school year shall not be counted as part of the suspension.
All violations are cumulative for a student’s entire time of attendance at Noble High School and will be monitored by the Athletic Director.
Sport season is defined according to the Maine Principal’s Association guidelines or until the activity’s end of season banquet or awards ceremony or the beginning of the next sports season, whichever comes first.
Failure to comply with the full policy may result in the student’s removal from the team or activity.
Right of Appeal – Due Process: All athletes with formal suspensions have the right of due process as follows:
1. The violator and parent will be advised of the complaint.
2. The suspension/punishment will be set forth in writing.
3. Suspensions may be appealed by writing a letter to the Athletic Director with a copy to the Principal within four (4) days of the suspension being administered. This letter should request a hearing with the Administrative Council. The Administrative Council will consist of the building Principal, Assistant Principal, a Dean (if applicable) and up to two faculty members. Within five (5) days after the letter is received, the Athletic Director will notify the parents and the participant of the time and place of the appeal hearing. The council will hear both sides of the case and will take the action they consider to be in the best interests of the
Page 2 of 4
student and the school. During the appeal procedure, the suspension shall remain in effect unless waived by the school Principal.
VIOLATIONS: OTHER EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
First Infraction – The first infraction of any of the above, as determined by the school administration and after due process, shall result in:
A. A four (4) week suspension (28 days) from participation in all extra-curricular activities concurrent with any suspension provided in the System-Wide Code of Conduct.
The suspension will begin on the date of the incident or the date that the incident was discovered, whichever is later.
B. Students must comply with conditions set forth from the school’s administration and attend a minimum of three (3) counseling sessions through a designated school Counselor before he/she will be allowed to participate in any extra-curricular activity. The student and his/her parent/guardian must attend one of the three sessions.
C. Students will be ineligible to receive individual honors or awards from the school activity,
but will be allowed to receive a letter or certificate if he/she fulfills criteria established by the coach/advisor.
Second Infraction: A second infraction of the above, as determined by the school administration, and after due process, will result in:
A. Permanent suspension from all extra-curricular activities for the remainder of the school year, concurrent with any suspension provided for in the System-Wide Code of Conduct.
B. Student must comply with conditions set forth from the school’s administration and attend a minimum of three (3) counseling sessions through a designated school Counselor before he/she will be allowed to participate in any extra-curricular activity.
C. Student will be ineligible for awards.
Referral Procedures: The referral process exists for students to seek help safely for themselves (self-referral) or for other students (concerned-person referral) whom they suspect or know are involved with tobacco, alcohol, illegal drugs or the misuse of legal substances. On the first report of either type of referral (self or concerned-person) the student receives help and will be subject to a 50% suspension policy. (14 days.)
Additional Substance Abuse Prevention Policies. At his/her own discretion, an advisor may check or inspect backpacks, gym bags, and duffel bags. The advisor may exclude from the trip any student who refuses to comply. SMOKING AND OTHER USES OF TOBACCO PRODUCTS are prohibited on school property including transportation to, from and during activities. This policy applies to participation in extra-curricular activities only. The use, possession, sale, transportation, solicitation, and/or distribution of alcoholic beverages and/or any scheduled drugs or tobacco may also bring additional disciplinary action as defined in the MSAD #60 Substance Abuse Policy.
Right of Appeal – Due Process: All students with formal suspensions have the right of due process as follows:
1. The violator and parent will be advised of the complaint.
2. The suspension/punishment will be set forth in writing. Page 3 of 4
3. Suspensions may be appealed by writing a letter to the Principal within four (4) days of the suspension being administered. This letter should request a hearing with the Administrative Council. The Administrative Council will consist of the building Principal, Assistant Principal, a Dean (if applicable) and up to two faculty members. Within five (5) days after the letter is received, the Principal will notify the parents and the participant of the time and place of the appeal hearing. The council will hear both sides of the case and will take the action they consider to be in the best interests of the student and the school. During the appeal procedure, the suspension shall remain in effect unless waived by the school Principal.
This policy applies to participation in extracurricular activities only. The use, possession, sale, transportation and/or distribution of alcoholic beverages and/or any scheduled drugs or tobacco may also bring additional disciplinary action as defined in the MSAD #60 Substance Abuse Policy.
Adopted: July 2, 2002
Revised and Adopted: June 23, 2011
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JK
STUDENT DISCIPLINE
It is essential for schools to maintain a safe and orderly environment which supports student learning and achievement. Good discipline allows the schools to discharge their primary responsibilities to educate students and promote good citizenship. All students are expected to conduct themselves with respect for others and in accordance with School Board policies, school rules, and applicable state and federal laws. Disciplinary action may be taken against students who violate policies, rules, or laws, and/or whose conduct directly interferes with the operations, discipline or general welfare of the school.
The Board expects the following principles to guide the development and implementation of school rules and disciplinary procedures:
A. Discipline should emphasize positive reinforcement for appropriate behavior, as well as appropriate consequences for misbehavior. The focus should be on providing a school environment where students are engaged in constructive learning and interactions with others.
B. Expectations for student behavior should be clear and communicated to school staff, students and parents.
C. Consequences for misbehavior should be in proportion to the offense, fair and consistently enforced.
D. Parents should be actively involved in the process of preventing and resolving disciplinary problems at school.
Any restraint or seclusion of students shall comply with applicable regulations and Board policy.
Physical force and corporal punishment shall not be used as disciplinary methods. State law provides that “a teacher or other person entrusted with the care or supervision of a person for special or limited purposes may not be held civilly liable for the use of a reasonable degree of force against the person who creates a disturbance if the teacher or other person reasonably believes it is necessary to a) control the disturbing behavior; or b) remove the person from the scene of the disturbance.”
Teachers are authorized to make and enforce rules for effective classroom management and to foster appropriate student behavior, subject to the direction and approval by the Principal/designee.
School-wide rules shall be developed by the building principal with appropriate input from school staff, students and parents and subject to approval by the Superintendent. Principals shall provide for the suspension or other serious disciplinary action against students in accordance with Board policies, administrative procedures and Maine law.
Students with disabilities shall be disciplined in accordance with applicable federal and state law/regulations.
Legal Reference: 17-A MRSA § 106
20-A MRSA § 1001(15A); 4009
Cross Reference: AC - Non Discrimination/Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action
ACAA – Student Harassment and Sexual Harassment
JICIA- Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JKAA- Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion
Page 1 of 2
JKD - Suspension of Students
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JKF - Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: May 24, 2001
October 18, 2018
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKAA
USE OF PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION
The Board has adopted this policy and the accompanying procedures to implement the standards for use of physical restraint and seclusion with students, as required by state law and regulations, and to support a safe school environment. Physical restraint and seclusion, as defined by this policy, may only be used as an emergency intervention when the behavior of a student presents a risk of injury or harm to the student or others.
The Superintendent has overall responsibility for implementing this policy and the accompanying procedure, but may delegate specific responsibilities as he/she deems appropriate.
I. DEFINITIONS.
The following definitions apply to this policy and procedure:
A. Physical restraint: An intervention that restricts a student’s freedom of movement or normal access to his or her body, and includes physically moving a student who has not moved voluntarily.
Physical restraint does not include any of the following:
1. Physical escort: A temporary touching or holding inducing a student to walk to another location, including assisting the student to the student’s feet in order to be escorted.
2. Physical prompt: A teaching technique that involves physical contact with the student and that enables the student to learn or model the physical movement necessary for the development of the desired competency.
3. Physical contact: When the purpose of the intervention is to comfort a student and the student voluntarily accepts the contact.
4. A brief period of physical contact necessary to break up a fight.
5. Momentarily deflecting the movement of a student when the student’s movements would be destructive, harmful or dangerous to the student or others.
6. The use of seat belts, safety belts or similar passenger restraints, when used as intended during the transportation of a child in a motor vehicle.
7. The use of a medically prescribed harness, when used as intended; the use of protective equipment or devices that are part of a treatment plan prescribed by a licensed health care provider; or prescribed assistive devices when used as prescribed and supervised by qualified and trained individuals.
8. Restraints used by law enforcement officers or school resource officers employed by the police department in the course of their professional duties are not subject to this policy/procedure or MDOE Rule Chapter 33
9. MDOE Rule Chapter 33 does not restrict or limit the protections available to school officials under 20-A M.R.S.A. § 4009, but those protections do not relieve school officials from complying with this policy/procedure.
Page 1 of 3
B. Seclusion: The involuntary confinement of a student alone in a room or clearly defined area from which the student is physically prevented from leaving, with no other person in the room or area with the student.
Seclusion does not include:
1. Timeout: An intervention where a student requests, or complies with an adult request for, a break.
II. PROCEDURES FOR IMPLEMENTING PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION.
The requirements for implementing physical restraint and seclusion, as well as incident notices, documentation and reporting are included in the accompanying procedure, JKAA-R.
III. ANNUAL NOTICE OF POLICY/PROCEDURE.
M.S.A.D #60 shall provide annual notice to parents/legal guardians of this policy/procedure by means determined by the Superintendent/designee.
IV. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS.
A. All school staff and contracted providers shall receive an annual overview of this policy/procedure.
B. M.S.A.D #60 will ensure that there are a sufficient number of administrators/designees, special education and other staff who maintain certification in a restraint and seclusion training program approved by the Maine Department of Education. A list of certified staff shall be updated annually and maintained in the Superintendent’s Office, in each school office and in the school unit’s Emergency Management Plan
V. PARENT/LEGAL GUARDIAN COMPLAINT PROCEDURE.
A parent/legal guardian who has a complaint concerning the implementation of this policy/procedure must submit it in writing to the Superintendent as soon as possible. The Superintendent/designee shall investigate the complaint and provide written findings to the parent/legal guardian within twenty (20) business days, if practicable.
A parent/legal guardian who is dissatisfied with the result of the local complaint process may file a complaint with the Maine Department of Education. The Department of Education will review the results of the local complaint process and may initiate its own investigation at its sole discretion. The Department shall issue a written report with specific findings to the parent/legal guardian and the school unit within 60 calendar days of receiving the complaint.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. §§ 4502(5) (M); 4009
Me. DOE Rule, ch. 33
Cross Reference: EBCA – Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan
JKAA-R – Procedures of Physical Restraint and Seclusion
JK – Student Discipline
KLG/KLG-R – Relations with Law Enforcement
KLGA/KLGA-R – Relations with School Resource Officers
Page 2 of 3
Adopted: October 3, 2002
Revised: October 21, 2010
Revised: September 6, 2012
Revised: May 16, 2013
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKAA-R
PROCEDURES ON PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION
These procedures are established for the purpose of meeting the obligations of M.S.A.D #60 under state law/regulations and Board Policy JKAA governing the use of physical restraint and seclusion. These procedures shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with state law and regulations.
I. DEFINITIONS.
For purposes of these procedures, the terms “physical restraint” and “seclusion” shall have the meanings defined in Policy JKAA. Definitions for other important terms in this procedure include:
A. Emergency: A sudden, urgent occurrence, usually unexpected, but sometimes anticipated, that requires immediate action.
B. Risk of injury or harm: A situation in which a student has the means to cause physical harm or injury to him/herself or others and such injury or harm is likely to occur, such that a reasonable and prudent person would take steps to protect the student and others against the risk of such injury or harm.
C. Dangerous behavior: Behavior that presents a risk of injury or harm to a student or others.
D. Serious bodily injury: Any bodily injury that involves: (1) A substantial risk of death; (2) Extreme physical pain; (3) Protracted and obvious disfigurement; or (4) Protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ or mental faculty.
II. PHYSICAL RESTRAINT.
To the extent possible, physical restraint will be implemented by staff certified in a training program approved by the Maine Department of Education. If untrained staff have intervened and initiated a physical restraint in an emergency, trained staff must be summoned to the scene to assume control of the situation if the emergency continues.
This procedure does not preclude law enforcement personnel from implementing physical restraints in carrying out their professional responsibilities.
A. Permitted Uses of Physical Restraint
1. Physical restraint may be used only as an emergency intervention when the behavior of a student presents a risk of injury or harm to the student or others, and only after other less intrusive interventions have failed or been deemed inappropriate.
2. Physical restraint may be used to move a student only if the need for movement outweighs the risk involved in such movement.
3. Prescribed medications, harnesses, and other assistive or protective devices may be used as permitted by Rule Chapter 33.
4. Parents may be requested to provide assistance at any time. Page 1 of 9
B. Prohibited Forms and Uses of Physical Restraint
1. Physical restraint used for punitive purposes; as a therapeutic or educational intervention; for staff convenience; or to control challenging behavior.
2. Physical restraint used to prevent property destruction or disruption of the environment in the absence of a risk of injury or harm.
3. Physical restraint that restricts the free movement of a student’s diaphragm or chest, or that restricts the airway so as to interrupt normal breathing or speech (restraint-related asphyxia).
4. Physical restraint that relies on pain for control, including but not limited to joint hyperextension, excessive force, unsupported take-downs (e.g., tackles), the use of any physical structure (e.g., wall, railing or post), punching and hitting.
5. Aversive procedures and mechanical and chemical restraints.
a. Aversive procedures are defined as the use of a substance or stimulus, intended to modify behavior, which the person administering it knows or should know is likely to cause physical and/or emotional trauma to a student, even when the
substance or stimulus appears to be pleasant or neutral to others. Such substances and stimuli include but are not limited to infliction of bodily pain (e.g., hitting, pinching, slapping); water spray; noxious fumes; extreme physical exercise; costumes or signs
b. Mechanical restraints are defined as any item worn by or placed on the student to limit behavior or movement and which cannot be removed by the student. Prescribed assistive devices are not considered mechanical restraints when used as prescribed and their use is supervised by qualified and trained individuals in accordance with professional standards.
c. Chemical restraints are defined as the use of medication, including those administered PRN (as needed), given involuntarily to control student behavior. Prescribed medications are not considered chemical restraints when administered by a health care provider in accordance with a student’s health care plan.
C. Monitoring Students in Physical Restraint
1. At least two adults must be present at all times when physical restraint is used except when, for safety reasons, waiting for a second adult to arrive is precluded by the particular circumstances.
2. The student must be continuously monitored until he/she no longer presents a risk of injury or harm to him/herself or others.
3. If an injury occurs, applicable school policies and procedures should be followed.
D. Termination of Physical Restraint
1. The staff involved in the use of physical restraint must continually assess for signs that the student is no longer presenting a risk of injury or harm to him/herself or others, and the emergency intervention must be discontinued as soon as possible.
Page 2 of 9
a. The time a student is in physical restraint must be monitored and recorded.
b. If physical restraint continues for more than ten (10) minutes, an administrator/designee shall determine whether continued physical restraint is warranted, and shall continue to monitor the status of the physical restraint every ten (10) minutes until the restraint is terminated.
c. If attempts to release a student from physical restraint have
been unsuccessful and the student continues to present
behaviors that create a risk of injury or harm to
him/herself or others, then staff may request additional
assistance from other school staff, parents, medical providers,
or other appropriate persons or organizations.
III. SECLUSION.
To the extent possible, seclusion will be implemented by staff certified in a training program approved by the Maine Department of Education. If untrained staff have intervened and initiated seclusion in an emergency, trained staff must be summoned to the scene as soon as possible.
A “timeout” where a student requests, or complies with an adult request for, a break is not considered seclusion under this procedure. Seclusion also does not include any situation where others are present in the room or defined area with the student (including but not limited to classrooms, offices and other school locations).
A. Permitted Uses and Location of Seclusion
1. Seclusion may be used only as an emergency intervention when the behavior of a student presents a risk of injury or harm to the student or others, and only after other less intrusive interventions have failed or been deemed inappropriate.
2. Seclusion may be achieved in any part of a school building with adequate light, heat, ventilation and of normal room height.
a. Seclusion may not take place in a locked room.
b. If a specific room is designated as a seclusion room, it must be a minimum of sixty (60) square feet; have adequate light, heat and ventilation; be of normal room height; contain an unbreakable observation window in a wall or door; and must be free of hazardous materials and objects which the student could use to self-inflict bodily injury.
3. Parents may be requested to provide assistance at any time.
B. Prohibited Uses of Seclusion
1. Seclusion used for punitive purposes; as a therapeutic or educational intervention; for staff convenience; or to control challenging behavior.
2. Seclusion used to prevent property destruction or disruption of the environment in the absence of a risk of injury or harm.
Page 3 of 9
C. Monitoring Students in Seclusion
1. At least one adult must be physically present at all times to continuously monitor a student in seclusion.
The adult, while not present in the room or defined area, must be situated so that the student is visible at all times.
2. The student must be continuously monitored until he/she no longer presents a risk of injury or harm to him/herself or others.
3. If an injury occurs, applicable school policies and procedures should be followed.
D. Termination of Seclusion
1. The staff involved in the seclusion must continually assess for signs that the student is no longer presenting a risk of injury or harm to him/herself or others, and the emergency intervention must be discontinued as soon as possible.
a. The time a student is in seclusion must be monitored and recorded.
b. If seclusion continues for more than ten (10) minutes, an administrator/designee shall determine whether continued seclusion is warranted, and shall continue to monitor the status of the seclusion every ten (10) minutes until the restraint is terminated.
c. If attempts to release a student from seclusion have been unsuccessful and the student continues to present behaviors that create an imminent risk of injury or harm to him/herself or others, then staff may request additional assistance from other school staff, parents, medical providers, or other appropriate persons or organizations.
IV. NOTIFICATION AND REPORTS OF PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION INCIDENTS.
For the purposes of this procedure, an “incident” consists of all actions between the time a student begins to create a risk of harm and the time the student ceases to pose a risk of harm and returns to his/her regular programming.
A. Notice Requirements
After each incident of physical restraint or seclusion:
1. A staff member involved in the incident shall make an oral notification to the administrator/designee as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the school day.
2. An administrator/designee shall notify the parent/legal guardian about the physical restraint or seclusion (and any related first aid provided) as soon as practical, but within the school day in which the incident occurred. The administrator/designee must utilize all available phone number or other available contact information to reach the parent/legal guardian. If the parent/legal guardian is unavailable, the administrator/designee must leave a message (if the parent/legal guardian has a phone and message capability) to contact the school as soon as possible. The parent/legal guardian must be informed that written documentation will be provided within seven (7) calendar days.
Page 4 of 9
3. If the physical restraint or seclusion incident occurred outside the school day, the notifications must be made as soon as possible and in accordance with M.S.A.D #60 usual emergency notification procedures.
4. If serious bodily injury or death of a student occurs during the implementation of physical restraint or seclusion, M.S.A.D #60 emergency notification procedures shall be followed and an administrator/designee shall notify the Maine Department of Education within twenty-four (24) hours or the next business day.
B. Incident Reports
Each use of physical restraint or seclusion must be documented in an incident report. The incident report must be completed and provided to an administrator/designee as soon as practical, and in all cases within two (2)
school days of the incident. The parent/legal guardian must be provided a copy of the incident report within seven (7) calendar days of the incident.
The incident report must include the following elements:
1. Student name;
2. Age, gender and grade;
3. Location of the incident;
4. Date of the incident;
5. Date of report;
6. Person completing the report;
7. Beginning and ending time of each physical restraint and/or seclusion;
8. Total time of incident;
9. Description of prior events and circumstances;
10. Less restrictive interventions tried prior to the use of physical restraint and/or seclusion and, if none were used, the reasons why;
11. The student behavior justifying the use of physical restraint or seclusion;
12. A detailed description of the physical restraint or seclusion used;
13. The staff person(s) involved, their role in the physical restraint or seclusion, and whether each person is certified in an approved training program;
14. Description of the incident, including the resolution and process of returning the student to his/her program, if appropriate;
15. Whether the student has an IEP, 504 Plan, behavior plan, IHP (individual health plan) or any other plan;
Page 5 of 9
16. If a student and/or staff sustained bodily injury, the date and time of nurse or other response personnel notification and any treatment administered;
17. The date, time and method of parent/legal guardian notification;
18. The date and time of administrator/designee notification; and
19. Date and time of staff debriefing.
Copies of the incident reports shall be maintained in the student’s file and in the school office.
V. SCHOOL UNIT RESPONSE FOLLOWING THE USE OF PHYSICAL RESTRAINT OR SECLUSION.
A. Following each incident of physical restraint or seclusion, an administrator/designee shall take these steps within two (2) school days (unless serious bodily injury requiring emergency medical treatment occurred, in which case these steps must take place as soon as possible, but no later than the next school day):
1. Review the incident with all staff persons involved to discuss: (a) whether the use of physical restraint or seclusion complied with state and school board requirements and (b) how to prevent or reduce the need for physical restraint and/or seclusion in the future.
2. Meet with the student who was physically restrained or secluded to discuss: (a) what triggered the student’s escalation and (b) what the student and staff can do to reduce the need for physical restraint and/or seclusion in the future.
B. Following the meetings, staff must develop and implement a written plan for response and de-escalation for the student. If a plan already exists, staff must review it and make revisions, if appropriate. For the purposes of this procedure, “de-escalation” is the use of behavior management techniques intended to cause a situation involving problem behavior of a student to become more controlled, calm and less dangerous, thus reducing the risk of injury or harm.
VI. PROCEDURE FOR STUDENTS WITH THREE INCIDENTS IN A SCHOOL YEAR.
The school unit will make reasonable, documented efforts to encourage parent/legal guardian participation in the meetings required in this section, and to schedule meetings at times convenient for parents/legal guardians to attend.
A. Special Education/504 Students
1. After the third incident of physical restraint and/or seclusion in one school year, the student’s IEP or 504 Team shall meet within ten (10) school days of the third incident to discuss the incident and consider the need to conduct an FBA (functional behavioral assessment) and/or develop a BIP (behavior intervention plan), or amend an existing one.
B. All Other Students
Page 6 of 9
1. A team consisting of the parent/legal guardian, administrator/designee, a teacher for the student, a staff member involved in the incident (if not the administrator/designee or teacher already invited), and other appropriate staff shall meet within ten (10) school days to discuss the incidents.
2. The team shall consider the appropriateness of a referral to special education and, regardless of whether a referral to special education is made, the need to conduct an FBA (functional behavior assessment) and/or develop a BIP (behavior intervention plan).
VII. CUMULATIVE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Reports within the School Unit
1. Each building administrator must report the following data on a quarterly and annual basis:
a. Aggregate number of uses of physical restraint;
b. Aggregate number of students placed in physical restraint;
c. Aggregate number of uses of seclusion;
d. Aggregate number of students placed in seclusion;
e. Aggregate number of serious bodily injuries to students related to the use of physical restraints and seclusions; and
f. Aggregate number of serious bodily injuries to staff related to physical restraint and seclusion.
2. The Superintendent shall review the cumulative reports and identify any areas that could be addressed to reduce the future use of physical restraint and seclusion.
B. Reports to Maine Department of Education
1. The Superintendent shall submit an annual report to the Maine Department of Education on an annual basis that includes the information required in Section 7.A.1 above.
Legal Reference: Me. DOE Rule, ch. 33
Cross Reference: JKAA – Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion
Adopted: October 3, 2002
Revised: October 21, 2010
Revised: September 6, 2012
Revised: May 16, 2013
Page 7 of 9
INCIDENT REPORT UNDER MAINE DOE RULE CHAPTER 33
(PHYSICAL RESTRAINT or SECLUSION OF A STUDENT)
Name of School/Program ____________________________________________________
Name of Person Completing the Report _________________________________________
Date of Report __________________________
Student Involved
Student name __________________________ Age _____ Gender _____ Grade _____
Student has (check all that apply): IEP _____; 504 plan _____; behavior plan _____;
IHP ______; other plan (identify) ____________; none of these plans ________
Description of the Incident
Date of incident ___________________ Beginning time of incident ________________
Ending time of incident _____________ Total time of incident ____________________
Location of the incident (be specific) ________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Description of the incident, including the resolution and process of return of student to
program (if appropriate) ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________
Description of prior events and circumstances
_______________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Less restrictive interventions tried prior to the use of physical restraint/seclusion (if none
used, explain why)
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Student behavior that justified the use of physical restraint/seclusion
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Description of Restraint or Seclusion; Staff Involved
Detailed description of the physical restraint/seclusion used ______________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Page 8 of 9
ME DOE Incident Form 07-01-12
Staff person(s) involved, their role in the use of physical restraint/seclusion, and their
certification, if any, in an approved training program
____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________
Bodily Injury of Student or Staff
Did student or a staff member sustain bodily injury? Yes_______ No ________
If yes, name of person(s) sustaining injury ______________________________
Describe injury(ies) sustained _______________________________________
________________________________________________________________
Date and time of nurse or response personnel notification and treatment administered (if
any) _______________________________________________________________________
Did student sustain serious bodily injury or death? Yes ___________ No ____________
If yes, date and time of notification to DOE _______________________________
Notification; Debriefing;
Date, time and method of parent notification ____________________________________
Date and time of staff debriefing _____________________________________________
Date and time of student debriefing ___________________________________________
Has student been involved in 2 or more prior incidents during the current school year?
Yes ___ No ___
If yes, date and time of required team meeting ______________________________
ME DOE Incident Form 07-01-12
MSAD #60 Approval 09-06-12
Page 9 of 9
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKD
SUSPENSION OF STUDENTS
The Board of Directors delegates to the principals the authority to suspend disobedient and disorderly students for a period not to exceed ten (10) school days. Suspensions longer than 10 days may be imposed by the Board.
Prior to the suspension, except as hereinafter provided:
A. The student shall be given oral or written notice of the charge(s) against him/her;
B. The student shall be given an explanation of the evidence forming the basis for the charge(s); and
C. The student shall be given an opportunity to present his/her version of the incident.
However, students whose presence poses a continuing danger to persons or property or an ongoing threat of disrupting the instructional process may be immediately removed from school. In such cases, the notice of charges, explanation of evidence, and the student’s opportunity to present his/her version of the incident shall be arranged as soon as practicable after removal of the student from school.
The student’s parents/guardians shall be notified of the suspension as soon as practicable by telephone (if possible) and by written notice sent by mail. A copy of the notice shall also be sent to the Office of the Superintendent.
The parent/guardians and the student may be required to schedule a conference with the building administrator/designee within the suspension period and prior to re-admittance to school.
Students shall be responsible for any schoolwork missed during their suspension. After re-admittance, they shall be permitted to take tests, quizzes or any other form of evaluation affecting their grades.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 1001.9
Cross Reference: JICIA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JK - Student Discipline
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JKF – Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: September 21, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKE
EXPULSION OF STUDENTS
No student shall be expelled from school except by action of the Board. The Board shall expel students as provided in 20-A MRSA § 1001(9) and (9A). The Board also has the authority to readmit an expelled student on satisfactory evidence that the behavior which was the cause of the student being expelled will not likely recur.
The parents/guardians (and the student if 18 years of age or older) shall be notified by certified letter and regular mail of the Board expulsion hearing. The hearing shall be in a properly called executive session and may also be attended by persons designated by the Superintendent to present information in the case.
The notice of hearing shall include:
A. The date, time and location of the hearing;
B. A description of the charge(s);
C. A statement that the student may be represented by legal counsel;
D. A statement that the student or his/her representative may cross-examine any witnesses presented by the administration at the hearing; and
E. A statement that the parents/guardians and student may present evidence, including witnesses and documents, on the student’s behalf.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA § 1001(9)(9A)
1 MRSA § 405(6)(B)
Cross Reference: JICIA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Suspension of Students
JKF – Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
Adopted: January 5, 1995
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: September 21, 2017
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKF
SUSPENSION/EXPULSION OF SPECIAL EDUCATION STUDENTS
Except as provided by federal law, no identified special education student shall be expelled or suspended in excess of 10 cumulative days in the school year for misconduct related to the student’s disability. If expulsion or suspension in excess of 10 cumulative days is to be considered, the student’s pupil evaluation team (“PET”) shall make the determination whether the misconduct in question, including any past incidents of misconduct which may be considered in making the disciplinary decision, is related to the student’s disability.
For misconduct that is related to the student’s disability, the student’s PET may determine what programming or placement alterations are warranted beyond the 10 cumulative days of suspension permitted under this policy.
For misconduct unrelated to the student’s disability, MSAD #60 may proceed with a suspension or expulsion consistent with law and with school policy. During any such removal in excess of 10 cumulative days in the school year, the PET shall offer free and appropriate educational services to the special education student off school grounds.
MSAD #60 shall comply with all applicable state and federal laws governing suspension and expulsion of students with disabilities.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA Subsection 1001 (9); (9-B)
20 USC Subsection 1415(k)(1)(A), (3)(B), (5)(A)
Adopted: by the MSAD #60 Board of Directors on May 13, 1999
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: September 22, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: JKF-R
DISCIPLINARY REMOVAL OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
These procedures shall govern disciplinary removals of students with disabilities from their regular school program. These procedures shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with state and federal special education laws and regulations.
A. School administrators may suspend students with disabilities for up to 10 cumulative school days in the school year under the same terms and conditions as students without disabilities are suspended, subject to the limitations set forth below.
1. In the event that a disabled student’s IEP specifically lists a school response other than a suspension that must be followed for a particular type of misconduct, the school administrator shall follow the requirements of the IEP in responding to that misbehavior.
2. When calculating the 10 cumulative school day total, school administrators shall include school days spent in an in-school suspension or removal, unless during that removal the child continued to have access to the general curriculum, to the special education services in his or her IEP, and to participation with non-disabled children to the extent he or she would have in the student’s regular program.
B. After a student with a disability has been removed from his/her current placement for 10 cumulative school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days of removal the school administrator shall consult with at least one of the student’s teachers and then shall arrange for the student to receive a level of educational services during the removal sufficient to enable the student to continue to participate in the general curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals listed in the student’s IEP.
C. Within 10 school days of any decision to “change the placement” of a student with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, school officials shall hold an IEP team meeting to undertake the following.
1. The Team shall review all relevant information in the student’s file including the IEP, any teacher observations, and recent evaluations.
2. The Team shall then undertake a manifestation determination to decide whether the student’s misconduct was a manifestation of his/her disability.
3. If the Team determines that the misbehavior is a manifestation of the disability, the Team must either:
a. Conduct a functional behavior assessment, unless one had been conducted before the behavior incident, and shall implement a behavior intervention plan for the child; or
b. If a behavior plan has already been developed, review the plan and modify it as necessary to address the behavior. Except as provided in D. below, the Team must also return the student to the placement from which he/she was removed, unless the school and parent agree to a change of placement as part of the revision of the behavior plan.
Page 1 of 2
4. If the Team determines that the misbehavior is not a manifestation of the disability, school personnel may apply the relevant disciplinary procedures in the same manner and for the same duration as the procedures would be applied to students without disabilities, except that services must be provided to the student during the disciplinary removal consistent with 5. (C.) below.
5. When a student with a disability has a disciplinary removal that would be a “change of placement,” the IEP Team shall order services for the student that will enable the student to:
a. Continue to participate in the general curriculum although in another setting;
b. Progress toward meeting the goals in the IEP; and
c. Receive, as appropriate, a functional behavior assessment and behavior intervention services and modifications that are designed to address the behavior violation so that it does not recur.
6. For purposes of this section, a “change of placement” occurs if:
a. The removal is for more than 10 consecutive school days; or
b. The child has been subjected to a series of removals that constitute a pattern and:
1) Because the series of removals totals more than 10 cumulative days in the school year;
2) Because the child’s behavior is substantially similar to the behavior in previous incidents resulting in the series of removals; and
3) Because of additional factors such as the length of each removal, the total length, and the proximity of the removals to each other.
D. In those circumstances where a student brings a weapon to school, to a school function, or on school premises (including transportation); where a student knowingly possesses, uses, sells, or attempts to sell illegal drugs at school, a school function, or on school premises (including transportation); or when the student inflicts serious bodily injury upon another person while at school, a school function, or on school premises (including transportation) school officials may place that student in an alternative educational setting for up to 45 school days, shall provide educational services for the student consistent with 5. C. above, and shall schedule an IEP Team meeting to occur within 10 school days of commencing that removal. At that meeting, the Team shall undertake all necessary actions discussed in these procedures for responding to removals that constitute a change of placement for the student. Any further removals in response to the incident shall be made consistent with these procedures and state and federal special education rules.
Legal Reference: Ch. 101 § XVII (Me. Dept. of Educ. Rules) (2007)
34 C.F.R. § 300.101, .530-.536 (2006)
Revised: September 22, 2016
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JL
Wellness Policy on Physical Activity and Nutrition
The health of children is of the utmost importance to the future of our society. Healthy eating and daily physical activity can improve academic performance, attendance, mood, alertness and behavior issues. MSAD 60 is committed to providing a school environment that supports student wellness, healthy food choices, nutrition education, and regular physical activity. MSAD 60 believes that students who learn and practice healthy lifestyles in their formative years may be more likely to be conscious of the importance of good nutrition and exercise as adults, practice healthy habits, and reduce their risk of obesity, diabetes and other chronic diseases.
Nutrition Standards
Page 1 of 5
Foods served as part of the Before and Aftercare (childcare) programs run by the school must meet USDA Smart Snack standards. Foods served as part of the Before and Aftercare (childcare programs) run by an outside organization (e.g., YMCA) should also meet the district’s nutrition standards for competitive foods.
Nutrition Standards for Competitive Foods and Beverages
All foods and beverages sold on school grounds to students outside of reimbursable school meals are considered “competitive foods.” Competitive foods include items sold a la carte in the cafeteria, from vending machines, school stores and for in-school fundraisers. All competitive foods must comply with the USDA Smart Snacks in Schools Standards as well as all applicable state and federal standards.
The Smart Snacks nutrition standards do not apply to the culinary education programs’ curriculum, nor do they have any impacts on foods sold to adults at any time or to students outside of the school day. However, if the culinary education program sells food to students on campus during the school day, it must comply with the Smart Snacks nutrition standards.
Assurance
This policy serves as assurance that MSAD 60 guidelines for reimbursable meals are not less restrictive than regulations and guidance issued by the Secretary of Agriculture pursuant to the National School Lunch Act and the Child Nutrition Act.
Nutrition education topics will be integrated within the K-12 comprehensive health education curriculum. Nutrition education will be aligned with the content standards of Maine’s system of Learning Results and federal learning objectives. Nutrition Education should focus on skills students need to adopt and maintain healthy eating behaviors. Students shall receive consistent nutrition messages throughout the schools, including classrooms, cafeteria, and home-school communication.
Physical Education
MSAD 60 will offer k-12 physical education opportunities that include the components of a quality physical education program. Physical education shall equip students with the knowledge, skills, and values necessary for lifelong physical activity. Physical education instruction shall be taught by qualified teachers and aligned with the national and state physical education standards.
Time allotted for k- high school physical education will be consistent with the state laws.
Adaptive physical education is offered in order to meet the needs of all students.
Page 2 of 5
Health and Physical Education curriculum will be analyzed according to the District curriculum review schedule to determine if it is meeting the needs of students and following current recommended practice within the state.
MSAD 60 will strive to provide all students developmentally appropriate opportunities for physical activity through physical education classes, recess periods for elementary and middle school students, physical activity breaks and extracurricular activities (clubs, intramural and interscholastic athletics). School programs are intended to build and maintain physical fitness and to promote healthy lifestyles. The schools should encourage parents to support their children’s participation in physical activities, including available before- and after-school programs.
Staff may conduct healthy school parties. All foods and beverages served as part of classroom activities or celebrations should meet USDA Smart Snack Standards. Notices shall be sent to parents/guardians either separately or as part of a school newsletter, reminding them of the necessity of providing healthy treats for students and/or encouraging the use of non-food treats for classroom birthday or award celebrations.
School-based marketing of foods and beverages, such as through advertisements in school publications, school buildings, athletic fields, and other areas accessible to students shall support the goals of the wellness policy.
Student organizations will be encouraged to engage in fundraising projects that are supportive of healthy eating and student wellness. If food items are sold they should meet the MSAD 60 nutrition standards.
Page 3 of 5
All elementary school students will have at least 20 minutes each day for supervised recess, preferably outdoors, during which school personnel should encourage moderate to vigorous physical activity.
Monitoring may include surveys or solicitation of input from students, parents, staff, and school administrators. Reports may include but are not limited to:
MSAD 60 will use the district website, or other means as appropriate, to publicly disseminate information about school wellness activities, results of wellness program evaluations/monitoring, and wellness policy implementation efforts.
Appointment and Role of the Wellness Committee
The Board shall appoint a district-wide Wellness Committee that represents all school levels and is comprised of at least one of each of the following:
A. Board member;
B. School administrator;
C. Food Services Director/designee;
D. Student representative;
E. Parent representative; and/or
F. Community representative.
Page 4 of 5
The team may also include representatives from the following areas:
The Wellness Committee shall meet at least 2 times per year and serve as an advisory committee in regard to student wellness issues and will be responsible for making recommendations related to the wellness policy, wellness goals, administrative or school regulations and practices, or raising awareness of student health issues.
With the prior approval of the Superintendent/designee, the Wellness Committee may survey parents, students and the community and/or conduct focus groups or community forums.
The Wellness Committee shall provide periodic reports to the Superintendent/ designee and, as requested, to the Board.
Adopted: June 22, 2006
Amended: September 24, 2009
Revised: May 15, 2014
Revised: July 24,2017
Page 5 of 5
NSBA Code: JLCB
IMMUNIZATION OF STUDENTS
All students who enroll in MSAD 60 schools are required by Maine law to present a certificate of immunization or evidence of immunization or immunity against poliomyelitis, diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough), tetanus, measles, mumps, and rubella; and varicella (chicken pox).
Non-immunized students shall not be permitted to enroll in school, or to attend school activities, unless one of the following conditions is met:
A. The parents/guardians provide to the school written assurance that the child will be immunized within 90 days of enrolling in school or his/her first attendance in classes, whichever date is earlier. This option is available only once to each student during their school career; or
B. The parents/guardians provide a physician’s written statement each year that immunization against one or more diseases may be medically inadvisable (as defined by law/regulation); or
C. The parents/guardians state in writing each year that immunization is contrary to their religious belief or for philosophical reasons.
All incoming 7th grade students must show proof of a DTaP vaccine booster.
The Superintendent shall exclude from school any non-immunized student when a public health official has reason to believe that the student’s continued presence in school presents a clear danger to the health of others. Any such student shall be excluded during the period of danger (as defined by health officials) or until the student receives the necessary immunization.
The Superintendent may also exclude from school: 1) a student who presents a public health threat in accordance with applicable laws or 2) a student who has been exposed to a communicable disease upon the direction of a physician who has consulted with the Bureau of Health.
Arrangements shall be made for students who are excluded from school to receive and complete school assignments if possible, and to make up missed examinations and other work within a reasonable time upon their return to school.
The Superintendent/designee is directed to develop such administrative procedures as are necessary to carry out this policy and comply with statutory requirements.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA §§ 6352-6359
Chapter 126 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules)
Maine School Health Manual
10-144 Dept. of Human Services
Cross Reference: JLCB-E Yearly Immunization Exemption Form
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: September 21, 2017
NSBA Code: JLCB-E
IMMUNIZATION EXEMPTION FORM
As the parent/guardian of _______________________ in grade _______, and with the date of birth of ______________, I am requesting a waiver for the following immunizations:
___ All required immunizations
___ DTaP (Diphtheria, Tetanus, and Pertussis)
___ I/OPV (Polio)
___ MMR (Measles, Mumps, & Rubella)
___ Varicella (chicken pox)
I understand that in case of an outbreak of the specific disease for which my child is not protected, my child will be kept out of school and school activities. The length of time that my child will be kept out of school may vary from a week to over a month depending on the disease and length of the outbreak. I also understand that if my child is out of school, the school is not required to provide off-site classes or tutoring. The school may make reasonable accommodations to assist my child in keeping up with classwork.
I am requesting the waiver for:
___ Sincere religious belief
___ Philosophical reasons
My explanation is as follows:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Signed by:____________________________
Relationship to student:__________________
Date:________________
N/NSBA Code: JLCC
COMMUNICABLE/INFECTIOUS DISEASES
Teachers shall be alert to signs of illness and communicable disease and refer students who show such symptoms to the school nurse.
All students with a diagnosed communicable disease or with symptoms of a communicable disease shall be excluded from school and school activities. Regulations established by the Maine Center for Disease Control regarding communicable diseases shall be observed. The school nurse shall be responsible for notifying the local health department of all students having a reported communicable disease as required by law and Department of Education and Department of Health and Human Services rules. The building Principal shall be notified of all reportable communicable disease cases and contacts in the school.
When a student returns to school after having been excluded as described above due to a reportable communicable disease, a certificate from the attending physician is required. The building principal and/or the school nurse must review the attending physician’s certificate and give permission before the student is readmitted to class.
Legal Reference: 5 MRSA § 19201 et seq.
20-A MRSA §§ 1001(11)(A), 6301
22 MRSA §§ 801, 802, 806, 823, 824
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: October 19, 2017
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JLCCB
LIFE-THREATENING ALLERGIES
The MSAD #60 Board of Directors recognizes that at any given time there may be students in our schools who have serious allergies. While MSAD #60 cannot provide a totally allergen-free environment, the District will take reasonable steps to work with students and their parents/guardians to minimize the risks of severe allergic reactions at school.
The Board directs the Superintendent, building administrators and school nurses to develop and implement appropriate procedures to address student allergies. It is understood that these procedures may vary from school to school, since middle and high school students can be expected to take more responsibility for managing their allergies than students in the elementary grades. MSAD #60 schools are allergy aware and will implement strategies that reduce exposure to allergens without banning specific foods in the cafeteria or at school; and encourage communications between school and home.
Cross Reference JLCCB-R- Administrative Procedure For Students With Life-Threatening Allergies
JLCD- Administering Medication to Students
Adopted: January 3, 2008
Revised: November 1, 2018
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JLCCB-R
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE FOR STUDENTS WITH LIFE-THREATENING ALLERGIES
To protect the health of students identified with serious allergies to food products, the School Department will take steps outlined in this procedure. Students are expected, at a level appropriate for their age, to educate themselves about their allergy and to take steps to prevent allergic reactions at school.
A. Identification of Students and Allergy Action Plans
1. Parents/guardians of students with serious allergies must notify the building principal and school nurse.
2. The school nurse will have a meeting with the parents/guardians and the student to discuss the student’s particular situation. The parents must provide appropriate medical documentation of the student’s allergies.
3. Any request to administer medications to a student or to have a student self-administer medications will be processed in accordance with the Board’s policy on student medications.
4. The school nurse, parents/guardians, student and other persons as appropriate (student’s physician, school physician, classroom teacher, food service personnel, substitute etc.) will develop an Allergy Action Plan for the student which will specify the steps which the school, parents/guardians and the student will take to minimize the risk of an allergic reaction at school. To the extent appropriate to the student’s age, the student will be encouraged to take responsibility for minimizing his/her risks of an allergic reaction.
a. If the student has a disability within the meaning of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, the Allergy Action Plan shall be included in the student’s Section 504 plan.
b. To the extent that any classroom or grade-level bans are enacted, since compliance with such bans cannot be guaranteed, the Allergy Action Plan must account for the possibility of exposure in spite of any ban.
c. To the extent possible, existing school first aid/emergency response, field trip, bus and other applicable procedures will be followed.
d. If any changes in existing school rules, procedures or practices are considered as part of an individual student's Allergy Action Plan, the school nurse will consult with the building principal and/or Superintendent as appropriate.
e. If the parties cannot reach an agreement about the elements to be included in the Allergy Action Plan, the building principal and/or Superintendent shall be consulted as appropriate.
5. The student’s Allergy Action Plan will be reviewed at least annually and whenever the student has an allergic reaction at school to see if any changes to the Plan are needed.
Page 1 of 3
B. Grade-Level and Classroom Actions
1. For all allergies in which some school intervention may be required, the school nurse will develop an Emergency Medical Plan to respond to a student’s potential health implications.
2. Teachers, substitutes and other staff who have supervisory responsibilities for a student with an Allergy Action Plan will receive sections of the Plan appropriate to their responsibilities.
3. Parents/guardians and students in the particular classroom (or grade level if necessary) of the affected student will be provided with appropriate educational information about the steps they can take to minimize the risks of exposure.
a. The building principal may send an informational letter to parents/guardians school-wide if he/she deems it appropriate.
4. Students and staff will be asked to wash their hands after eating, and surfaces which the allergic student may contact (desk, computer keyboard, etc.) will be wiped down as needed.
5. Students will be educated about the potential dangers of trading or sharing food and utensils.
C. Cafeteria Actions
1. Cafeteria staff will be informed of all students who have an Allergy Action Plan.
2. At least one allergen-free table will be maintained in the cafeteria any time there is one or more students with a serious food allergy, at a sufficient distance from the other tables to avoid cross-contamination. The table will be clearly identified.
3. A school staff member will be assigned to monitor the allergen-free table.
4. All lunch tables will be sanitized before and after students eat using separate paper towels to avoid cross-contamination.
5. Students and staff will be required to wash their hands after eating.
6. Cafeteria staff will wear non-latex gloves.
7. Any other measures will be addressed in individual Allergy Action Plans.
D. Bus Transportation
1. Bus drivers will be informed of all students on their bus runs/trips who have a serious allergy, if relevant to transportation of the students.
2. No eating on the bus during routine bus trips to and from school, unless it is medically necessary.
3. Bus drivers will be responsible for instructing students about bus protocols related to food annually.
4. Preferential seating at the front of the bus may be arranged with the bus driver/transportation department, as needed.
Page 2 of 3
E. Staff Training and Informational Materials
1. The school nurse will institute in-service training and/or distribution of educational materials about allergies to school staff as he/she deems appropriate.
2. The school nurse will make available to school staff, parents/guardians and students appropriate educational literature/resources about allergies.
3. Non-licensed school staff will be trained in the use of epi-pens, inhalers and/or other medications in accordance with the Board’s student medication policy.
4. Teachers and other staff who have supervisory responsibilities for a student with an Allergy Action Plan will receive any specific training appropriate to the student’s particular situation.
Adopted: January 3, 2008
Revised: November 1, 2018
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA CODE: JLCCC
HEAD LICE GUIDELINES
The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends that no healthy child be excluded from or allowed to miss school because of head lice, and the ‘no nit’ policies for return to
school are be discouraged.
The National Association of School Nurses states that nit-free policies disrupt the
education process and should not be viewed as an essential strategy in the
management of head lice.
Health and Health Care in Schools – children with nits do not pose an immediate threat
to the health of others, therefore, excluding these children from school and requiring
them to be treated with a pesticidal product is probably excessive.
Therefore, the procedures to be used in MSAD #60 with respect to head lice are:
Recommendations for schools:
• Routine head check of healthy students is not recommended.
• Check symptomatic student by school nurse.
• When nits 1⁄4 inch or closer to the scalp or live lice are discovered, do not exclude from
school, but notify the parent that day and provide instructions on how to treat and
eliminate.
• Nurses reserve the right to exclude students if, in their professional opinion, it is
necessary.
• The school nurse may offer extra help to families with chronic infestations.
Adopted: October 2, 2008
Revised: December 6, 2018
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCD
ADMINISTERING MEDICATION TO STUDENTS
The MSAD #60 Board of Directors acknowledges that in certain instances it may be necessary for a student to have medication administered while at school. Although the Board discourages the administration of medication on school premises when other options exist, it shall not deny educational opportunities to students requiring the administration of medication in order to participate in the school program and/or when there are no other options.
The intent of this policy is to promote the safe administration of medications to students by school personnel and to provide for authorization of student emergency self administration of medication from asthma inhalers and epinephrine autoinjectors.
This policy does not apply to medical marijuana, which is addressed in the Board’s policy JLCDA, Medical Marijuana in Schools.
The Board encourages collaboration between parents/guardians and the schools in matters involving student medication.
The Board disclaims any and all responsibility for the diagnosis, prescription of treatment, and administration of medication for any student, and for any injury arising from a student’s self-administration of medication.
I. DEFINITIONS
“Administration” means the provision of prescribed medication to a student according to the orders of a healthcare provider.
“Collaborative practice agreement” means a written and signed agreement between a physician licensed in Maine or a school health advisor, as defined in 20- A MRSA §6402-A, and a school nurse that provides for the prescription of epinephrine autoinjectors by the physician or school health advisor and administration of epinephrine injectors by the school nurse or designated school personnel to students during school or a school-sponsored activity under emergency circumstances involving anaphylaxis.
“Health care provider” means a medical/health practitioner who has a current license in the State of Maine with a scope of practice that includes prescribing medication.
“Indirect supervision” means the supervision of an unlicensed school staff member when the school nurse or other health care provider is not physically available on site but immediately available by telephone.
“Medication” means prescribed drugs and medical devices that are controlled by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and are ordered by a healthcare provider. It includes over-the-counter medications prescribed through a standing order by the school physician or prescribed by the student’s health care provider. For the purpose of this policy, “medication” does not include medical marijuana.
Page 1 of 7
“Parent” means a natural or adoptive parent, a guardian, or a person acting as a parent of a child with legal responsibility for the child’s welfare.
“School nurse” means a registered professional nurse with Maine Department of Education certification for school nursing.
“Self-administration” is when the student administers medication independently to him/herself under indirect supervision of the school nurse or designated unlicensed school personnel.
“Unlicensed school personnel” are persons who do not have a professional license that allows them, within the scope of that license, to administer medication.
II. ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATION BY SCHOOL PERSONNEL
A. Parent/Legal Guardian Written Request
In the event that no alternative exists, the parent/legal guardian may request in writing that medication be administered to the student during the school day. Such written request shall provide for an acknowledgment and agreement that unlicensed personnel may administer the medication as per the health care provider's instructions. In addition, such a request shall indicate that information regarding the student’s medication may be shared with appropriate school personnel. The Parents may, if they so choose, reveal the reason (diagnosis) for the administration of medication.
Requests shall be valid for the current school year only.
B. Health Care Provider’s Order
All parental requests must be accompanied by a written order from the student’s health care provider substantiating the fact that the administration of a particular medication during the school day is necessary for the student’s health and attendance in school. Such order must include:
1. The student’s name;
2. Name of the medication
3. The dose;
4. The route of administration (e.g., tablets, liquid, drops); and
5. Time intervals for administration (e.g., every four hours, before meals);
6. Any special instructions; and
7. The name of the prescribing health care provider.
It is the responsibility of the school nurse to clarify any medication order that he/she believes to be inappropriate or ambiguous. In accordance with Department of Education Rule Chapter 40 § 2(B), the school nurse may decline to administer a medication if he/she believes such administration would jeopardize student safety. In this case, the school nurse must notify the parent, the student’s health care provider and the school administrator (i.e., building principal or designated administrator).
Page 2 of 7
C. Renewal of Parent Permission Requests/Forms and Health Care Provider Orders
Written parental permission requests/forms and health care provider orders must be renewed at least annually. Health care provider orders must be renewed whenever there are changes in the order.
D. Delivery and Storage of Medication
The student’s parents shall deliver any medication to be administered by school personnel to the school in its original container and properly labelled. In the event that this is not practical, the parent must contact the school to make alternate arrangements.
No more than a 30-day (one month) supply of medication shall be kept at school, excluding inhalers and epinephrine autoinjectors. The parent is responsible for the replenishment of medication kept at school.
If the health care provider’s order/prescription is for a medication regulated by Schedule II of the Controlled Substances Act (21 USC §812) (e.g., Ritalin and Adderall) no more than a one week supply shall be kept at school.
The parent is responsible for notifying the school of any changes in or discontinuation of a prescribed medication that is being administered to the student at school. The parent must remove any medication no longer required or that remains at the end of the school year.
The school nurse shall be responsible for developing and implementing procedures for the appropriate and secure storage of medications kept at school, and all medications shall be stored in accordance with this procedure.
E. Recordkeeping
School personnel and the student’s parent shall account for all medication brought to school. The number of capsules, pills or tablets, and/or the volume of other medications brought to school shall be recorded.
School staff administering medication shall document each instance the medication is administered including the date, time, and dosage given.
The school nurse shall maintain a record including the parent’s request, physician’s order, details of the specific medications (including dosage and timing of medication), and documentation of each instance the medication is administered.
Records shall be retained according to the current State schedules pertaining to student health records.
Page 3 of 7
F. Confidentiality
To the extent legally permissible, staff members may be provided with such information regarding medication and its administration as may be in the best interest of the student.
G. Administration of Medication
Medication may be administered during the school day by licensed medical personnel acting within the scope of their licenses.
The school nurse, under the administrative supervision of the Superintendent, will provide direction and oversight for the administration of medication to students.
All unlicensed personnel (principals, teachers, education technicians, school secretaries, coaches, bus drivers, etc.) who administer medication must receive training before being authorized to do so.
Based upon the documentation of training and competency in the administration of medication, the school nurse will make recommendations to the Superintendent/designee pertaining to authorization of unlicensed persons to administer medication. Training that shall be acceptable for the purpose of authorization of unlicensed personnel is addressed under the section of this policy titled “Required Training of Unlicensed Personnel to Administer Medication.”
H. Administration of Medication During Off-Campus Field Trips and School-Sponsored Events
The school will accommodate students requiring administration of medication during field trips or school-sponsored events as follows:
The school nurse, principal, and, as appropriate, the school unit’s Section 504 Coordinator and/or IEP, will determine whether an individual student’s participation is contraindicated due to the unstable/fragile nature of his/her health condition, the distance from emergency care that may be required, and/or other extraordinary circumstances. The student’s parent and primary care provider will be consulted in making this determination. The decision will be made in compliance with applicable laws, including the IDEA, § 504 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
The parent must provide the appropriate number of doses needed for the duration of the field trip or school-sponsored event.
When there are no contraindications to student participation, an appropriately trained staff member will be assigned to administer medication. The parent will be encouraged to accompany the student, if possible, to care for the student and administer medication.
All provisions of this policy shall apply to medications to be administered during off-campus field trips and school-sponsored events. As practicable, the DOE’s “Procedure for Medication Administration on School Field Trips” will be followed.
Page 4 of 7
I. Student Self-Administration of Asthma Inhalers and Epinephrine Autoinjectors
Students with allergies or asthma may be authorized by the building principal, in consultation with the school nurse, to possess and self administer emergency medication from an epinephrine auto injector or asthma inhaler during the school day, during field trips, school-sponsored events, or while on a school bus. The student shall be authorized to possess and self-administer medication from an epinephrine auto injector or asthma inhaler if the following conditions have been met.
1. The parent (or student, if 18 years of age or older) must request in writing authorization for the student to self-administer medication from an epinephrine auto injector or asthma inhaler.
2. The student must have the prior written approval of his/her primary health care provider and, if the student is under the age of 18, the prior written approval of his/her parent/guardian. The written notice from the student’s primary care provider must specify the name and dosage of the medication, frequency with which it may be administered, and the circumstances that may warrant its use.
3. The student’s parent/guardian must submit written verification to the school from the student’s primary care provider confirming that the student has the knowledge and the skills to safely possess and use an epinephrine auto injector or asthma inhaler.
4. The school nurse shall evaluate the student’s technique to ensure proper and effective use of an epinephrine auto injector or asthma inhaler taking into account the maturity and capability of the student and the circumstances under which the student will or may have to self-administer the medication.
5. The parent will be informed that the school cannot accurately monitor the frequency and appropriateness of use when the student self-administers medication, and that the school unit will not be responsible for any injury arising from the student’s self-medication.
Authorization granted to a student to possess and self-administer medication from an epinephrine auto injector or asthma inhaler shall be valid for the current school year only and must be renewed annually.
A student’s authorization to possess and self-administer medication from an epinephrine auto injector or asthma inhaler may be limited or revoked by the building principal after consultation with the school nurse and the student’s parents if the student demonstrates inability to responsibly possess and self-administer such medication.
To the extent legally permissible, staff members may be provided with such information regarding the student’s medication and the student’s self administration as may be in the best interest of the student.
Sharing, borrowing, or distribution of medication is prohibited. The student’s authorization to self-administer medication may be revoked and the student may be subject to disciplinary consequences for violation of this policy.
Page 5 of 7
J. Dispensation of Over-the-Counter Medications
With prior written parent permission, students may receive certain over the counter medications at school, e.g., Tylenol, Ibuprofen, Tums, cough drops, etc. pursuant to a standing order from the school physician/school health advisor.
K. Required Training of Unlicensed Personnel to Administer Medication
Unlicensed school personnel who administer medication to students in a school setting (at school, on school transportation to or from school, on field trips, or during school-sponsored events) must be trained in the administration of medication before being authorized to carry out this responsibility. Such training must be provided by a registered professional nurse or physician and include the components specified in Department of Education Rules Chapter 40 and other applicable Department of Education standards, recommendations, programs, and/or methodologies.
The trainer shall document the training and competency of unlicensed school personnel to administer medication. Based upon a review of the documentation of training and competency in the administration of medication, the school nurse will make recommendations to the Superintendent/designee pertaining to authorization of such unlicensed personnel pertaining to authorization to administer medication.
Following the initial training, a training review and information update must be held at least annually for those unlicensed school personnel authorized to administer medication.
L. Delegation and Implementation
The Superintendent/designee shall be responsible for developing administrative procedures and/or protocols to implement or supplement this policy.
Such procedures/protocols shall include direction regarding:
1. Safe transport of medication to and from school;
2. Administration of medication during field trips and school sponsored events;
3. Accountability for medications, particularly those regulated by Schedule II of the Controlled Substances Act;
4. Proper storage of medication at school;
5. Training of appropriate staff on administration of emergency medications including the standards for the signs and symptoms of anaphylaxis and the use of epinephrine autoinjectors for previously unknown severe allergies;
Page 6 of 7
6. The procedure to follow in the event of a medication reaction;
7. Access to medications in case of a disaster;
8. The process for documenting medications given and medication errors; and
9. The proper disposal of medications not retrieved by parents.
References: MAINE SCHOOL HEALTH MANUAL, (Medications in School)
http://www.state.me.us/education/sh/medications,htm#policies.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRS§ 4009(4)
28 CFR Part 35 (Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990)
34 CFR Part 104 (Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)
34 CFR Part 300 (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)
Cross Reference: JLCD-E PERMISSION TO ADMINISTER MEDICATIONS IN SCHOOL
JLCD-R MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION ON SCHOOL FIELD TRIPS
Adopted: February 28, 1991
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: June 26, 2003
Revised: December 6, 2018
Page 7 of 7
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCDA
MEDICAL MARIJUANA IN SCHOOLS
The Board recognizes that there may be some students in the MSAD #60 schools who rely on the use of medical marijuana to manage a medical condition and who may be unable to effectively function at school without it.
Maine law provides that a “primary caregiver” (defined as parent, guardian or legal custodian under Maine’s medical marijuana law, 22 MRSA § 2423-A (E) may possess and administer marijuana in a non-smokeable form in a school bus or on the grounds of the preschool or primary or secondary school in which a minor qualifying patient is enrolled, if: a) a medical provider has provided the minor qualifying patient with a current written certification for the medical use of marijuana and b) possession of medical marijuana is for the purpose of administering it to the minor qualifying patient.
In order to facilitate administration of medical marijuana with a minimum interruption of instructional time for the student and with a minimum of disruption of routine school operations, the Board approves the following guidelines for the administration of medical marijuana:
A. The person administering the medical marijuana must provide proof that
1. He/she is the primary caregiver for the student;
2. The student has a current written certification from a medical provider for the use of medical marijuana;
3. The student needs to have the drug administered during the school day, as opposed to before or after school.
B. The marijuana must be in a non-smokeable form;
C. The marijuana must be possessed only by the primary caregiver and only for the purpose of administering it to the student at school;
D. Medical marijuana may only be possessed by the primary caregiver; it cannot be given to or held by any school employee, student or other person in school, with the exception of the “qualifying patient;”
E. Only the primary caregiver may administer medical marijuana – it cannot be done by, or delegated to, a school employee or any other person than the primary caregiver;
F. Medical marijuana may be administered only at the principal’s office; the primary caregiver must go there directly and, if visitors are required to sign in, to do so;
G. The student may not possess medical marijuana at any time or place except during the time of its consumption, at the designated location, and under the supervision of the caregiver.
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCDA
A student who holds written certification for the medical use of marijuana may not be excluded (suspended or expelled) from school because he/she requires medical marijuana to attend school.
Legal Reference: Maine 2015 P.L. Ch. 369 (2015)
20-A MRS§ 4009(4)
28 CFR Part 35 (Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990)
34 CFR Part 104 (Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)
34 CFR Part 300 (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)
Cross Reference: JLCD Administration of Medication to Students
JLCD-E Permission To Administer Medications In School
JLCD-R Medication Administration On School Field Trips
Adopted: October 17, 2019
Page 2 of 2
Policy JLCD-E
PERMISSION TO ADMINISTER MEDICATIONS IN SCHOOL
Student’s Name: ______________________________________________________________________________
Name of Medication: ___________________________________________________________________________
Health Care Provider: __________________________________________________________________________
Reason for Medication: _________________________________________________________________________
Dosage (amount, date & time given): ______________________________________________________________
Possible Side Effects: ___________________________________________________________________________
I (print) ______________________________________ am not available to dispense the above named medication during school hours. I understand that this may be administered by non-medical personnel and give my permission for the medication to be given to the student named above. Information regarding the medication may be shared with appropriate personnel.
Signature of Parent/Guardian:________________________________________________________
Date: ________________________________
For medications to be given over 15 days:
Signature of Health Care Providers______________________________________________ Date: ____________
1. ALL medications must be brought into school by the parent or guardian in the original prescription bottle. Respiratory inhalers and epi-pens may be carried by the student.
2. M.S.A.D. #60 reserves the discretion to reject any requests for medication administration.
3. M.S.A.D. #60 medication policy and required forms will be provided to parents upon request.
4. MSAD #60 disclaims any and all responsibility for the diagnosis, prescription, and treatment pertaining to medication administration including side effects.
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCD-R
Maine Department of Education
MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION ON SCHOOL FIELD TRIPS
2. There must be written permission from the parent/guardian providing consent to administer the medication in school and a written physician’s order and/or an appropriately labeled, original medication container.
3. Either a standardized, preprinted medication label or preprinted envelope containing the information described below or medication in its original container will be used for students attending a field trip.
4. When using a preprinted label or preprinted envelope, the school nurse shall transfer the prescribed amount of medication needed for the field trip from the original medication container into the approved envelope and fill in the appropriate information on the envelope.
5. The envelope will be provided to the trained personnel for administration during the trip. The school nurse will provide a review of the medication and its administration to the trained personnel on an as needed basis. All trained personnel administering medication must understand what to do in an emergency.
6. The medication will be transported and stored in compliance with any special directions for the medication and will be secured as safely as possible.
7. The administration of medication on a field trip will duplicate as much as possible, the guidelines found in the “Guidelines for Training of Non-Licensed Personnel in Medication Administration.” This will include consideration of student privacy and cleanliness of area where medications are administered.
8. Medication will be administered to the student to assure that the right student receives the right medication, with the right dose, at the right time, by the right route. The trained personnel administering the medication will double-check the student with the medication label and will double-check the dose. The medication will be given within 30 minutes either side of the prescribed time.
9. Each school district will develop a method of documenting medications administered overnight the field trip, recording any unexpected occurrences, and a method of returning any medication not administered.
Page 1 of 2
The medication envelope or label will contain the following information:
1. Date to be administered.
2. Name of the student.
3. Name of the medication.
4. Dose to be given.
5. Time to be given.
6. Physician prescribing the medication.
Adopted: December 6, 2018
Page 2 of 2
Code: JLCE
USE OF AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS (AED’s) &
CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION (CPR)
The MSAD #60 School Board recognizes that from time to time medical emergencies
may arise that warrant the use of an automated external defibrillator (AED). MSAD #60
may acquire one or more AED’s for use in its schools and at school athletic events.
MSAD #60 will offer training to students on performing cardiopulmonary
resuscitation (CPR) in accordance with such rules as may be adopted by the Maine
Department of Education, and may require training for those school unit personnel who have
been identified by the Superintendent, in consultation with the school physician, as needing
such training to effectively carry out their job responsibilities.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for developing, in consultation with the school
physician and school nurse and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, protocols
for the use, storage, location, testing, and maintenance of the school unit’s AEDs and for
identification of school personnel who should be trained in the use of an AED.
Although MSAD #60 School Board authorizes the acquisition of AEDs, it cannot and
does not guarantee that an AED or a person trained in its use will be available at any particular school site or school-sponsored event.
Cross Reference: JLCE-R Automated External Defibrillator Administrative Procedure
Legal Reference: 22 M.R.S.A. § 2150-C (AED law)
14 M.R.S.A. § 164 (immunity from civil liability law)
20-A M.R.S.A. § 4009 (school emergency medical treatment law)
Adopted: May 24, 2007
Revised: December 6, 2018
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLCE-R
Automated External Defibrillator (AED) Procedure
PURPOSE:
* To provide guidance in the management or administration of school-based AED program.
* For treatment of victims one year and older.
An automated external defibrillator (AED) is used to treat victims who experience sudden cardiac arrest (SCA). It is only to be applied to victims who are unconscious, have no pulse and/or are not showing signs of circulation such as coughing, movement or normal breathing. The AED will analyze the heart rhythm and advise the operator if a shockable rhythm is detected, the AED will charge to the appropriate energy level and advise the operator to deliver a shock.
AED SYSTEM COORDINATOR:
* The System coordinator will be the school nurse.
AED SYSTEM COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES:
* Operate the AED system in consultation with the medical advisor.
* Selection of employees for AED training and distribution of AED trained employee lists as required.
* Coordination of training for emergency responders.
* Maintain and testing of AED per manufacturer's recommendations.
* Communication with medical advisor on issues related to medical emergency response program including post-event reviews.
* Maintain a file on specification/technical information sheet for each approved AE model assigned or donated to the school.
* Notification of AED in school and any clinical use to Maine Emergency Medical Services.
* Record Keeping.
MEDICAL ADVISOR REVIEW AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
* Medical advisor of the AED program is the school physician. The medical advisor of the AED program is responsible for:
* Providing medical direction for use of AED
* Approving locations for AED placement
* Approving the training for AED users
* Writing a prescription for AED
* Reviewing and approving guidelines for emergency procedures related to use of AED and CPR
* Evaluation of post event review forms and digital files downloaded from the AED
AUTHORIZED AED USERS:
The AED may be used by:
* Persons licensed under the Maine Emergency Management Services Act and health care practitioners as defined by 24 MRSA Section 2502 (1-A); and
* Persons who have successfully completed an approved CPR and AED training program provided by the American Red Cross, the American Heart Association or the Maine Department of Public Safety within the last 2 years; have a current successful completion card; and have been authorized by the AED system coordinator and medical advisor.
Page 1 of 4
AUTHORIZED AED TRAINED EMPLOYEE/VOLUNTEER RESPONSIBILITIES:
* Making a reasonable effort to summon appropriate emergency services personnel when communication is possible.
* Activating internal emergency response system and provide prompt basic life support including AED and first aid according to training and experience.
* Understanding and complying with requirements of this procedure.
* Following the more detailed procedures and guidelines for AED program.
SCHOOL OFFICE RESPONSIBILITIES:
The school office staff is responsible for:
* Receiving emergency medical calls from internal locations.
* Contacting the external community 911 response team (EMS) if required.
* Deploying AED trained employees to emergency location.
* Assigning someone to meet responding EMS aid vehicle and direct EMS personnel to site of emergency.
EQUIPMENT:
* The AED and first aid kit will be brought to all medical emergencies.
* Approved equipment, the Defibtech DDU-100 Semi-Automatic External Defibrillator (AED) has been approved for this program.
AED USE GUIDELINES
* The AED should be used on any person who is at least one year of age and displays ALL symptoms of cardiac arrest. The AED will be used only after the following symptoms are confirmed:
* Victim is unresponsive
* Victim is not breathing
* Victim has no pulse and/or shows no signs of circulation such as normal breathing coughing or movement.
* Adult size electrodes shall be used on the victim that is eight years of age or older. The pediatric (child size) electrodes shall be used on the victim less than eight years of age.
LOCATION OF AED:
The AED is located outside the nurses' office in buildings. It has one set of adult sized electrodes attached to the device and one set of pediatric (child) sized electrodes will be located in the back of the AED. One resuscitation kit is connected to the handle of the AED. This kit contains two pair of latex free gloves, one razor, one set of trauma shears, and one barrier devise and one eye protection shield.
INITIAL TRAINING:
* Trained employees: Must complete training adequate to provide basic first aid, CPR and AED per (AHA) will be provided on site. AED training must be a course approved by the state. Trained employees will also be taught about BBP and how to avoid exposure against bloodborne pathogens.
REFRESHER TRAINING:
* Trained employees will renew first aide, CPR and AED training every two years, through AHA (American Heart Association).
Page 2 of 4
VOLUNTEER RESPONDERS:
These responders will possess various amounts of training in emergency medical response and their training may be supplied by sources outside the school department. Volunteer responders can assist in emergencies, but must only participate to the extent allowed by their training and experience. Volunteer responders may have training adequate to administer first aid, CPR and use the AED in the school. Any volunteer wishing to potentially use the AED in the school should have successfully completed a state approved AED course including CPR within the last two years. The school will not maintain training records for the volunteer responders.
MEDICAL RESPONSE DOCUMENTATION:
Internal Post Event Documentation
* It is important to document each use of the AED system. The following forms shall be sent to the AED System Coordinator within 24 hours of a medical event;
* An accident report form shall be completed by a responding employee for each accident requiring first aid of any type
* The authorized AED trained employee or volunteer responder shall complete a medical event form, whenever an AED is used
* A copy of AED use information shall be presented to the medical advisor within 48 hours of the emergency
* At a minimum, event information supplied shall include any recorded data, and all electronic files captured by the AED
POST EVENT REVIEW:
Following each deployment of an AED, a review shall be conducted within a reasonable time to learn from the experience. The AED System Coordinator and the medical advisor shall conduct and document the post event review. All KEY participants in the event shall participate in the review. Included in the review shall be the identification of actions that went well and identification of opportunities for improvement as well as critical incident stress debriefing. The school nurse will maintain a copy of the post event review summary.
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE:
All equipment and accessories for support of the AED system shall be maintained in a state of readiness. Specific maintenance requirements include:
* The System Coordinator shall be responsible for informing response teams and office staff of changes to availability of the AED equipment.
* The System Coordinator shall be responsible for having regular equipment maintenance performed. All maintenance tasks shall be performed according to
equipment maintenance procedures outlined in the manufacturer's instructions.
* Following use of the AED, all equipment shall be cleaned and/or decontaminated,
and used equipment (electrodes, gloves, barrier device, razor) replaced.
Page 3 of 4
ANNUAL SYSTEM ASSESSMENT:
Once each calendar year the AED Coordinator shall conduct and document a system readiness review. This review shall include review of the following elements;
* Training records
* Equipment operation and maintenance records
MONTHLY SYSTEM CHECK:
Once each calendar month, the System Coordinator shall conduct and document a systems check. This check shall include review of the following elements:
* Emergency Kit supplies
* AED battery life
* AED operation and status
Cross Reference: JLCE Automated External Defibrillator & Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Administrative Procedure
Legal Reference: 22 M.R.S.A. §2150-C (AED law)
14 M.R.S.A. §164 (immunity from civil liability law)
20-A M.R.S.A. §4009 (school emergency medical treatment law)
Adopted: December 6, 2018
Page 4 of 4
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLDBG
REINTEGRATION OF STUDENTS FROM JUVENILE CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES
Maine law requires the establishment of a reintegration team to assist a student entering a public school from a juvenile correctional facility. The Board recognizes the need for advance planning and appropriate confidentiality in these circumstances.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for determining whether a student will be accepted or denied access to school based on compliance with the juvenile's rehabilitation plan as it affects reintegration. Access may be denied until the Superintendent is satisfied that conditions have been met.
MSAD # 60 will comply with reintegration standards established by the Maine Department of Education. The Superintendent will be responsible for overseeing the transition of students from juvenile correctional facilities based on the following guidelines:
A. Within ten days of receiving information from the Department of Corrections concerning the release of the juvenile offender, the Superintendent shall establish and convene a meeting of a reintegration team to review information received from the Department of Corrections, evaluate the student's individual educational needs, and determine what additional information may be relevant.
B. The reintegration team shall include at a minimum the principal/designee of the school to which the student will be admitted, at least one classroom teacher to which the student will be assigned or who is involved in the school's student assistance team, the student's parent/guardian/custodian, and a guidance counselor. The student's juvenile correctional officer or other representative from the Department of Corrections may be invited to attend.
C. The reintegration team will determine, on the basis of need, which school employees should be given (OR receive information OR have access to) information that would otherwise be considered confidential. The nature and extent of information provided should be limited to that needed to implement the student's reintegration plan and ensure the health and safety of the student, the safety of the school's students and staff, and the integrity of school property.
D. The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for ensuring that confidentiality training, including a review of MSAD #60's policy and administrative procedures pertinent to records from the juvenile criminal justice system, including the juvenile correctional facility, and to all student educational records under the Family Education Records and Privacy Act (FERPA), is provided to all school employees who have access to this information.
E. Before the student enters school, at least one additional meeting of the reintegration team should be held to develop an individualized plan for the student's reintegration based on the student's educational needs and the options available within the school system. This meeting should include the student as well as the members of the reintegration team. The reintegration plan will address the student's educational program, participation in activities (including co-curricular and extracurricular activities), and access to school facilities (including transportation).
Page 1 of 2
F. Placement in grade, class, and/or school programs will be based on the student's abilities and academic achievement demonstrated in prior educational settings, including the student's stay at the juvenile correctional facility. The principal will be responsible for evaluating the student's transcript and portfolio from the juvenile correctional facility to assess progress toward meeting the content standards of the Learning Results. The principal may require the student to participate in additional tests or other demonstrations of skill or knowledge, consistent with the local assessment system, for the purpose of determining appropriate placement.
G. The Superintendent/designee will be responsible for developing and implementing a process for monitoring and reporting a student's progress and compliance with the reintegration plan and for modifying the plan as needed.
H. A student who violated Board policy or school rules will be subject to the disciplinary consequences described in policy, administrative procedures, and/or the student handbook/student code of conduct.
I. The Superintendent/designee shall make any reports that may be required by the Department of Education concerning numbers of students entering the local school unit from juvenile correctional facilities.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRSA Subsections 254(12), 1055(12), 2902(10), 4502(5) (0), 6001-B(1), 6001-B(2), 6001-B(3-A)
15 MRSA Subsection 3009
Adopted: May 29, 2003
Revised: November 16, 2017
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF
REPORTING CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT
I. DEFINITIONS
A. Child abuse or neglect. Child abuse or neglect is defined by Maine law as “threat to a child’s health or welfare by physical, mental or emotional injury or impairment, sexual abuse or exploitation, deprivation of essential needs or lack of protection from these, or failure to ensure compliance with school attendance requirements under Title 20-A” (specifically when a child who is at least seven years of age and has not completed grade six, has the equivalent of seven full days of unexcused absences or five consecutive school days of unexcused absences during a school year).
B. Person responsible for the child. A “person responsible for the child” means a person with responsibility for a child’s health or welfare, whether in the child’s home or another home or a facility which, as part of its function, provides for the care of the child. It includes the child’s parent, guardian or other custodian.
II. EMPLOYEES’ DUTY TO REPORT
A. Any employee of the school unit who has reason to suspect that a child has been or is likely to be abused or neglected must immediately notify the building principal.
1. In addition to notifying the building principal, the employee may also make a report directly to the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) or the District Attorney (see also Section III.B which provides further information about reporting to DHHS and/or the District Attorney).
B. If the reporting employee does not receive written confirmation from the building administrator/Superintendent within 24 hours of his/her report that a report has been made to DHHS and/or District Attorney, the employee shall make an immediate report directly to DHHS and, if the person suspected is not a person responsible for the child, to the District Attorney. In such cases, the employee shall then complete a copy of the Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect Reporting Form (JLF-E).
C. If the reporting employees does receive written confirmation from the building administrator/Superintendent within 24 hours of his/her report (which is a copy of the Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect Reporting Form (JLF-E), he/she shall sign the form as acknowledgement that the report was made and return it to the building administrator/Superintendent.
III. ADMINISTRATOR REPORTING AND CONFIRMATION DUTIES
All building administrators and the Superintendent are designated agents to make child abuse and neglect reports. Other administrators may also be designated at the discretion of the Superintendent.
A. If a building administrator receives the report, he/she shall notify the Superintendent immediately.
B. The Superintendent or building administrator shall then make a verbal and written report(s) of suspected abuse or neglect to DHHS. In addition, if the person suspected is not the parent, guardian or other custodian of the child, the Superintendent/building administrator shall also make a report to the District Attorney.
Page 1 of 3
1. The law requires the reporting employee to make his/her own report to DHHS and/or the District Attorney if he/she has not received confirmation within 24 hours that such a report has been made by the Superintendent/building administrator.
C. The person making the report to DHHS and/or the District Attorney shall complete the Suspected Child Abuse or Neglect Form (JLF-E).
D. The Superintendent/building administrator shall provide a copy of the Suspected Child Abuse or Neglect Form to the reporting employee within 24 hours of the employee’s initial report. The reporting employee shall sign the report and return it to the Superintendent/building administrator.
E. The form will be forwarded to DHHS and/or the District Attorney, and shall be retained by the school unit for ten years, as specified in the Maine Archives Rules, along with any other information relevant to the case.
IV. INTERNAL INVESTIGATIONS AND DISCIPLINE
A. Employees. If the person suspected of abuse or neglect is an employee, the Superintendent/designee shall investigate and take appropriate action, in accordance with applicable Board policies, collective bargaining contracts, and federal and state laws.
B. Students. If the person suspected of abuse or neglect is a student, and the abuse or neglect occurred on school premises, during a school activity, or is otherwise related to the school, the Superintendent/designee shall investigate and take appropriate action, in accordance with applicable Board policies and federal and state laws.
V. INTERVIEWS OF CHILD AND SCHOOL PERSONNEL
DHHS personnel shall be permitted to meet with and interview the child named in the report when the child is present at school as provided in this section. The building administrator or designee shall:
A. Require the DHHS employee requesting to interview the child to provide written certification that in the Department’s judgment, the interview is necessary to carry out its duties;
B. Require the DHHS caseworker to discuss the circumstances of the interview and any relevant information regarding the alleged abuse or neglect with the child’s teacher, guidance, school nurse, social worker or building administrator as the caseworker deems is necessary to provide needed emotional support to the child prior to and following the interview;
C. Not place conditions on how the interview is conducted, including, but not necessarily limited to requiring that certain persons be present during the interview; prohibiting certain persons from being present during the interview; and requiring notice to or consent from a parent or guardian;
D. Provide an appropriate, quiet and private place for the interview; and
E. Not disclose any information about DHHS’s intention to interview the child except to school officials or the school’s attorney who need the information to comply with the interview request.
Page 2 of 3
VI. CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION AND RECORDS
All records, reports and information concerning alleged cases of child abuse and neglect shall be kept confidential to the extent required by Board policies and applicable law.
The building administrator/designee is permitted to release a child’s school records without prior consent of the parent/guardian to DHHS or law enforcement officials as necessary to protect the health or safety of the child or other individuals under federal law.
VII. GOOD FAITH IMMUNITY FROM LIABILITY
Any person who in good faith reports, assists DHHS in making the child available for an interview, or participates in the investigation or proceedings of a child protection investigation is immune from any criminal or civil liability for the act of reporting or participating in the investigation or proceeding. Good faith does not include instances when a false report is made and the person knows the report is false.
Legal Reference: 22 MRSA Chap. 1071, Child and Family Services and Child Protection Act
20 USC § 1232g, Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
20-A M.R.S.A. §§ 5051-A(1)(C); 5051-A(2)(C)
Cross Reference: ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
JLF-E – Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report Form
JLF-R – Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect Procedure
JRA – Student Records
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: November 15, 2018
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLFA
REPORTING CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT
I. DEFINITIONS
A. Child abuse or neglect. Child abuse or neglect is defined by Maine law as “threat to a child’s health or welfare by physical, mental or emotional injury or impairment, sexual abuse or exploitation, deprivation of essential needs or lack of protection from these, or failure to ensure compliance with school attendance requirements under Title 20-A” (specifically when a child who is at least seven years of age and has not completed grade six, has the equivalent of seven full days of unexcused absences or five consecutive school days of unexcused absences during a school year).
B. Person responsible for the child. A “person responsible for the child” means a person with responsibility for a child’s health or welfare, whether in the child’s home or another home or a facility which, as part of its function, provides for the care of the child. It includes the child’s parent, guardian or other custodian.
II. EMPLOYEES’ DUTY TO REPORT
A. Any employee of the school unit who has reason to suspect that a child has been or is likely to be abused or neglected must immediately notify the building principal.
1. In addition to notifying the building principal, the employee may also make a report directly to the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) or the District Attorney (see also Section III.B which provides further information about reporting to DHHS and/or the District Attorney).
B. If the reporting employee does not receive written confirmation from the building administrator/Superintendent within 24 hours of his/her report that a report has been made to DHHS and/or District Attorney, the employee shall make an immediate report directly to DHHS and, if the person suspected is not a person responsible for the child, to the District Attorney. In such cases, the employee shall then complete a copy of the Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect Reporting Form (JLF-E).
C. If the reporting employees does receive written confirmation from the building administrator/Superintendent within 24 hours of his/her report (which is a copy of the Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect Reporting Form (JLF-E), he/she shall sign the form as acknowledgement that the report was made and return it to the building administrator/Superintendent.
III. ADMINISTRATOR REPORTING AND CONFIRMATION DUTIES
All building administrators and the Superintendent are designated agents to make child abuse and neglect reports. Other administrators may also be designated at the discretion of the Superintendent.
A. If a building administrator receives the report, he/she shall notify the Superintendent immediately.
Page 1 of 3
B. The Superintendent or building administrator shall then make a verbal and written report(s) of suspected abuse or neglect to DHHS. In addition, if the person suspected is not the parent, guardian or other custodian of the child, the Superintendent/building administrator shall also make a report to the District Attorney.
1. The law requires the reporting employee to make his/her own report to DHHS and/or the District Attorney if he/she has not received confirmation within 24 hours that such a report has been made by the Superintendent/building administrator.
C. The person making the report to DHHS and/or the District Attorney shall complete the Suspected Child Abuse or Neglect Form (JLF-E).
D. The Superintendent/building administrator shall provide a copy of the Suspected Child Abuse or Neglect Form to the reporting employee within 24 hours of the employee’s initial report. The reporting employee shall sign the report and return it to the Superintendent/building administrator.
E. The form will be forwarded to DHHS and/or the District Attorney, and shall be retained by the school unit for ten years, as specified in the Maine Archives Rules, along with any other information relevant to the case.
IV. INTERNAL INVESTIGATIONS AND DISCIPLINE
A. Employees. If the person suspected of abuse or neglect is an employee, the Superintendent/designee shall investigate and take appropriate action, in accordance with applicable Board policies, collective bargaining contracts, and federal and state laws.
B. Students. If the person suspected of abuse or neglect is a student, and the abuse or neglect occurred on school premises, during a school activity, or is otherwise related to the school, the Superintendent/designee shall investigate and take appropriate action, in accordance with applicable Board policies and federal and state laws.
V. INTERVIEWS OF CHILD AND SCHOOL PERSONNEL
DHHS personnel shall be permitted to meet with and interview the child named in the report when the child is present at school as provided in this section. The building administrator or designee shall:
A. Require the DHHS employee requesting to interview the child to provide written certification that in the Department’s judgment, the interview is necessary to carry out its duties;
B. Require the DHHS caseworker to discuss the circumstances of the interview and any relevant information regarding the alleged abuse or neglect with the child’s teacher, guidance, school nurse, social worker or building administrator as the caseworker deems is necessary to provide needed emotional support to the child prior to and following the interview;
C. Not place conditions on how the interview is conducted, including, but not necessarily limited to requiring that certain persons be present during the interview; prohibiting certain persons from being present during the interview; and requiring notice to or consent from a parent or guardian;
Page 2 of 3
D. Provide an appropriate, quiet and private place for the interview; and
E. Not disclose any information about DHHS’s intention to interview the child except to school officials or the school’s attorney who need the information to comply with the interview request.
VI. CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION AND RECORDS
All records, reports and information concerning alleged cases of child abuse and neglect shall be kept confidential to the extent required by Board policies and applicable law.
The building administrator/designee is permitted to release a child’s school records without prior consent of the parent/guardian to DHHS or law enforcement officials as necessary to protect the health or safety of the child or other individuals under federal law.
VII. GOOD FAITH IMMUNITY FROM LIABILITY
Any person who in good faith reports, assists DHHS in making the child available for an interview, or participates in the investigation or proceedings of a child protection investigation is immune from any criminal or civil liability for the act of reporting or participating in the investigation or proceeding. Good faith does not include instances when a false report is made and the person knows the report is false.
Legal Reference: 22 MRSA Chap. 1071, Child and Family Services and Child Protection Act
20 USC § 1232g, Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
20-A M.R.S.A. §§ 5051-A(1)(C); 5051-A(2)(C)
Cross Reference: ACAA – Harassment and Sexual Harassment of Students
JLF-E – Suspected Child Abuse/Neglect Report Form
JLF-R – Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect Procedure
JRA – Student Records
Adopted: March 12, 1987
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised: November 15, 2018
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF‐E
SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT REPORT FORM
Any employee of MSAD #60 who suspects that a child has been or is likely to be abused or neglected (the “notifying person”) must immediately notify the building principal using this form. The purpose of this form is to document your reporting and to facilitate confirmation to you that the building principal or other designated school official has made your report to the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) or, as appropriate to the District Attorney.
If you have not received written confirmation within 24 hours of submitting this form to the building principal, you must make your own report to DHHS or, if appropriate, to the DA.
1) Name/title/telephone number and email address of notifying person (person who originally has the information and is required to report it:
2) Date and time of notifying person’s report:
3) Name/title of school principal/designated agent first report made to:
4) Did notifying person contact DHS independently: ____ Yes ____ No
5) Name of student who is subject of report: ___________________________________
Birthdate: __________________ Sex: _____________ Grade: _______________
Known history of abuse/neglect? __________________________________________
Parent/Guardian Name(s): _______________________________________________
Address: _____________________________________________________________
Home and work telephone numbers: _______________________________________
Name(s) of sibling(s): __________________________________________________
6) Statements or indicators leading to the suspicion of abuse/neglect (include all known information, including date, time and location, name of alleged abuser, and relationship to student):
____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Page 1 of 3
7) List any photographs taken or other materials collected related to the report:
___________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
8) Actions taken by school personnel (list date, time and personnel involved):
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Page 2 of 3
CONFIRMATION OF REPORT
(Used for confirming principal or designated agent’s report to authorities)
Name of principal or designated agent: __________________________________________
Agency contacted by telephone: __________________________________________
Name and title of agency contact: _________________________________________
Date and time of telephone report: _________________________________________
Copy of report form sent (include date and addressee): ________________________
__________________________________ ___________________________________
Principal/Designated Agent Signature Date and Time
EMPLOYEE’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF CONFIRMATION
(To be returned to principal or designated agent)
I have received confirmation that my report has been made to DHHS or the DA by the Principal or other Designated Agent.
_____________________________________ _________________________________
Notifying Person/Original Reporter’s Signature Date and Time
(Employee’s Signature)
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: JLF-R
REPORTING CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT-
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
This procedure implements the Board’s policy JLF – Reporting Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect. It summarizes the steps to be taken when a school employee suspects that a child has been or is likely to be abused or neglected.
The “notifying person” refers to any employee of the school unit who has the information that gives rise to the reasonable suspicion that a child has been or is likely to be abused or neglected and is required by law or Board policy to report it.
A. The notifying person should immediately notify the building principal or other designated agent of the suspected abuse or neglect. The person may notify the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) directly, and if appropriate, the District Attorney (DA).
B. The building principal or designated agent should immediately notify the Superintendent. The building principal/designated agent or Superintendent should immediately make a report by telephone to DHHS, and if requested by DHHS, should provide a written report of the suspected abuse or neglect to DHHS within 48 hours. If the person suspected of abuse or neglect is not the parent, guardian or other custodian of the child, the building principal or Superintendent shall also make a report to the DA.
C. The building principal/designated agent or Superintendent should send a written confirmation containing the name of the person reporting, the date and time of the report and a summary of the information to the notifying person.
D. The notifying person should acknowledge in writing that he/she has received the confirmation that the report has been made by the principal or designated agent.
E. The confirmation and acknowledgement should be retained in the school’s records.
F. If the notifying person has not received written confirmation within 24 hours of making his/her report to the principal or designated agent has caused a report to be made to DHHS and, if appropriate, the DA, the notifying person shall immediately make a report to DHHS and, if appropriate, the DA.
Cross Reference: JLF – Reporting Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect
JLF-E – Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect Report Form
Adopted: December 6, 2018
NEPN/NSBA Code: JRA
STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS AND INFORMATION
The MSAD #60 School District shall comply with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act ("FERPA") and all other federal and state laws and regulations concerning confidentiality and maintenance of student records and information.
A. Directory Information
MSAD #60 designates the following student information as directory information: name, participation and grade level of students in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of student athletes, dates of attendance in the school unit, and honors and awards received, and photographs and videos of student participation in school activities open to the public (except photographs and videos on the Internet). MSAD #60 may disclose directory information if it has provided notice to parents (and eligible students over 18) and has not received timely written notice refusing permission to designate such information as directory information.
B. Military Recruiters/Higher Education Access to Information
Under federal law, military recruiters and institutions of higher education are entitled to receive the names, addresses and telephone numbers of secondary students and MSAD #60 must comply with any such request, provided that parents have been notified of their right to request that this information not be released without their prior written consent.
C. Health or Safety Emergencies
In accordance with federal regulations, MSAD #60 may disclose education records in a health or safety emergency to any person whose knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals without prior written consent.
D. Information on the Internet
Under Maine law, MSAD #60 shall not publish on the Internet any information that identifies a student, including but not limited to the student's full name, photograph, personal biography, e-mail address, home address, date of birth, social security number and parents' names, without written parental consent.
E. Transfer of Student Records
As required by Maine law, MSAD #60 sends student education records to a school unit to which a student applies for transfer, including disciplinary records, attendance records, special education records and health records (except for confidential health records for which consent for dissemination has not been obtained).
F. The Board hereby designates its School Resource Officers (or Local Police Departments) as MSAD 60’s law enforcement unit.
G. Administrative Procedures and Notices
The Superintendent is responsible for developing and implementing any administrative procedures and parent notices necessary to comply with the applicable laws and regulations concerning student education records and information. Notices shall be distributed annually to parents and eligible students concerning their rights under these laws and regulations. A copy of this policy shall be posted in each school.
Page 1 of 2
Legal Reference: 20-USC subsection 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99, as amended
20-USC subsection 7908
20-A MRSA Subsections 6001, 6001-B
(Me. Dept. of Ed. Rules, Chapter 101 and 125)
Cross Reference: JRA-E Annual Notice of Student Education Records and Information rights
JRA-R Student Education Records and Information Administrative Procedure
ILD - Student Surveys and Marketing Information
EHB – Records Retention Policy
Adopted: January 15, 2004
Revised: October 6, 2011
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JRA-E
ANNUAL NOTICE OF STUDENT EDUCATION RECORDS AND INFORMATION RIGHTS
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) provides certain rights to parents and eligible students (18 years of age or older) with respect to the student's education records.
A. Inspection of Records
Parents/eligible students may inspect and review the student’s education records within 45 days of making such a request. Such requests must be submitted to the Superintendent or building administrator in writing and must identify the record(s) to be inspected. The Superintendent or building administrator will notify the parent/eligible student of the time and place where the record(s) may be inspected in the presence of school staff. Parent/eligible students may obtain copies of education records at a cost of ten cents per page.
B. Amendment of Records
Parents or eligible students may ask MSAD #60 to amend education records they believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of a student's right to privacy. Such requests must be submitted to the Superintendent or building administrator in writing, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading. If the Superintendent or building administrator decides not to amend the record as requested, the parent/eligible student will be notified of the decision, their right to request a hearing and information about the hearing process.
C. Disclosure of Records
The School Department must obtain a parent/eligible student’s written consent prior to disclosure of personally identifiable information in education records except in circumstances permitted by law or regulations as summarized below.
1. Directory Information
The School Department designates the following student information as directory information that may be made public at its discretion: name, participation and grade level of students in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of student athletes, dates of attendance in the school unit, honors and awards received, and photographs and videos relating to student participation in school activities open to the public (except photographs and videos on the Internet). Parents/eligible students who do not want the School Department to disclose directory information must notify the Superintendent in writing by September 15th (or other date designated by MSAD #60) or within thirty (30) days of enrollment, whichever is later. The opt-out request will remain in effect unless and until it is rescinded.
2. Military Recruiters/Institutions of Higher Education
Military recruiters and institutions of higher education are entitled to receive the names, addresses and telephone numbers of secondary students and the School Department must comply with any such request, provided that parents have been notified of their right to request that this information not be released without their prior written consent. Parents/eligible students who do not want the School Department to disclose this information without their prior written consent must notify the Superintendent in writing by September 15th (or other date) or within thirty (30) days of enrollment, whichever is later.
Page 1 of 2
3. School Officials with Legitimate Educational Interests
Education records may be disclosed to school officials with a “legitimate educational interest”. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if he/she needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his/her professional responsibility. School officials include persons employed by the School Department as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); members of the Board of Education; persons or companies with whom the School Department has contracted to provide specific services (such as attorneys, auditors, medical consultants, evaluators or therapists); and volunteers who are under the direct control of the School Department with regard to education records.
4. Health or Safety Emergencies
In accordance with federal regulations, the School Department may disclose education records in a health or safety emergency to any person whose knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals without prior written consent.
5. Other School Units
As required by Maine law, the School Department sends student education records to a school unit to which a student applies for transfer, including disciplinary records, attendance records, special education records and health records (except for confidential health records for which consent for dissemination has not been obtained).
6. Other Entities/Individuals
Education records may be disclosed to other entities and individuals as specifically permitted by law. Parents/eligible students may obtain information about other exceptions to the written consent requirements by request to the Superintendent or building administrator.
D. Complaints Regarding School Department Compliance with FERPA
Parents/eligible students who believe that the School Department has not complied with the requirements of FERPA have the right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education. The office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, S.W.
Washington, DC 20202-4605
Adopted: October 6, 2011
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: JRA-R
STUDENT EDUCATIONAL RECORDS AND INFORMATION –
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
This administrative procedure is intended to assist administrators and school staff in complying with the requirements of federal and state statutes and regulations concerning student education records and information, including special education requirements.
A. DEFINITIONS
The following definitions apply to terms used in this procedure.
A. “Act” means the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (20 USC subsection 1232g).
2. “Directory information” means the following information contained in an education record of a student: name, the student’s participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of student athletes, grade level in school of participants in extracurricular activities, dates of attendance at local school unit schools, and honors and awards received, and photographs and videos relating to student participation in school activities open to the public (except photographs and videos on the I
Internet).
3. “Eligible student” means a student who has attained eighteen years of age, who has not been judged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so severely impaired that the student is unable to make decisions or exercise judgment on his/her own behalf.
4. When a student attains the age of 18, all rights accorded to parents concerning education records transfer to the eligible student, except that MSAD #60 may continue to disclose education records to a parent without prior written consent if the student qualifies as a dependent under the Internal Revenue Code.
5. “Parent” means parent, regardless of divorce or separation, a legal guardian, or individual acting as a parent or guardian provided that there shall be a presumption that a parent has the authority to exercise the rights inherent in the Act, unless there is evidence of a state law or court order governing such matters as divorce, separation or custody or a legally binding instrument that specifically revokes such rights.
6. “Education Record” means information or data that directly relates to a student and is maintained by the school unit in any medium including, but not limited to, handwriting, print, e-mail or other computer media, video or audio tape, microfilm and microfiche. Records of instructional, supervisory and administrative personnel, and personnel who support these individuals, which are in the sole possession of the maker thereof and which are not accessible or revealed to any other person except a temporary substitute for the person who made the record are excluded from this definition, as are grades on peer-graded papers before they are collected and recorded by a teacher.
7. “Student” includes any individual with respect to whom the local school unit maintains education records.
B. ANNUAL NOTIFICATION OF RIGHTS
Parents and eligible students shall be provided with notice of their rights under FERPA and other applicable
Page 1 of 9
federal and state laws and regulations concerning education records at the beginning of each school year or
upon enrollment if the student enrolls after the start of the school year. MSAD #60 may provide notice through any of the following means:
1. Mailing to students’ homes;
2. Distribution to students to take home;
3. Publication in student handbooks;
4. Publication in newsletters or other materials distributed to each parent/eligible student.
C. Access to Policy and Administrative Procedure
The School Department’s policy on Student Education Records and Information shall be posted in each school. In addition, school administrators shall provide copies of this administrative procedure to parents/eligible students upon request or when a request to inspect or amend records is made.
D. INSPECTION AND REVIEW OF EDUCATION RECORDS
Parents of students and eligible students may review and inspect their educational records by the following procedure:
1. The parent or eligible student must make a written request to the Superintendent or building administrator to review the records.
2. The Superintendent or building administrator will comply with the request without unnecessary delay and in a reasonable period of time, but in no case more than 45 days after it received the request, and will comply before any IEP Team meeting regarding an Individualized Education Program or any due process hearing relating to the identification, evaluation, or placement of the student.
3. The Superintendent or building administrator may deny a request for access to or copies of the student’s education records if there is reasonable doubt as to the legality of the parent-child relationship. Access will be withheld until a determination of legal right to access can be established.
4. All records shall be reviewed in the presence of a school official.
Parents/eligible students may also request to review the following:
1. The School Department’s list of types and locations of education records and titles of officials responsible for the records.
2. The School Department’s record of disclosures of personally identifiable information (see Section F.)
E. REQUEST TO AMEND EDUCATION RECORDS
Parents/eligible students may ask the School Department to amend education records they believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the student’s privacy rights as follows:
1. The parent/eligible student must make a written request to the Superintendent or building administrator to amend the education record. The request must clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading
Page 2 of 9
2. The Superintendent or the building administrator shall, within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the request, either amend the record in accordance with the request or inform the parent/eligible student of the School Department’s refusal to amend the record and inform the parent/eligible student of their right to request a hearing.
3. If the parent/eligible student requests a hearing, it shall be held within a reasonable period of time from the School Department’s receipt of the written request. The parent/eligible student shall be given advance notice of the date, place and time of the hearing. The Superintendent shall designate an individual to conduct the hearing. This individual may be an employee of the School Department so long as he/she does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing. The parent/eligible student shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues raised and may be assisted or represented by individuals of his/her choice at his/her own expense, including an attorney.
4. The School Department shall make its decision in writing within a reasonable period of time. The decision of the school shall include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
5. If, as a result of the hearing, the School Department decides that the information inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy rights of the student, it shall amend the education records of the student accordingly and so inform the parent/eligible student in writing.
6. If, as a result of the hearing, the School Department decides that the information is not inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy rights of the student, it shall inform the parent/eligible student of their right to include a statement in the student’s education record about the contested information and/or setting forth any reasons for disagreeing with the decisions of the School Department.
7. Any statement placed in the student’s education record under the preceding paragraph shall be maintained as long as the record or contested portion is maintained by the School Department. If the education records of the student or the contested portion is disclosed by the School Department to any party, the explanation shall also be disclosed.
F. V. DISCLOSURE OF EDUCATION RECORDS
All disclosures of education records will be made in compliance with federal and state statutes and regulations. The School Department will not disclose any personally identifiable information from the education records of a student without the prior written consent of the parent or eligible student unless such disclosure is otherwise allowed by federal and/or state statutes or regulations. The written consent shall include a specification of the records that may be disclosed, the purpose(s) of the disclosure(s), and the identity of the party or parties to whom the disclosure(s) may be made.
There are several exceptions to the requirement to obtain prior written consent before disclosing education records as follows:
1. Directory Information. The School Department may make directory information (as described in Section A) public at is discretion unless a parent/eligible student has notified the Superintendent in in writing by September 15th or within thirty (30) days of enrollment, whichever is later.
The School Department may disclose directory information about former students without the consent of the parent/eligible student.
Page 3 of 9
2. Military Recruiters/Institutions of Higher Education. Military recruiters and institutions of higher education are entitled to receive the names, addresses and telephone numbers of secondary students and the School Department must comply with any such request, provided that parents have been notified of their right to request that this information not be released without their prior written consent. Parents/eligible students who do not want the School Department to disclose this information must notify the Superintendent in writing by September 15th or within thirty (30) days of enrollment, whichever is later.
3. School Officials with Legitimate Educational Interests. Education records may be disclosed to school officials with a “legitimate educational interest”. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if he/she needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his/her professional responsibility. School officials include persons employed by the School Department as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and the school unit’s designated law enforcement unit personnel, if any); members of the School Board; persons or companies with whom the School Department has contracted to provide specific services (such as attorneys, auditors, medical consultants, evaluators or therapists); and volunteers who are under the direct control of the School Department with regard to education records.
4. Other School Units. Under Maine law (20-A M.R.S.A. subsection 6001-B), the School Department is required to send a student’s education records to a school unit to which a student applies for transfer, including disciplinary records, attendance records, special education records and health records. Consent is not required for the transfer of these records, except for confidential health records.
At the request of the Superintendent of MSAD #60 where a student seeks admission, the student’s current or former school administrators shall provide, in a timely fashion, an oral or written report to the Superintendent indicating whether the student has been expelled or suspended or is the subject of an expulsion or suspension proceeding.
5. Health or Safety Emergency. In accordance with federal regulations, the School Department may disclose education records in a health or safety emergency to any person whose knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals without prior written consent.
6. Other Entities/Individuals. Education records may be disclosed to other governmental entities and individuals as specifically permitted by FERPA and the accompanying regulations.
7. Information on the Internet. Under Maine law (20-A M. R.S.A. subsection 6001), the School Department shall not publish on the Internet any information that identifies a student, including but not limited to the student’s full name, photograph, personal biography, e-mail address, home address, date of birth, social security number and parents’ names, without written parental consent.
G. Request/Disclosure Record
1. The School Department will maintain a record of requests and disclosures of personally identifiable information from the education records of a student.
2. Such records do not include disclosures to the parent/eligible student; disclosures made pursuant to written consent of the parents/eligible student; disclosures to school officials; disclosures of directory information; records released pursuant to a subpoena that specifies that the request/disclosure remain confidential; or disclosures to the person who provided or created the record.
Page 4 of 9
3. The record will include the party requesting the information and the “legitimate interest’ the party has in the information. In the case of state and local educational authorities, and federal officials and agencies identified in the FERPA regulations, the record must specify that the records may be subject to further disclosure by these authorities, officials and agencies without consent.
4. When disclosures are made under the exception for health or safety emergencies, the record must include the “articulable and significant threat to health or safety of a student or other individuals that formed the basis of the disclosure” and the parties to whom the information was disclosed.
H. Waiver of Confidentiality Rights
A parent of a student/eligible student may waive any of his/her rights regarding confidentiality of education records, but any such waiver must be in writing and signed by the parent/eligible student. The school may not require that a parent/eligible student waive his or her rights. Any waiver may be revoked, but such revocation shall not apply to any actions taken by the School Department prior to the revocation being received. If a parent executes a waiver, that waiver may be revoked by the student any time after he/she becomes an eligible student.
I. FEES for Copying Records
There shall be no charge to search for or retrieve education records of a student. The school department shall provide copies of education records to parents/eligible students upon request. The cost of producing copies of the record to the parent/eligible student will be ten cents per page copied, plus postage. Parents/eligible students who are unable to pay such fees will not be denied access to education records. This fee, however, will not prohibit a parent’s/eligible student’s opportunity for access to the records .
J. Maintenance and Destruction of Education Records
The School Department shall maintain education records as required by federal and state statutes and regulations.
1. Records shall be maintained in paper and/or electronic form by personnel who are knowledgeable about the applicable confidentiality and record retention requirements. All records shall be safeguarded from unauthorized access. Student records must be kept in fireproof storage at the school or a duplicate set must be kept off-site.
2. The School Department shall not destroy any education record if there is any outstanding request to inspect or review such records.
3. Records of access to education records shall be retained as long as the records themselves.
4. The School Department shall inform parents of students with disabilities when education records are no longer needed to provide educational services to the student or to demonstrate that the school has provided the student with a free appropriate public education as required by law. At that point, the records may be turned over to parents/eligible students upon their request, or destroyed in accordance with the parent’s request or School Department procedures.
Page 5 of 9
K. Complaints
The United States Department of Education maintains an office that handles complaints about alleged violations of FERPA by local school units. Complaints regarding violations of rights accorded parents and eligible students may be submitted in writing to:
Family Policy Compliance Office
Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, S.W.
Washington, DC 20202
Legal Reference: 20 USC Subsections 1232g, 7098
34 CFR Part 99 (as amended)
20-A MRSA Subsection 6001
Ch. 101 Subsection 15 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule)
Ch. 125 Subsection 12.01 (Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule) Records
Adopted: March 20, 2003
Revised: January 15, 2004
Revised: October 19, 2006
Revised: October 6, 2011
Page 6 of 9
DENIAL OF CONSENT TO RELEASE STUDENT INFORMATION
Federal law and regulations pertaining to family educational rights and privacy allow schools, without prior consent, to release at their discretion information from student educational records that has been designated by the school system as “directory information”. MSAD #60 has designated the following as directory information: student’s names, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of athletes, grade level in school of participants in extracurricular activities, date of attendance at local school units, and honors and awards received.
In addition, the “No Child Left Behind Act of 2001” contains provisions that require the school unit provide student name, addresses and telephone numbers to military recruiters and institutions of higher learning when requested to do so, unless the student’s parent/guardian or student 18 years of age or older requests in writing that such information not be released.
If you DO NOT want the information released, please complete the appropriate section of this form and return it to: Principal’s Office
Noble High School
388 Somersworth Road
No. Berwick, ME 03906
____________________________________________________________________________________
FOR PARENTS OF STUDENTS UNDER THE AGE OF 18:
I request that Noble High School
Not release the name, address, or telephone number of my son/daughter ____________
to any military recruiter or military recruiting organization without my prior written consent.
Not release the name, address, or telephone number of my son/daughter ____________
to any institution of higher learning without my prior written consent.
Not release information of any kind, including “directory information” concerning my son/
daughter _______________ without my prior written consent.
_____________________________ ______________
Parent/Guardian Signature Date
Page 7 of 9
____________________________________________________________________________________
FOR STUDENTS 18 YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER:
I request that Noble High School
Not release my name, address, or telephone number to any military recruiter or military recruiting organization without my prior written consent.
Not release my name, address, or telephone number to any institution of higher
learning without my prior written consent.
Not release information of any kind concerning me, including “directory information”
without my prior written consent.
_____________________________ ______________
Student Signature Date
_______________________________________________________________________
CONSENT/DENIAL OF CONSENT TO RELEASE STUDENT INFORMATION
(FOR ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOLS)
Federal law and regulations pertaining to family educational rights and privacy allow schools, without prior consent, to release at their discretion information from student educational records that has been designated by the school systems as “directory information”. MSAD #60 has designated the following as directory information: student’s name, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of student athletes, grade level in school of participants in extracurricular activities, date of attendance at local school unit schools, and honors and awards received.
Please check the box that applies and return this form to your child’s school.
Page 8 of 9
I give my permission for __________ School to release information about my son/daughter ____________ that the school system has designated as “directory information”.
I request that _____________ School NOT release information of any kind, including “directory information”, concerning my son/daughter ____________ without prior written consent.
___________________________ _____________
Parent/Guardian Signature Date
Page 9 of 9
Code: KA
CIVILITY POLICY
It is the intent of the school board to promote mutual respect, civility and orderly conduct among district employees, parents and the public. It is not the intent of the school board to deprive any person of his or her right to freedom of expression. The intent of this policy is to maintain, to the greatest extent reasonably possible, a safe, harassment-free environment for teachers, students, administrators, staff, parents and other members of the community. The school board encourages positive communication and discourages volatile, hostile or aggressive communications or actions.
1. Expected level of behavior:
* School and district personnel will treat parents and other members of the public with courtesy and respect. Parents and visitors will treat teachers, administrators and other district employees with courtesy and respect.
2. Unacceptable/disruptive behavior:
* Disruptive behavior includes, but is not necessarily limited to: behavior which interferes with or threatens to interfere with the operation of a classroom, an office area, and areas of a school or facility open to parents/guardians and the general public.
* Using loud and/or offensive language, swearing, cursing or display of temper.
* Threatening to do bodily or physical harm to a teacher, school administrator, school employee or student, regardless of whether or not the behavior constitutes or may constitute a criminal violation.
* Damaging or destroying school or school board property.
* Any other behavior that disrupts the orderly operation of a school, classroom or any other school board facility.
* Abusive, threatening or obscene e-mail or voice mail messages.
3. Parent recourse:
* Any parent who believes he/she was subject to unacceptable/disruptive behavior on the part of any staff member should bring such behavior to the attention of the staff member’s immediate supervisor.
4. Authority of school personnel:
* Authority to direct persons to leave school board premises:
Any individual who (1) disrupts or threatens to disrupt school district operations: (2) threatens or attempts to do or does physical harm to school board personnel, students or others lawfully on a school or school controlled function; (3) threatens the health or safety of students, school board personnel or others lawfully on a school or school controlled function; (4) intentionally causes damage to school, school board property or property of others lawfully on a school campus or school controlled function; (5) uses loud or offensive language or who, without authorization, comes on a school or other school board facility, may be directed to leave the school or school controlled function by a school’s principal or assistant principal, or in their absence a person who is lawfully in charge of the school or any district level administrator, including superintendent of schools. If the person refuses to leave the premises as directed, the administrator or other authorized personnel shall seek the assistance of law enforcement and request that law enforcement take such action as is deemed necessary.
Authority to deal with persons who are verbally abusive.
If any member of the public uses obscenities or speaks in a demanding, loud, insulting and/or demeaning manner, the employee to whom the remarks are directed shall calmly and politely warn the speaker to communicate civilly. If the verbal abuse continues, the employee to whom the remarks are directed may, after giving appropriate notice to the speaker, terminate the meeting, conference or telephone conversation. If the
Page 1 of 2
meeting or conference is on school or school board premises, any employee may request that an administrator
or other authorized person direct the speaker to promptly leave the premises. If the person refuses to leave, the director or other authorized personnel shall seek the assistance of law enforcement and request that law enforcement takes such action as is deemed necessary. If the employee is threatened with personal harm, the employee may contact law enforcement.
Adopted: October 4, 2001
Revised ; December 17, 2015
Page 2 of 2
KA-1
DISTRICT SPORTING EVENT CIVILITY POLICY
It is the intent of the school board to promote mutual respect, civility and orderly conduct among district employees, parents, spectators and athletes while at district sporting events. It is not the intent of the school board to deprive any person of his or her right to freedom of expression. The intent of this policy is to maintain a safe and sportsmanlike environment where spectators are encouraged to cheer for their team in a way that demonstrates respect for officials, coaches, athletes and game personnel.
1. Expected Level of Behavior:
* School and district personnel will treat parents, students and other members of the public with courtesy and respect at all times. Parents, spectators and members of the student body will treat coaches, administrators, officials, athletes and other district employees with courtesy and respect at all times.
2. Unacceptable/disruptive Behavior:
* Disruptive behavior includes, but is not necessarily limited to: behavior which interferes with or threatens to interfere with the safe operation of a sporting event.
* Using loud and/or offensive language, swearing, cursing or a display of temper.
* Threatening to do bodily or physical harm to a coach, school administrator, school employee or student, regardless of whether or not the behavior constitutes, or may constitute, a criminal violation.
* Damaging or destroying school property.
* Using verbally abusive language towards a coach, administrator, official, athlete or game personnel.
* Any other behavior that is unsportsmanlike in nature.
3. Authority of School Personnel:
* Authority to direct persons to leave school premises at a sporting event:
Any individual who (1) disrupts or threatens to disrupt a school event’s operation; (2) threatens, or attempts to do or does physical harm to school personnel, students or others; (3) threatens the health or safety of students, school personnel or others; (4) intentionally causes damage to school property or the property of others; (5) uses loud or offensive language. Such people may be directed to leave the school or school controlled function by a school’s principal or assistant principal, athletic director, or in their absence, a person who is lawfully designated as in charge of the school event or any district level administrator, including the Superintendent of Schools. If the person refuses to leave the premises as directed, the administrator or other authorized personnel shall seek the assistance of law enforcement and request that law enforcement take such action as is deemed necessary.
4. Penalties for Removal from a District Sporting Event:
A) Students:
1. First Offense:
A student who is asked to leave a school sponsored sporting event due to inappropriate or unsafe behavior will be issued a Saturday detention and will be suspended from attending any Noble High School and/or Noble Middle School athletic contest, either home or away, for a period of six (6) weeks. The six (6) weeks must be while a sporting season is in progress and therefore the suspension will carry over from season to season. For example, if a student is asked to leave a game in the winter sports season and there are three (3) weeks remaining in that sports season, then the student would also be excluded from attending any Noble athletic contests for the first three (3) weeks of the spring season as well. For the purposes of this policy, the sports season will be defined using the M.P.A. sports season dates. Any actions that are judged to have
Page 1 of 2
significantly endangered the safety of others by a student while at a school sponsored sporting event may result
in action taken by law enforcement, and a longer ban on attendance of school sponsored events may be issued at the discretion of the school administration.
II. Second Offense:
A student who is asked to leave a school sponsored sporting event due to inappropriate or unsafe behavior will be issued two (2) Saturday detentions and will be suspended from attending any Noble High School and/or Noble Middle School athletic contest, either home or away, for a period of one (1) calendar year effective on the date of the notification of the suspension.
B) Adults:
1. First Offense:
Adult spectators who are asked to leave a school sponsored sporting event due to inappropriate or unsafe behavior will be dealt with on a case-by-case basis. Penalties include, but are not limited to: a warning, a temporary ban on future attendance, or a permanent ban on future attendance. Those adult spectators who are deemed to be a safety risk will be issued a no trespass citation from the local law enforcement authorities.
II. Second Offense:
Adult spectators who are asked to leave a school sponsored sporting event due to inappropriate or unsafe behavior for a second time will be issued a permanent ban on future attendance of any Noble School sponsored events and will be issued a no trespass citation from the local law enforcement authorities.
C) Staff Members:
1. First Offense:
Staff members who are asked to leave a school sponsored event due to inappropriate or unsafe behavior will be dealt with on a case-by-case basis. Staff are expected to behave as positive role models at all times.
Adopted: October 6, 2011
Revised; January 21, 2016
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code KBF
TITLE I PARENT INVOLVEMENT
Parental involvement is the participation of parents in regular, two-way, and meaningful communication involving student learning and other school activities.
Parent Involvement means:
* that parents play an important role in their child's learning
* that parents are encouraged to be full partners in their child's education by being actively involved in their child's education at school
* that parents are included, as appropriate, in decision-making and on advisory Boards to assist in the education of their child
In order to involved parents according to this definition, MSAD #60 will do the following:
MSAD #60 will form a Parent Advisory Board with district staff and parents whose children are in Title 1 programs. The Parent Advisory Board will do the following:
1. Develop a district parent involvement policy and distribute to all parents of children participating in Title 1 programs (Section 1118(a)(2). The parent involvement policy will be distributed to all participating parents with the Title 1 program permission letter.
2. Incorporate the district wide parent involvement policy into our LEA plan (Section 1112).
3. Plan and hold programs and activities for parents in all district Title 1 schools.
4. Work with all district Title 1 schools to develop school parent involvement policies and parent-school compacts (Sections 1118(b) and 1118(d).
MSAD #60 will work to make sure all parents have the opportunity to be involved in their child's education. MSAD #60 will:
1. Make sure parents who have disabilities, speak English as a Second Language (ESL), and/or are migrant workers are given reasonable support to participate in their children's education. The district will do this through Title 1 staff communication with parents in PET meetings, through phone calls, and at individual conferences. Title 1 will collaborate with the ESL program to support parents with language barriers.
2. Include written parent comments about Title 1 in the district report to the State Department of Education. The district will also include comments regarding the Title 1 program from annual surveys and/or feedback forms.
3. Inform parents and parent organizations of the purpose and existence of Maine Parent Information and Resource Center (Maine PIRC) by establishing a parent resources shelf in every K-6 school building.
MSAD #60 will involve parents in the development and annual review of the district wide parent involvement plan (Section 1112).
1. The district will collaborate with Maine PIRC for technical assistance.
2. The district will form a Parent Advisory Board with Title 1 staff, an administrators, and Title 1 parents.
3. Parent Advisory Board will meet to review existing policy, make amendments as necessary and approve updated policy.
MSAD #60 will involve parents in decision-making and planning for parent involvement.
1. The District Parent Advisory Board will meet three times annually to review Title 1 policy and programs, address barriers, and brainstorm solutions.
Page 1 of 2
2. The district will conduct a parent survey at least annually to plan activities/topics for parent training sessions.
MSAD #60 will involve parents in the process of school review and improvement (section 1116).
1. Title 1 parents will be represented on the Parent Advisory Council that addresses school review and improvement.
MSAD #60 will provide assistance to Title 1 schools in planning and conducting parent involvement activities to improve student achievement in school.
1. The district will collaborate with Maine Parent Information and Resource Center (Maine PIRC) to provide technical assistance to schools in planning and implementing parent involvement activities.
2. The district will have a District Parent Council including Title 1 parents.
MSAD #60 will provide parents with information and training about standards, assessment, working with students at home, and working with teachers.
1. The district will share information with parents on state and local benchmarks annually at parent- teacher conferences, and Title 1 meetings.
2. Maine PIRC will present a parent education workshop annually in collaboration with Title 1 and PTA. Personal invitations will be sent to all Title 1 parents.
3. The district will send a monthly literacy newsletter to all K-3 parents.
4. Posters will be made of the Educational Involvement Compact and these will be posted in every elementary school lobby in the district.
5. Title 1 activity nights based on parent feedback will be held annually to help parents support their young learners at home. This is related to surveys going out asking what parents would like to have information.
MSAD #60 will educate its teachers, pupil services personnel, principals and other staff, in how to reach out to communicate with, and work with parents as equal partners, and in the value and utility of contributions of parents by:
1. Maine PIRC will offer a facilitated discussion on the above topics annually at a staff development day.
MSAD #60 will coordinate with community programs to the extent feasible and appropriate.
1. Adult education will give book bags to all students registering for kindergarten. Registration information will be sent through district schools to all families.
2. District schools will distribute information on community programs through the district newsletter, including information on Parents as Teachers, Child Development Services, and the Public Library.
3. Incoming kindergarten students will be given tours of the school in the spring.
MSAD #60 will provide information and school reports in a way that is easy to understand.
1. The district will work with the Parent Advisory Board to review Title 1 paperwork and the Parent Compact.
Adoption of Policy:
This District-wide Parent Involvement Policy has been developed jointly with, and agreed upon with, parents of children participating in Title 1, Part A programs. This policy was adopted by MSAD #60 on November 3, 2005 and will be in effect until further revised or replaced. MSAD #60 will distribute this policy to all parents of participating Title 1, Part A children on or before October 31st.
Adopted: November 3, 2005
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KE
PUBLIC CONCERNS AND COMPLAINTS
Parents, students or other citizens with complaints or concerns regarding any aspect of MSAD #60 or an employee thereof shall be encouraged to seek a resolution at the lowest possible level. The only exceptions are complaints that concern School Board actions or operations. Such complaints should be addressed to the Board Chair.
If the complaint cannot be resolved at the lowest level, the person initiating the complaint may appeal the decision to the next level (i.e., Supervisor of Buildings, Grounds & Transportation, Principal, Special Education Director, Assistant Superintendent).
If the complaint cannot be resolved at any lower level, it may be appealed to the Superintendent. If the complaint remains unresolved at the Superintendent’s level, the person making the complaint may request that the matter be placed on the agenda of the next regular School Board meeting. The Board Chair shall determine whether the complaint should be placed on the agenda.
If a complaint is presented under Public Input, the Board may vote to include the issue on a following agenda.
At all levels of the complaint process, school employees are required to inform the person making the complaint of his/her right to appeal the decision to the next level. Some decisions are school/ department- based and may not be appealed to different levels (i.e. class/ team placement, IEP/504 team determination, school bus routes/ stops).
This policy shall not be utilized by employees for matters or grievances relating to any term or condition of their employment. Such matters shall be addressed through established channels for grievances.
Cross Reference: BEDB – Agenda Preparation and Dissemination
Adopted: November 1, 2001
Revised: December 6, 2018
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF
COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES
For the purpose of this policy, “school facilities” include buildings and grounds, parking lots, playing fields and fixed equipment.
It is the Board’s desire that the local taxpayers who provide the school should be able to obtain maximum use of the facilities, to the extent consistent with the primary educational function of the school. It is intended that community uses for educational, recreational, social, civic, and philanthropic and like purposes be approved by the administration, in accordance with this policy, the implementing regulations, and a fee schedule approved annually by this Board.
The Superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations which provide for: timely applications; uses which do not interfere with educational or extracurricular programs of the public school students; preference to local, not-for-profit organizations; and the acceptance of appropriate responsibility and liability.
The following provisions apply to community use:
A. When usage is by an individual or organization charging a fee for services rendered, a certificate of insurance covering the user must be submitted to MSAD #60. This certificate of insurance must be at least $1,000,000 and must name MSAD #60 as secondary insured. Furthermore, the user must sign an Indemnification Agreement provided by MSAD #60 and provide a written statement relative to intended use. Users who are profit-making must also sign a hold-harmless agreement.
B. No alcoholic beverages may be brought onto school property at any time;
C. Tobacco and E cigarette devices are not allowed on school property;
D. Marijuana may not be brought on school property at any time (EXCEPTION: JLCDA Medical Marijuana In Schools);
E. School facilities may not be used for any illegal purposes;
F. Community adults and children are free to use outdoor grounds and facilities for recreation whenever not otherwise scheduled. However, formal approval of buildings and grounds use will only be granted to recognized organizations and groups;
G. Any approval of the use of school facilities is to require the signing of a Facility Use Form (Policy KF-E1) and Facility Use Fee Schedule and Contract (Policy KF-A) setting forth the conditions of use;
H. Application for use is to be made through the Principal/ designee, who has final approval of the request; and
Page 1 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF
I. Repeat use may be denied to any group which has not demonstrated appropriate conduct and care.
Facility use may be granted without rental charge, as follows:
A. Not-for-profit educational, recreational, cultural and fraternal organizations having a significant number of members who are community residents;
B. Not-for-profit groups which present programs that are designed to be educationally, recreationally or culturally beneficial to local citizens; and
C. Municipal-sponsored groups and organizations.
Other groups shall pay rent, in advance, on a multi-increment scale which reflects highest amounts for groups engaging in a profit-making enterprise on school grounds.
The following may be requested of any group:
A. Reimbursement for incidental expenses (e.g., utilities);
B. A deposit with the application, refundable after leaving the facility in satisfactory condition;
C. Reimbursement for property damage and any cleaning and repair costs;
D. Reimbursement for custodian or other staff costs when necessary to the use of the facility; and
E. MSAD #60 will identify the area or areas of the building authorized for use. A hot lunch employee must be present during any use of the kitchen facilities.
F. Fees for rental of equipment.
Legal Reference: 20-A MRS§ 4009(4)
28 CFR Part 35 (Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990)
34 CFR Part 104 (Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)
34 CFR Part 300 (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)
Cross Reference: JLCD Administration of Medication to Students
JLCD-E Permission To Administer Medications In School
KF-A Facilities Use Fee Schedule and Contract
KF-E1 Facilities Use Form
KF-E2 Hussey Auditorium Event Requirements
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: October 17, 2019
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF-A
Facilities Use Fee Schedule and Contract
Insurance: The administration has the sole right to determine the amount of insurance coverage required for each event. Lessees will provide a copy of their certificate of insurance covering the period under contract, naming MSAD #60 as an additional insured, if required by the administration. Generally a certificate of insurance will be required if a fee is charged for public entertainment provided by a producer not affiliated with a local school district or municipal government.
Damages: The lessee will be responsible for any damages to the facility and/or equipment.
**Security: The administration has the sole right to determine the level of security required for each event. Security expenses are the responsibility of the lessee.
Fire and Safety: The facility manager must approve the use of any pyrotechnical stage device or any open flame in advance. Any electrical equipment that does not belong to the school must be inspected and approved for use in the facility.
Facilities: MSAD #60 will do its best to provide clean, comfortable facilities for rental. However, should a mechanical, HVAC, plumbing, electrical, or other system failure occur during a rental period, the lessee agrees to hold MSAD #60 harmless and the lessee will not be entitled to any compensation. This contract remains in full force regardless of any system failures out of the control of event staff.
Cancellation of an Event: The MSAD #60 has the sole authority to determine whether the building should be closed for reasons of public safety and will be held harmless in this situation. Notification to the lessee will be made as soon as possible. Contracts in force for periods during which the school is closed for reasons of public safety are canceled automatically without penalty to either party. Every effort will be made to reschedule any canceled event to a mutually acceptable date.
Circle Category: | MSAD #60 | Community Non-Profit | Other Non-Profit | For Profit |
Rental Rates: | ||||
Large Gym | No charge | $25.00 | $200.00 | $800.00 or 10%* |
Small Gym | No charge | $25.00 | $100.00 | $300.00 |
Weight Room | No charge | $25.00/Hour | $50.00 | $200.00 |
Cardiovascular Room | No charge | $25.00/Hour | $50.00 | $200.00 |
Field(s) | No charge | $25.00/Event | $50.00 | $100.00 |
Auditorium*** (Per Day) | No charge | $25.00 | $200.00 | $800.00 or 10%* For Event $400.00 Rehearsals/Setup |
Lecture Hall | No charge | $25.00 | $100.00 | $100.00 |
Library | No charge | No charge | $50.00 | $100.00 |
Cafeteria | No charge | No charge | $50.00 | $100.00 |
Kitchen | No charge | No charge | $50.00 | $100.00 |
Classroom(s) | No charge | No charge | $50.00 | $100.00 |
Computer Lab(s) | No charge | No charge | $50.00 | $100.00 |
Project Room | No charge | No charge | $50.00 | $100.00 |
Event Manager | $30.00 per hr. | $30.00 per hr. | $30.00 per hr. | $30.00 per hr. |
Custodian(s) (Per Person) | $32.00 per hr. | $32.00 per hr. | $32.00 per hr. | $32.00 per hr. |
Food Service (Per Person) | $30.00 per hr. | $30.00 per hr. | $30.00 per hr. | $30.00 per hr. |
*Whichever is the greater.
**The lessee will hire police with proof provided to the school. The lessee will also be required to pay the police department directly.
***Forms must be returned 2 weeks prior to event. Additional equipment fees may apply. Check Auditorium requirement sheet (see KF-E2) Page 1 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF-A
Hussey Auditorium:
Additional Charges: Use of the auditorium includes the lobby, audience restrooms, ticket booth, seating (approx. 974), stage, and house lights. The use of stage lighting, the sound system, additional equipment, setup, or personnel services need to be negotiated in advance with the auditorium manager and fees may apply.
Ushers: The lessee must provide adult ushers in a ratio of 1 per 100 audience members. Ushers must remain in the auditorium during the performance and intermissions. They will insure that members of the audience behave appropriately and do no abuse the facility or detract from the performance. Ushers can be provided upon request.
On behalf of the above organization, I certify that I have read and agree to the terms of the contract. I agree to provide adequate adult supervision at all times during the use of the facilities, and as lessee, I will assume responsibility for all fee charges and to indemnify and hold harmless the MSAD #60 (the “District”), its School Board of Directors, officers, agents, employees and students (“Releasees”) from any and all claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, and expenses (including without limitation attorney’s fees) of any kind (“Claims”), including Claims caused by or arising from the negligence of Releasees, arising out of this Contract, and/or the use of the facility or the equipment, other school property, or school premises.
_________________________________________ ________________________
Lessee Signature Date
Page 2 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KF-A
Legal Reference: 20-A MRS§ 4009(4)
28 CFR Part 35 (Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990)
34 CFR Part 104 (Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)
34 CFR Part 300 (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)
Cross Reference: JLCDA- Medical Marijuiana in Schools
KF-E1 Facilities Use Form
KF-E2 Hussey Auditorium Event Requirements
Adopted: October 17, 2019
Page 3 of 3
Policy KF-E1
MSAD #60
Berwick, North Berwick & Lebanon FACILITIES USE FORM Today’s Date: ____________
Group Type: Noble High School MSAD #60 Noble Community Non-Profit
Other Non-Profit For Profit / Business
_____ Large Gym _____*Auditorium _____ Cafeteria _____*Computer Lab
_____ Small Gym _____*Lecture Hall _____*Kitchen _____*Project Room
_____ *Weight Room _____*Library _____ Classroom(s)
_____ *Cardiovascular Room _____ Box Office _____ Concession Stand
_____ Dressing Rooms _____ Field(s):_____________________________
Name of person in charge of event: ______________________________________________________________________________ Mailing Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________________ Cell Phone: __________________________ Work Phone:__________________________ Home Phone:______________________ Name of Contact Person: _________________________________ Cell Phone: __________________________ WorkPhone:__________________________ Home Phone:______________________ E-MailAddress:_______________________________________________________
Liability Insurance Company: ____________________________________________________________________________________
Insurance Policy/Certificate Number: _______________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________ _____________________
Signature(s) Date
OFFICE USE ONLY
Approved: _______ Not Approved: ________ Liability Insurance: ________ Copy On file: _______ yes _______ no Requirements: Custodian(s): ________ Kitchen Staff: ________ Police: _________
Medical Personnel / Athletic Trainer: _________ MSAD#60 Trained Employee: _________ Event Manager: _________
Approving Manager______________________________________ Date__________________________ KF-E2
Please complete this form and review it with the Auditorium Manager at least two weeks before your event. Attach any additional info that will explain your setup.
Event:
Contact Name: _______________________ Contact E-Mail: _______________________
Space Needs:
Closed curtain (No use of the stage behind the main curtain)
Entire stage (please attach diagrams or photos of you setup)
Dressing rooms
Box office
Dates/timesOrchestra pit (Set up fees will apply)
Cafeteria (Separate booking necessary)
Services of the Event Manager are $30.00 per hour. Services for tech support are $15.00 per hour.
These charges will be added to your total bill.
NEPN/NSBA Code: KFB
HIGH SCHOOL FACILITIES USE
Statement of Purpose:
Noble High School belongs to the people of Berwick, North Berwick and Lebanon. The MSAD #60 Board of Directors wishes to make all school facilities available to the community for educational, cultural, and civic events.
Recognizing that those using and enjoying our school buildings will be of all ages and will include school aged children and their siblings, and recognizing that our school buildings are educational settings, our school buildings may not be used by individuals or groups that advocate illegal activities, that engage in sexually explicit, indecent, or lewd conduct or speech, or that otherwise threaten to be materially and substantially disruptive.
Noble High School and its associated programs shall have first priority for use. Second priority for use shall include all other public schools in the district. In addition, the Board wishes to make all school facilities available to organizations, municipal groups, and individuals within the district that wish to sponsor appropriate civic, cultural, educational, or recreational activities. Activities sponsored by outside groups should not be scheduled if they interfere with the conduct of school programs. However, once any application for facilities use has been approved and the rental obligation met, the booking is considered secure.
Procedure for Securing Use:
A. Any individual or group wishing to use Noble High School facilities must complete a Request for Use Form and submit it with the required deposit to the facilities manager at the high school.
B. The facilities manager(s) will give scheduling priority to Noble High School programs and those programs benefiting its students. All other individuals or groups will be given scheduling priority as listed under categories of users. All building use forms will be approved by the high school administration before booking is secure.
C. Request for Use forms must be completed at least two weeks in advance of the scheduled event. Advance requests will be honored with consideration given to the school district's annual use and will be granted on a first-come, first-served basis.
D. Use of equipment (i.e. projection equipment, sports equipment) will be booked through the facilities manager(s). Use of equipment is dependent on availability and rental charges may be applied.
Policy:
The Superintendent of Schools, or his/her designee, is the ultimate authority in all matters relating to the rental of facilities.
Categories of Use (Listed in order of priority):
1. Noble High School organizations and associated programs (no extra custodial, rental, or technical fees will be charged.
Page 1 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KFB
2. Public schools and their school related organizations within the MSAD #60 School District;
3. Municipal organizations and educational organizations within the three town community school district;
4. Non-profit organizations;
5. For-profit and private organizations for activities and functions appropriate to a school setting.
Insurance:
The lessee shall provide a certificate of insurance up to the amount of $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, covering the period under contract if required by the facilities manager. The insurance shall name the MSAD #60 District as additional insured. Generally, a certificate of insurance will be required if a fee is charged for public entertainment and the event is not sponsored by a local school organization or town government organization (North Berwick, Berwick, Lebanon).
Deposit:
A rental deposit is required for non-profit and for-profit organizations. The deposit will be one quarter (1/4) of the applicable fee.
Damages and Losses:
The lessee is financially responsible for any damage to the facilities. Noble High School is not responsible for loss or damage of articles brought to the facility.
Custodial Services:
Custodial services are required for all events in which the building will be utilized. The basic service will be to unlock doors, provide necessary equipment, and clean and secure the facility following use. All equipment to be moved must be done so under the supervision of the custodian.
Event Manager:
Any use of a facility which involves specialized equipment such as the cafeteria/kitchen for food preparation; lighting and sound in the auditorium; exercise equipment in the gymnasiums; computers in the laboratories, etc. will require the employment of an Event Manager trained and approved by the high school administration. The Event Manager will instruct and supervise the use of such equipment. Cost of the employment of the Event Manager will be in addition to rental costs.
Supervision of Facilities:
The lessee is responsible for supervision of those attending the event. Where required by the school administration or by state/local regulations, police protection must be provided at the lessee's expense.
Page 2 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KFB
Cancellation of an Event:
The MSAD #60 Superintendent of Schools of his/her designee has sole authority to determine whether the facilities should be closed for reasons of public safety. Notification will be made as soon as possible.
Contracts in force for periods during which the school is closed for reasons of public safety are cancelled automatically without penalty to either party. However, every effort will be made to reschedule any canceled event to a mutually acceptable date.
Long-Term Use:
Long-Term facilities use will be considered to be two or more successive weeks. Long-term rental of facilities will be considered after it is first ascertained that there will be no detriment to existing programs from this use. If space is available without detriment, space may be rented to groups whose activities are most consistent with the other activities taking place in the building. Therefore, service agencies, educational groups, and youth oriented activities would have preferences.
Rental fees will be established that cover operation costs of these spaces (i.e. lights, heat, maintenance, insurance). If a profit-making group wishes to rent available space, the rental fee should be consistent with the going rate for comparable square footage (to be determined through consultation with local realtors). The rental of a classroom by an individual private school shall be at a rate established by the Board. Individual contracts for the use and duration of the rental agreement should be prepared by the Superintendent of Schools and presented to the Board for their action.
Adopted: October 4, 2001
Revised: September 19, 2019
Page 3 of 3
NEPN/NSBA Code: KHB
ADVERTISING IN THE SCHOOLS
The School Board believes that product advertising and/or endorsement in the schools should be limited, tactful, and in good taste. The Board has an obligation to assure that students, who are required by law to attend school, are not subjected to commercial messages of any kind without careful analysis of the benefits and risks that pertain in each instance. Since the issue of advertising in the schools can be attended by strong opinions, the Board may seek comments and recommendations from the administration, the professional teaching staff and the community prior to considering any form of advertising in schools, on school grounds or on school buses.
The Board is opposed in principle to accepting any programming, equipment or services that are offered only on the basis of mandatory exposure of students to product advertising. Corporate involvement shall not require students to observe, listen to, or read, commercial advertising. The Board recognizes, however, that in some instances product names, logos or advertising may be acceptable when the programming, equipment or services can be clearly shown to be of significant benefit to the school program.
The Board reserves the right to consider requests for advertising in the schools, on school grounds or on school buses on a case-by-case basis, except that:
A. Brand specific advertising of food or beverages is prohibited in school buildings, on school grounds or on school buses except for food and beverages meeting standards for sale or distribution on school grounds in accordance with Department of Education rules. For the purpose of this paragraph, “advertising” does not include advertising on broadcast media or in print media such as newspapers and magazines, clothing with brand images worn on school grounds or advertising on product packaging.
B. Consistent with its efforts to promote a safe and healthy school environment, the Board will not agree to displays of advertising in school buildings, on school grounds, or on school buses for tobacco products, alcoholic beverages, firearms, drugs (including prescription and over-the-counter medications), performance enhancing substances, dietary supplements, or other products deemed inappropriate for the school.
C. All company logos appearing on district property including non-cash donations shall be for information purposes only without slogan or message.
D. Public signs indicating the district’s appreciation of a business, non-profit organization or individual’s support of education shall be permitted if approved by the school board.
E. The Board shall review for approval all sponsorships of any kind from any source including naming rights that exceed $1000 annually and extend beyond a one-year agreement. The Superintendent may enter into an agreement valued at less than $1,000 with a term of one year or less, consistent with the requirements of this policy.
F. No partnership, sponsorship, or advertising agreement with the district will be exclusive, nor shall it be construed as an endorsement of the business, it’s products or services. All sponsorships must show a significant benefit to the school program. The Board reserves the right to terminate any agreement at any time.
Page 1 of 2
G. Athletic facilities may be used for commercial advertising to support school programs. The Superintendent shall have approval rights on the content and form of all advertising. Placement and design of all signage hung on school grounds/property must be approved by the building principal and Superintendent in accordance with applicable guidelines.
H. Schools are permitted to incorporate advertisements from community businesses in their school publications and to sell advertising space to appropriate vendors in support of the school, subject to Superintendent’s approval and in accordance with applicable guidelines.
J. The district reserves the right to review and refuse any submission which, in the judgment of administrators, is not appropriate to the public school setting or which includes messages of a personal, political, social, or religious nature. Advertising activities are not intended to create a public forum.
Legal Reference: 20-A M.R.S.A. § 6662
Me. Dept. of Ed. Rule Ch.51
Cross Reference: EFE – Competitive Food Sales – Sales of Foods in Competition with the School Food Services Program
Adopted: December 3, 2009
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KHC
PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION OF NON-SCHOOL MATERIALS
The Board of Directors does not intend for the school unit to become a forum for the public to communicate with students or employees. In general, except when invited as part of a school-sponsored function, non-school individuals and groups shall not be permitted on school premises to distribute materials or to otherwise communicate with students and/or employees.
The Superintendent may permit community organizations to disseminate information concerning youth programs and activities, subject to the following conditions:
A. Community organizations include but may not be limited to municipal recreation departments, local youth athletic programs, Girl Scouts and Boy Scouts, and similar organizations providing services to school-aged youth, which the Superintendent finds will directly enhance the educational goals of the schools.
B. The material shall be submitted to the Superintendent for his/her review.
C. The Superintendent shall retain the discretion to decline to disseminate any information he/she deems inappropriate and/or which does not directly enhance the educational goals of the school. The Superintendent’s decision shall be final.
D. If dissemination of material is approved by the Superintendent, material will be posted on electronic community board and on individual school community boards.
Adopted: November 12, 1992
Revised: May 24, 2001
Revised; January 7, 2016
NEPN/NSBA Code: KI
VISITORS TO THE SCHOOLS
The Board of Directors encourages the active interest and involvement of parents and citizens in the public schools. In order to avoid interruption of the instructional program and to promote the safety of students and staff, building principals shall institute administrative procedures concerning visitors to the schools. Such procedures shall be subject to the approval of the Superintendent. It is understood that procedures may vary from school to school due to differing considerations such as the age of the students and building layout and location.
The following general guidelines shall be incorporated in all building-level administrative procedures concerning visitors.
A. The term “visitor” shall apply to any person on school grounds or in school buildings who is not an employee or student of the school unit.
B. All visitors shall report to the main office upon arrival at the school.
C. All visitors who wish to visit classrooms, observe aspects of the instructional program or meet with staff members are expected to schedule such visits in advance. Teachers and other staff may not use instructional time to discuss individual matters with visitors.
D. Individual Board members shall follow the same procedures as other visitors, and state whether they are visiting the schools on personal business or in connection with Board duties.
E. Visitors shall comply with all applicable Board policies and school rules. Visitors who violate these policies/rules and/or disrupt the safe and orderly operation of the school shall be asked to leave the premises.
F. The building administrator/designee has the authority to refuse entry to school grounds or buildings to persons who do not have legitimate, school-related business and/or who may disrupt the operations of the schools. This may include, but not be limited to, the news media, profit-making businesses, fundraisers and other organizations seeking access to students and/or staff
G. School staff shall report unauthorized persons on school grounds or in school buildings to the building administrator/designee. Unauthorized persons shall be directed to leave the premises immediately.
H. The building administrator/designee may request the assistance of law enforcement as necessary to deal with unauthorized persons or violations of the law by visitors to the schools.
Cross Reference: BCA – Board Member Code of Ethics
EBCA – Crisis Response Plan
ECA – Buildings and Grounds Security
JLIB – Student Dismissal Precautions
JLF – Reporting Child Abuse and Neglect
KLG – Relations with Law Enforcement Agencies
Adopted: May 24, 2001
Revised: June 12, 2019
KLA/JJIBC
RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER CLUBS
1.0 The Board of Directors recognizes the role of booster clubs in assisting the schools in enriching extra- and co-curricular activities and enabling more students to participate in such activities. A booster club is a parent and/or community club that is organized for the purpose of providing resources to support a particular sport or activity in the school or school system and to support the school in recognizing student participation in athletics and activities.
2.0 Only those booster clubs that have been approved by the Athletic Director/School Principal may use the name and/or logo of M.S.A.D.#60 or its schools. All booster clubs must follow school and district policies.
3.0 In order to be approved as a booster club, a club must meet the following criteria:
3.1 The club must be adults;
3.2 The booster president or designee must make application to the Director of Athletics/School Principal for all uses of school facilities for fund raising projects, in accordance with the Board’s facilities use policy and procedures (Policies KG, KG-R, KG-P);
3.3 Use of school facilities by the club will comply with all policies and regulations established by the Board and, as applicable, the Maine Principals' Association;
3.4 All fundraising activities must be approved in advance by the Athletic Director/School Principal. All booster clubs must follow board policy and MPA Sport Season Policy regarding fundraising. Any promotion, advertising, or announcement of booster activities must have advance approval of the Athletic Director/School Principal. Clubs must also follow the district’s Nutritional Guidelines for concession stands.
3.5 Fundraising activities will not be conducted within the school during school hours. Students and staff may assist booster club activities provided the assistance does not occur during instructional time.
3.6 All funds raised by the club must be used to achieve the stated purposes of the club;
3.7 Booster clubs may choose to be independent entities with their own tax identification number. In such cases:
A. The Booster club may not lawfully use the school’s sales tax exemption for purchases or sales;
B. The club must maintain bank and financial records separate from the school. The organization will provide to the Board quarterly or upon request, a complete set of financial records:
C. A copy of the bank statement and bank reconciliation assuring that the cash on
the balance sheet agrees with the reconciliation,
D. A summary statement of revenues and expenditures
E. A detailed statement of revenues and expenses;
Page 1 of 2
F. At the Board's discretion, booster clubs may be required to submit to an independent audit conducted by a certified, independent auditor at the club's expense, and shall include all records since the last audit;
3.8 If a booster club does not wish to be an independent entity, it may use the district’s tax identification number. In such cases, the club must maintain an individual account in the Office of the Principal. All funds raised by the booster club will be submitted as soon as possible to the Athletic department for deposit into that booster club’s account through the Office of the Principal. The Athletic Director shall be notified of spending requests recommended by the booster club prior to the distribution of funds and all payments must be made through the Office of the Principal. Each booster club may maintain a petty cash account of up to $500, which must be turned in for final reconciliation within one month of the end of the sports season.
3.9 All booster club members must follow the MSAD 60 Cash Handling Policy.
3.10 Booster club gifts to students shall relate to the activity;
3.11 The Board will consider gender equity and budget implications before accepting Booster club donations;
3.12 Any booster club plan or project that would require expansion, renovation, or
construction of school facilities or would increase maintenance costs for facilities shall
require Board approval;
3.13 Any booster club plan to provide awards or recognition to teams or individual students must be approved by the appropriate administrator before any gift is purchased;
3.14 The Varsity Coach will be included in the booster club’s decision-making process. No coach or immediate family members of the coach will have sole fiscal or management responsibilities in the club.
3.15 Booster clubs may not directly pay coaches or officials unless appropriate tax documentation is collected before payment is made or the payment goes through the M.S.A.D.#60 payroll account.
3.16 Booster clubs will not influence the selection of coaches, assistant coaches or
advisors nor assume any supervisory responsibility of coaches or advisors.
4.0 The Board reserves the right to revoke the approval of any booster club if it is found that
the club’s operations and purposes are inconsistent with Board policies.
Adopted: May 28, 2009
Cross Reference: JJIBC
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KLG
RELATIONS WITH LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES
The Board of Directors recognizes that a cooperative relationship with law enforcement authorities is desirable for the protection of students and staff, maintaining a safe school environment, and safeguarding school property.
School administrators and staff shall have the primary responsibility for maintaining proper order in the schools and for disciplining students for violations of Board policies and school rules. However, the Board authorizes the Superintendent/administration to seek the assistance of law enforcement authorities when they believe there is a substantial threat to the welfare and safety of the schools, students and/or staff. The Superintendent/ administration shall also inform law enforcement authorities when they have reason to suspect that a student or staff member may have violated a local, state or federal law.
The Board strongly discourages law enforcement authorities from using the schools as a venue to arrest and/or interrogate students for activities not related to or affecting the schools. The Superintendent/administration retain the authority to deny law enforcement access to students for non-school-related investigations.
The Board authorizes the Superintendent and administration to work with local law enforcement authorities to develop administrative procedures to guide interactions between the schools and law enforcement. Such procedures should safeguard the rights of students and parents, be consistent with Board policies, and minimize disruptions to the instructional program. These administrative procedures are subject to the approval of the Board.
The Superintendent shall include law enforcement authorities in the development and implementation of the school unit’s crisis response plan. The Board also encourages the Superintendent/administration to include law enforcement authorities in the development and/or implementation of instructional programs/activities related to student safety.
Cross Reference: KLG-R – Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities Administrative Procedure
EBCA – Crisis Response Plan
JICIA – Weapons, Violence and School Safety
JIH –Questioning and Searches of Students
JRA – Student Records
Adopted May 24, 2001
NEPN/NSBA Code: KLG-R
RESOURCE OFFICER/LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
The purpose of this administrative procedure is to provide guidelines for the conduct of SROs and other law enforcement authorities in the schools. These are guidelines only and may be adjusted within reasonable and lawful limits on a case-by-case basis.
A. General Expectations Concerning the Roles of School Personnel and SROs
1. SROs shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws, School Board policies and procedures, school rules, and North Berwick Police and Berwick Police Department rules in carrying out their duties and responsibilities.
2. In general, school administrators and staff are responsible for enforcing Board policies and school rules and for maintaining order in the schools. SROs who observe violations of policies and/or rules may intervene with students to stop the behavior and shall report violations to appropriate administrators.
3. School administrators and staff may consult with and request assistance from SROs in addressing student violations of policies and rules as they deem appropriate.
4. School administrators and staff will notify the SRO if they have reason to believe that a student has committed a crime or if they obtain evidence of illegal activity (such as weapons, drugs or alcohol).
5. School administrators may request the assistance of SROs in enforcing Board policies, school rules and federal/state laws with visitors and intruders on school property.
6. Unless there is a health or safety emergency, SROs shall consult with an appropriate school administrator prior to requesting additional law enforcement assistance on school grounds.
7. SROs are expected to maintain the same standards of professional conduct in their dealings with staff, students, parents and community members as other school staff.
B. Investigations, Questioning and Searches of Students for School-Related Purposes
Some types of student conduct that are forbidden by school rules, such as assaults, bomb threats, weapons possession, and drug offenses, are also punishable by criminal law. When a particular act is both a violation of school rules and a crime, the school disciplinary investigation by school administrators and the criminal investigation by the police and district attorney will often operate simultaneously. When practical, school administrators and the police should coordinate their investigations.
Whenever practicable, investigations, questioning and searches of students for school-related conduct that may violate both school rules and the law will be conducted jointly by a school administrators and the SRO.
1. Evidence of violation of state/federal laws will be turned over to the SRO, unless such disclosures are otherwise prohibited by FERPA or any other applicable law.
Page 1 of 2
2. Since police investigative reports and police-obtained witness statements may not always be available to school administrators, the school administrator shall prepare and maintain his/her own records and reports concerning school-related investigations.
C. Investigations, Questioning and Searches of Students for Non-School-Related Purposes
1. In general, SROs and other law enforcement authorities are discouraged from using the schools as a venue for questioning and searching students for alleged violations of state and federal laws that are not related to the schools.
2. Exceptions will be made in the event of an emergency endangering student or staff safety or in exigent circumstances as authorized by law. Other exceptions may be made on a case-by-case basis after consultation between the Superintendent/designee and law enforcement authorities.
3. The SRO (or other law enforcement official if applicable) is responsible for ensuring that the student is informed of his/her rights prior to questioning or a search.
D. Arrests of Students at School
1. In general, SROs and other law enforcement authorities are discouraged from arresting students at school for non-school-related activities.
2. Exceptions to the above will be made in the event of an emergency endangering student and/or staff safety or in exigent circumstances as authorized by law. Other exceptions may be made on a case-by-case basis after consultation between the Superintendent/designee and law enforcement authorities. Whenever practicable, the police should contact the school administrator before making an arrest in school.
3. If the SRO anticipates possible criminal charges, he/she should follow applicable laws and police department policies concerning questioning and searches of juvenile suspects (if the student is under 18) or adult suspects (if the student is 18 or older).
4. A student may be removed from school by an SRO or other law enforcement official when there is a court order, an arrest warrant or when a warrantless arrest is authorized by law. The school administrator shall attempt to notify the student's parent/guardian as soon as possible of the student's removal from school.
E. Confidentiality of Student Information and Records
1. School administrators may release personally identifiable student information contained in education records to SROs and other law enforcement authorities in accordance with the requirements of the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and other applicable laws.
2. SROs are considered to be school officials with legitimate educational interests in reviewing educational records in order to perform their professional responsibilities.
3. SROs are expected to maintain confidentiality of personally identifiable student information in accordance with applicable laws, Board policies and school rules.
Adopted: November 30, 2006
Page 2 of 2
NEPN/NSBA Code: KLGA
RELATIONS WITH SCHOOL RESOURCE OFFICERS AND LAW ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES
The School Board recognizes that a cooperative relationship with law enforcement authorities is desirable for the protection of students and staff and in maintaining a safe school environment. To that end, the MSAD #60 School Department and the North Berwick and Berwick Police Departments have established a School Resource Officer (SRO) program. The School Board hereby officially designates the police officers assigned by the North Berwick and Berwick Police Departments to serve as SROs as the law enforcement units of the MSAD #60 School Department. The purpose of the SROs is to enforce local, state and federal laws and to assist in maintaining the physical security and safety of the School Department.
In keeping with the MSAD #60 School Department's mission, the primary roles of the SROs are to:
* Provide support and assistance to the school administration and staff to maintain a safe and constructive learning environment;
* Enforce local, state and federal laws;
* Serve as a resource to administrators and teachers in planning and providing age-appropriate educational programs that foster respect for the law, an understanding of the law enforcement, and safe and healthy behaviors;
* Serve as a resource to administrators and staff concerning law enforcement and child welfare issues;
* Assist individual students and their families in addressing issues related to law enforcement and helping students to have a meaningful school experience; and
* Serve as a liaison between the schools and the North Berwick and Berwick Police Departments in addressing issues of concern to both departments.
School administrators and staff have the primary responsibility for maintaining proper order in the schools and for disciplining students for violations of Board policies and school rules. However, the Superintendent and administrators may seek the assistance of an SRO and/or the North Berwick Police Department and/or the Berwick Police Department when they believe there is a threat to the welfare and safety of the schools, students and/or staff. The Superintendent and administrators shall also inform an SRO and/or the North Berwick Police Department and/or the Berwick Police Department when they have reason to suspect that a student or staff member may have violated a state or federal criminal law.
In general the School Board discourages SROs and other law enforcement authorities from using the schools as a venue to arrest and/or question students for activities not related to or affecting the schools. The Superintendent and administrators retain the authority to deny access to students for non-school-related investigations.
Under this policy, SROs are considered to be school officials with legitimate educational interests in reviewing educational records in order to perform their professional responsibilities.
The School Board authorizes the Superintendent to develop administrative procedures, in consultation with the North Berwick and Berwick Police Departments, to guide interactions between the schools, the SROs and the North Berwick and Berwick Police Departments. Such procedures should safeguard the rights of students and parents and be consistent with School Board policies. Administrators may also develop an appropriate building-level procedures regarding the role and activities of SROs in their schools. All administrative procedures must be consistent with School Board policies, as well as the SRO program agreement between the MSAD #60 School Department and the North Berwick and Berwick Police Departments, and are subject to approval by the School Board.
Page 1 of 2
Legal Reference: 20 USC 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99
Cross Reference: KLGA-R School Resource Officer/Law Enforcement Administrative Procedure
JRA - Student Education Records and Information
Adopted: November 30, 2006
Page 2 of 2
MSAD #60
[1] According to DOE Rule Chapter 51 (1)(b), the “Total Food Service Program” includes the federal Milk Program as defined in 7 C.F.R. § 215; the federal Breakfast Program, which means the federal program under which a breakfast that meets the nutritional requirements set forth in 7 C.F.R. § 220 is offered; the National School Lunch Program (including the After School Snack), which means the federal program under which the school operates a nonprofit lunch program that meets the requirements of 7 C.F.R.§ 210; or any combination of these programs.
[2] “Foods of minimal nutritional value” as defined in 7 C.F.R. § 210.11(a)(2) means: (a) In the case of artificially sweetened foods, a food which provides less than five percent of the Reference Daily Intake (RDI) for each of the eight specified nutrients per serving; (b) in the case of all other foods, a food which provides less than five percent of the RDI for each of eight specified nutrients per 100 calories and less than five percent of the RDI for each of eight specified nutrients per serving. The eight nutrients to be assessed for this purpose are: protein, vitamin A, vitamin C, niacin, riboflavin, thiamin, calcium, and iron. This definition is applicable to foods that are part of the total food service program of the school and to foods and beverages sold at food sales, school stores, and in vending machines. A listing of “Categories of Foods of Minimal Nutritional Value” is in Appendix B to 7 C.F.R. Part 210 (National School Lunch Program). Page 2 of 6